HERITAGE BANCORP INC /VA/
POS462B, 1998-07-27
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: SALOMON BROTHERS MORT SEC VII INC ASST BACK CERT SE 1998-NC3, 8-K, 1998-07-27
Next: HEIDRICK & STRUGGLES INTERNATIONAL INC, S-1, 1998-07-27




   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-58515
    
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                 ---------------
   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 ---------------
                             HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>                         <C>
   
        VIRGINIA                                   6022                            (Pending)
(State or other jurisdiction of         (Primary Standard Industrial            (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)          Classification Code Number)            Identification No.)
</TABLE>
                              C/O THE HERITAGE BANK
                          1313 DOLLEY MADISON BOULEVARD
                             MCLEAN, VIRGINIA 22101
                                 (703) 356-6060
               (Address, including ZIP Code, and telephone number,
        including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                                 ---------------
                                JOHN T. ROHRBACK
                      PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              C/O THE HERITAGE BANK
                          1313 DOLLEY MADISON BOULEVARD
                             MCLEAN, VIRGINIA 22101
                                 (703) 356-6060
       (Name, address, including ZIP Code, and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)
                                 ---------------
                                 WITH A COPY TO:
                            RICHARD A. SCHABERG, ESQ.
                             THACHER PROFFITT & WOOD
                               1700 PENNSYLVANIA AVE., NW
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
                                 (202) 347-8400
                                 ---------------
            Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the
           securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the
                 effective date of this Registration Statement.
                                 ---------------
     If the  securities  being  registered  on this  Form are being  offered  in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [X]
    

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Title of each Class of        Amount to be         Proposed Maximum            Proposed Maximum              Amount of
Securities to be Registered     Registered(1)   Offering Price Per Share(2)  Aggregate Offering Price (2)  Registration Fee(3)
==============================================================================================================================
<S>                             <C>                     <C>                        <C>                         <C>   
   
       Common Stock,
      $0.01 par value           2,294,617               $5.53                      $12,692,100                 $3,745
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)  Based upon 2,294,617 shares of common stock of Heritage Bancorp, Inc. to be
     issued in  exchange  for the same  number of shares of common  stock of The
     Heritage Bank in connection with the reorganization of The Heritage Bank as
     described in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus.
    

(2)  The proposed  maximum offering price per share reflects the market price of
     the common stock of The  Heritage  Bank to be  converted  and  exchanged in
     connection    with   the    reorganization    described    in   the   Proxy
     Statement-Prospectus,  computed in accordance with Rule 457(f)(1) under the
     Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  It is based on the average of the high
     and low prices of the  common stock on June 30, 1998,  as  reported  on the
     Nasdaq SmallCap Market.  The proposed maximum  aggregate  offering price is
     estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(3)  Calculated based on 0.0295 of one percent of the proposed maximum aggregate
     offering price.

This  Registration  Statement shall become  effective in accordance with Section
                8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


<PAGE>
                             Heritage Bancorp, Inc.

         Cross Reference Sheet Required by Item 501(b) of Regulation S-B

                 CAPTION                 CAPTION IN PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS
                 -------                 -------------------------------------

I.   INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION

A.   Forepart of Registration  Statement
     and  Outside  Front  Cover  Page of
     Prospectus.......................    Facing  Page;  Cross-Reference  Sheet;
                                          Notice    of   Annual    Meeting    of
                                          Stockholders; Outside Front Cover Page
                                          of Proxy Statement-Prospectus.

B.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
     Pages of Prospectus................  Available   Information;    Table   of
                                          Contents.

C.   Risk Factors,  Ratio of Earnings to
     Fixed     Charges     and     Other
     Information........................  Summary       of       the       Proxy
                                          Statement-Prospectus;          General
                                          Information;  Proposal 5 --  Formation
                                          of   Holding   Company  --  Terms  and
                                          Conditions to the Reorganization.

D.   Terms of the Transaction...........  Summary       of       the       Proxy
                                          Statement-Prospectus;          General
                                          Information;  Proposal 5 --  Formation
                                          of Holding Company-- Conditions to the
                                          Reorganization, Description of Bancorp
                                          Capital Stock,  Certain Differences in
                                          Stockholder  Rights,  Tax Consequences
                                          of  the   Reorganization,   Accounting
                                          Treatment   of   the   Reorganization,
                                          Market for the Common Stock;  Appendix
                                          C--     Agreement    and    Plan    of
                                          Reorganization.

E.   Pro Forma Financial Information..... Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization.

F.   Material Contracts with the Company
     Being Acquired.....................  Proposal  1--  Election of  Directors;
                                          Proposal  3  --1998   Employee   Stock
                                          Option Plan; Appendix A--1998 Employee
                                          Stock  Option   Plan;   Proposal  4  -
                                          Outside  Directors  Stock Option Plan;
                                          Appendix   B--1998  Outside   Director
                                          Stock    Option     Plan;     Proposal
                                          5--Formation         of        Holding
                                          Company--Management    of    Heritage;
                                          Appendix   C--Agreement  and  Plan  of
                                          Reorganization.

G.   Additional Information Required for
     Reoffering  by Persons  and Parties
     Deemed to be Underwriters..........  Not Applicable.

H.   Interests  of  Named   Experts  and
     Counsel............................  Not Applicable.


                                       ii

<PAGE>
                 CAPTION                  CAPTION IN PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS
                 -------                  -------------------------------------

I.   Disclosure of  Commission  Position
     on  Indemnification  for Securities
     Act Liabilities.......               Proposal  5 --  Formation  of  Holding
                                          Company  --  Certain   Differences  in
                                          Stockholder   Rights--  Limitation  of
                                          Liability   and   Indemnification   of
                                          Directors, Officers and Employees.

II.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGISTRANT

A.   Information  with  Respect  to  S-3
     Registrants........................  Not Applicable.

B.   Incorporation of Certain
     Information by Reference...........  Not Applicable.

C.   Information  with Respect to S-2 or
     S-3 Registrants....................  Not Applicable.

D.   Incorporation of Certain
     Information by Reference...........  Not Applicable.

E.   Information    with    Respect   to
     Registrants  Other  Than S-3 or S-2
     Registrants........................  Proposal  5 --  Formation  of  Holding
                                          Company     --    Parties    to    the
                                          Reorganization,  Business  of Bancorp,
                                          Description of Bancorp  Capital Stock,
                                          Market for the Common Stock,  Dividend
                                          Policy,  Regulation  and  Supervision,
                                          Management of Bancorp.

III. INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY BEING
     ACQUIRED

A.   Information  with  Respect  to  S-3
     Companies..........................  Not Applicable.

B.   Information  with Respect to S-2 or
     S-3
     Companies..........................  Not Applicable.

C.   Information    with    Respect   to
     Companies  Other  Than  S-3  or S-2
     Companies..........................  Proposal  5 --  Formation  of  Holding
                                          Company     --    Parties    to    the
                                          Reorganization,  Business of the Bank,
                                          Market for the Common Stock,  Dividend
                                          Policy,  Regulation  and  Supervision,
                                          Management's  Discussion  and Analysis
                                          of Financial  Condition and Results of
                                          Operations, Management of Heritage.


                                      iii

<PAGE>



                 CAPTION                  CAPTION IN PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS
                 -------                  -------------------------------------

IV.  VOTING AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

A.   Information if Proxies, Consents or
     Authorization     are     to     Be
     Solicited..........................  Notice    of   Annual    Meeting    of
                                          Stockholders;  Summary  of  the  Proxy
                                          Statement-Prospectus;          General
                                          Information; Proposal 1 -- Election of
                                          Directors;  Proposal 2 -- Ratification
                                          of    Appointment    of    Independent
                                          Auditors;  Proposal 3 -- 1998 Employee
                                          Stock  Option  Plan;   Proposal  4  --
                                          Outside  Director  Stock  Option Plan;
                                          Proposal  5--   Formation  of  Holding
                                          Company--     Conditions     to    the
                                          Reorganization, Management of Bancorp,
                                          Management  of Heritage;  Appendix A--
                                          1998 Stock Option  Plan;  Appendix B--
                                          Recognition    and   Retention   Plan;
                                          Appendix  D--  Dissenters'   Appraisal
                                          Rights.

B.   Information if Proxies, Consents or
     Authorizations   are   Not   to  Be
     Solicited   or   in   an   Exchange
     Offer..............................  Not Applicable.



                                       iv

<PAGE>



                        [LETTERHEAD OF THE HERITAGE BANK]


                                 July ____, 1998

Dear Stockholder:

     You are cordially invited to attend the 1998 annual meeting of stockholders
of The Heritage Bank  ("Heritage"  or the "Bank"),  which will be held on August
26, 1998 at 10:00 a.m.  Eastern  Daylight Time at the McLean  Community  Center,
1234 Ingleside Avenue, McLean, VA 22101 (the "Annual Meeting").

   
     At the Annual Meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote upon: (1) the
election of nine  directors to serve for a one-year term  expiring in 1999;  (2)
the  ratification  of  the  appointment  of  Yount,  Hyde  &  Barbour,  P.C.  as
independent  auditors for the Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998;
(3) the approval of the 1998 The Heritage Bank Employee  Incentive  Stock Option
Plan (the  "Employee  Stock  Option  Plan");  (4) the  approval  of the 1998 The
Heritage Bank Outside  Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Outside  Director Stock
Option Plan");  and (5) a proposal to form a holding company for the Bank by the
adoption and approval of an Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization,  dated as of
July 1, 1998, among the Bank and Heritage Bancorp, Inc., a newly-formed Virginia
corporation  organized at the direction of the Bank to be a bank holding company
with the Bank as its  wholly-owned  subsidiary.  In  addition,  management  will
report  on the  operations  and  activities  of the  Bank and  there  will be an
opportunity for you to ask questions about the Bank's business.
    

     The Board of  Directors  believes  that a holding  company  structure  will
better  position   Heritage  to  compete  in  the  markets  that  it  serves  by
facilitating   acquisitions  of  other  financial  institutions,   by  providing
operating  flexibility for activities by the holding  company,  and by enhancing
stockholder   value  by  permitting  stock   repurchases   without  adverse  tax
consequences.

     It is very important that your shares be represented at the Annual Meeting,
regardless  of whether or not you plan to attend in  person.  A majority  of the
votes cast is sufficient to elect directors. A majority of the votes represented
in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting is necessary to
ratify the  appointment  of the  independent  auditors and to adopt the Employee
Stock Option Plan and the Outside  Director  Stock Option Plan.  The adoption of
the  holding  company  proposal  requires  the  approval  of votes  representing
two-thirds of the  outstanding  shares of the Bank's common stock.  A FAILURE TO
VOTE  WILL  HAVE THE SAME  EFFECT AS A VOTE  AGAINST  PROPOSAL  5. I urge you to
execute,  date and return the enclosed proxy card in the  postage-paid  envelope
provided  as soon as  possible  to ensure  that your shares will be voted at the
Annual Meeting.

                 YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN
                     TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING IN PERSON

     The Board of Directors of Heritage  has  determined  that the matters to be
considered at the Annual  Meeting are in the best  interests of the Bank and its
stockholders.  For the reasons set forth in the Proxy Statement- Prospectus, the
Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR each matter to be considered.

                                           Sincerely yours,

                                           John T. Rohrback
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer


<PAGE>



                                THE HERITAGE BANK
                          1313 DOLLEY MADISON BOULEVARD
                             MCLEAN, VIRGINIA 22101

                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

                          TO BE HELD ON AUGUST 26, 1998

     NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the 1998 annual meeting of  stockholders of The
Heritage  Bank  ("Heritage"  or the  "Bank")  will be held on August 26, 1998 at
10:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time at the McLean Community Center,  1234 Ingleside
Avenue,  McLean,  VA 22101 (the "Annual  Meeting").  The Annual Meeting has been
called for the following purposes:

     1.   To elect nine  directors to serve for a one-year  term expiring at the
          1999 annual meeting and until their  respective  successors  have been
          duly elected and qualified;

     2.   To  ratify  the  appointment  of  Yount,  Hyde  &  Barbour,   P.C.  as
          independent  auditors for the Bank for the fiscal year ending December
          31, 1998;

     3.   Approval of the 1998 The  Heritage  Bank Stock Option Plan (the "Stock
          Option Plan") (a copy of the Stock Option Plan is attached as Appendix
          A to the Proxy Statement--Prospectus accompanying this Notice);

     4.   Approval of the 1998 The Heritage Bank Outside  Directors Stock Option
          Plan (the "Outside Director Stock Option Plan") (a copy of the Outside
          Director  Stock  Option  Plan is  attached  as Appendix B to the Proxy
          Statement -- Prospectus accompanying this Notice);

   
     5.   To consider and vote upon the formation of a bank holding  company for
          Heritage by the  adoption  and  approval of an  Agreement  and Plan of
          Reorganization  dated as of July 1, 1998 (the "Plan of Reorganization"
          or  "Plan")  by and  between  the  Bank  and  Heritage  Bancorp,  Inc.
          ("Bancorp" or the  "Company),  pursuant to which  Heritage will become
          the  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Bancorp  and all of the  outstanding
          shares  of  common  stock  of  Heritage  (other  than  shares  held by
          stockholders  exercising dissenters' rights, if any) will be converted
          into and exchanged for, on a one-for-one basis, shares of common stock
          of Bancorp (a copy of the Plan is  attached as Appendix C to the Proxy
          Statement-Prospectus accompanying this Notice); and
    

     6.   To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual
          meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

     Pursuant to the Bylaws of Heritage,  the Board of Directors  has fixed July
17, 1998 as the record date for the  determination  of stockholders  entitled to
notice  of and to  vote  at  the  Annual  Meeting  and  at  any  adjournment  or
postponement thereof. Only holders of the Bank's common stock as of the close of
business on the record  date will be  entitled to vote at the Annual  Meeting or
any adjournment or postponement thereof.

     Each Heritage stockholder has the right to demand from Heritage payment for
the fair value of his or her shares;  provided,  that such stockholder (1) files
with Heritage,  before the vote on the approval of the Plan,  written  objection
demanding  payment for the shares at fair value if the Plan is approved  and (2)
does  not  vote  such  shares  in  favor  of the  Plan.  Heritage  and any  such
stockholder  will have the rights and duties and must follow the  procedures set
forth in Section  13.1-731 of the Code of Virginia,  a copy of which is attached
as Appendix D to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus accompanying this Notice.

     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS  UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS THAT  STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR
APPROVAL OF EACH PROPOSAL TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING.


<PAGE>



     WE URGE YOU TO SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD AS PROMPTLY AS
POSSIBLE, WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING IN PERSON. THE PROXY MAY
BE REVOKED  AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO ITS  EXERCISE  IN THE MANNER  DESCRIBED  IN THE
ATTACHED  PROXY  STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS.  ANY  STOCKHOLDER  PRESENT  AT THE ANNUAL
MEETING,  INCLUDING ANY  ADJOURNMENT OR  POSTPONEMENT  THEREOF,  MAY REVOKE SUCH
HOLDER'S  PROXY AND VOTE  PERSONALLY  ON EACH MATTER  BROUGHT  BEFORE THE ANNUAL
MEETING.

                                              By Order of the Board of Directors

                                              George K. Degnon
                                              Secretary



McLean, Virginia
_____________, 1998


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS....................................-3-
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE BANK................................-7-
GENERAL INFORMATION..........................................................-8-
     General      ...........................................................-8-
     Record Date and Voting..................................................-8-
     Vote Required...........................................................-8-
     Rights of Dissenting Stockholders.......................................-8-
     Revocability of Proxies.................................................-9-
     Solicitation of Proxies.................................................-9-

STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.................-10-
PROPOSALS TO BE VOTED ON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING..............................-11-
PROPOSAL 1 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS............................................-11-
     General      ..........................................................-11-
     Vote Required..........................................................-11-
     Information with Respect to Nominees...................................-11-
     Nominees     ..........................................................-12-
     Board and Committee Meetings...........................................-13-
     Summary Compensation Table.............................................-14-
     Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions...................-15-
     Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance................-15-

PROPOSAL 2 RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS..............-15-
PROPOSAL 3 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN.......................................-16-
     General Plan Information...............................................-16-
     Purpose of the Employee Stock Option Plan..............................-16-
     Vote Required..........................................................-16-
     Description of the Employee Stock Option Plan..........................-16-
     New Plan Benefits......................................................-17-
     Termination or Amendment of the Employee Stock Option Plan.............-17-
     Effect of Reorganization on Employee Stock Option Plan.................-17-
     Federal Income Tax Consequences........................................-18-

PROPOSAL 4 OUTSIDE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN..............................-19-
     General Plan Information...............................................-19-
     Purpose of the Outside Directors Stock Option Plan.....................-19-
     Vote Required..........................................................-19-
     Description of the Stock Option Plan...................................-19-
     New Plan Benefits......................................................-20-
     Termination or Amendment of the Outside Director Stock Option Plan.....-20-
     Effect of Reorganization on Outside Director Stock Option Plan.........-21-
     Federal Income Tax Consequences........................................-21-

PROPOSAL 5 FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY.....................................-22-
     General      ..........................................................-22-
     Vote Required..........................................................-22-

PARTIES TO THE REORGANIZATION...............................................-23-
     The Heritage Bank......................................................-23-
     Heritage Bancorp, Inc..................................................-24-

DESCRIPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION...........................................-24-
     Reasons for the Reorganization.........................................-24-
     Effective Date.........................................................-24-
     Actions at the Effective Date..........................................-25-
     Conditions to the Reorganization.......................................-25-
     Amendment and Termination .............................................-25-
     Exchange of Stock Certificates.........................................-25-
     Effect of the Reorganization on Employee Benefit Plans.................-26-

DESCRIPTION OF BANCORP CAPITAL STOCK........................................-26-
     General      ..........................................................-26-


                                       i

<PAGE>



     Common Stock ..........................................................-27-
     Bancorp Preferred Stock................................................-27-
     Anti-Takeover Provisions...............................................-27-

DESCRIPTION OF HERITAGE CAPITAL STOCK.......................................-27-
     Common Stock ..........................................................-27-
     Limitation of Liability................................................-28-
     State Law Restrictions on Acquisitions of the Bank.....................-28-
     Federal Law Restrictions on Acquisition of the Bank....................-29-

CERTAIN DIFFERENCES IN STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS...................................-29-
     General      ..........................................................-29-
     Payment of Dividends...................................................-29-
     Rights of Issuer to Repurchase Stock...................................-30-
     Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors, Officers
      and Employees.........................................................-30-
     Special Meetings of Stockholders.......................................-30-
     Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions.......................................-30-

TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION......................................-32-
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF THE REORGANIZATION..................................-33-
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK.................................................-33-
DIVIDEND POLICY.............................................................-34-
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION.......................................-35-
BUSINESS OF BANCORP.........................................................-35-

     General      ..........................................................-35-
     Property     ..........................................................-36-
     Competition  ..........................................................-36-
     Employees    ..........................................................-36-

   
BUSINESS OF THE BANK........................................................-36-
     General      ..........................................................-36-
     Business Strategy......................................................-37-
     Asset/Liability Management.............................................-37-
     Credit Policies........................................................-38-
     Lending Activities.....................................................-38-
     Competition  ..........................................................-39-
     Year 2000 Issues.......................................................-40-
     Properties   ..........................................................-40-
     Employees    ..........................................................-41-
     Legal Proceedings......................................................-41-
    

TAXATION....................................................................-41-
     Federal Taxation.......................................................-41-
     State Taxation.........................................................-42-

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION..................................................-42-
     Regulation of the Bank.................................................-42-
     Capital Requirements...................................................-43-
     Branching    ..........................................................-44-
     Recent Legislative Developments........................................-44-
     Federal Reserve System.................................................-45-
     Effect of Economic Environment.........................................-45-
     Limits on Dividends and Other Payments.................................-45-
     Regulation of Holding Company..........................................-46-
     Federal Securities Laws................................................-46-

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
     FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS..........................-47-
     General      ..........................................................-47-
     Results of Operations..................................................-47-
     Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 1998 and December
      31, 1997..............................................................-47-
     Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998
      and 1997..............................................................-48-
     Liquidity and Capital Resources........................................-49-


                                       ii

<PAGE>



   
     Capital      ..........................................................-49-
     Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 1997 and 1996........-49-
     Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996...-50-
     Comparison of Financial Condition for the Years Ended December 31, 1996
      and 1995..............................................................-51-
     Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995...-51-
     Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields..........................-52-
     Rate and Volume Analysis...............................................-54-
     Interest Rate Sensitivity..............................................-54-
    

ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION.............................................-55-
     Loan Portfolio.........................................................-55-
     Non-Performing Assets .................................................-56-
     Loan Maturity..........................................................-56-
     Maturity and Rate Sensitivity of Loans.................................-57-
     Allowance for Loan Losses..............................................-57-
     Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses................................-59-
     Investment Activities..................................................-59-
     Securities Portfolio...................................................-60-
     Investment Portfolio - Maturity And Yields.............................-60-
     Deposits...............................................................-61-
     Average Deposits And Average Rates Paid................................-61-
     Maturities Of Certificates Of Deposit Of $100,000 Or More..............-61-
     Short-Term Borrowings..................................................-61-
     Capital Requirements...................................................-62-
     Capital Ratios.........................................................-62-
     Liquidity and Capital Resources........................................-62-
     Summary Of Liquid Assets...............................................-63-
     Impact of Inflation, Changing Prices and Monetary Policies.............-63-
     Accounting Matters.....................................................-63-

MANAGEMENT OF BANCORP.......................................................-64-
     Directors    ..........................................................-64-
     Executive Officers.....................................................-64-
     Compensation ..........................................................-64-
     Employee Benefit Plans.................................................-65-

MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK......................................................-65-
     Directors    ..........................................................-65-
     Non-Director Executive Officers........................................-65-
     Biographical Information...............................................-65-
     Non-Director Executive Officers........................................-65-
     Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans................................-65-

OTHER MATTERS...............................................................-66-
PROPOSALS FOR 1998 ANNUAL MEETING...........................................-66-
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................................................-66-
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.......................................................-66-
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     OF THE HERITAGE BANK...................................................FS-1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................................................FS-2
APPENDICES
Appendix A  1998 The Heritage Bank Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan .....A-1
Appendix B  1998 The Heritage Bank Outside Directors Stock Option Plan ......B-1
Appendix C  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization ............................C-1
Appendix D      Dissenters' Appraisal Rights ................................D-1
Appendix E      Bancorp Articles of Incorporation ...........................E-1
Appendix F      Bancorp Bylaws ..............................................F-1


                                      iii

<PAGE>



                                 PROXY STATEMENT

                                THE HERITAGE BANK
                          1313 DOLLEY MADISON BOULEVARD
                             MCLEAN, VIRGINIA 22101

                         ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                                 AUGUST 26, 1998

                               -------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                             Heritage Bancorp, Inc.
                      Common Stock, no par value per share

     This document  serves as a Proxy  Statement for the 1998 annual  meeting of
stockholders  of The Heritage  Bank  ("Heritage"  or the "Bank"),  to be held on
August 26,  1998 at 10:00 a.m.  Eastern  Daylight  time at the McLean  Community
Center,  1234 Ingleside  Avenue,  McLean,  VA 22101,  and at any  adjournment or
postponement  thereof (the "Annual Meeting"),  and is being used by the Board of
Directors  of the Bank to solicit  the  proxies of the  Bank's  stockholders  in
connection  therewith.  This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  with the accompanying
proxy card, is first being sent or given to Heritage's  stockholders on or about
July 28, 1998.

   
     As more fully described in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus,  the purpose of
the Annual  Meeting is (1) to elect nine  directors to serve for a one-year term
expiring in 1999; (2) to ratify the appointment of Yount,  Hyde & Barbour,  P.C.
as  independent  auditors  for the Bank for the fiscal year ending  December 31,
1998; (3) to approve the 1998 The Heritage Bank Employee  Incentive Stock Option
Plan; (4) to approve the 1998 The Heritage Bank Outside  Directors  Stock Option
Plan; (5) consider and vote upon the formation of a bank holding  company by the
adoption and approval of the  Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  dated as of
July 1, 1998 (the "Plan of  Reorganization"  or "Plan") by and  between the Bank
and Heritage Bancorp,  Inc.  ("Bancorp"),  a newly-formed  Virginia  corporation
organized  at the  direction  of the Bank to  become  the  holding  company  for
Heritage (the "Reorganization");  and (6) to transact such other business as may
properly  come  before the Annual  Meeting or any  adjournment  or  postponement
thereof.

     This document  also serves as a Prospectus in connection  with the issuance
by Bancorp of up to 2,294,617  shares of Bancorp  common stock,  par value $0.01
per  share   ("Bancorp   Common   Stock").   Upon  the  effective  date  of  the
Reorganization  (the "Effective  Date"),  all  outstanding  shares of the Bank's
common stock,  no par value per share ("Bank Common  Stock")  (other than shares
held by stockholders  exercising  dissenters' rights, if any), will be converted
into and exchanged for an equal number of shares of Bancorp  Common Stock,  on a
one-for-one basis.
    

     Under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and the
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), the
solicitation  of  stockholders  of  Heritage  to approve  the  proposed  Plan of
Reorganization  constitutes  an offering of Bancorp  Common  Stock.  Bancorp has
filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act
(the  "Registration  Statement")  with respect to such offering,  and this Proxy
Statement-Prospectus  constitutes the prospectus of Bancorp filed as part of the
Registration Statement. This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus does not contain all of
the information set forth in the


<PAGE>



Registration  Statement  and the related  exhibits,  certain  parts of which are
omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.

     This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  shall not  constitute a prospectus  for a
public  reoffering  of Bancorp  Common  Stock  issuable  pursuant to the Plan of
Reorganization.

     NO  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION  IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED IN
THIS PROXY  STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS,  AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION  OR
REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED.  THIS PROXY
STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS  SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF
AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT WOULD BE UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE  SUCH  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION.  NEITHER  THE  DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROXY
STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS, NOR ANY OFFER OR SOLICITATION MADE HEREUNDER, SHALL, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION SET FORTH OR INCORPORATED  HEREIN
IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, OR ANY OTHER
FEDERAL  OR  STATE  AGENCY  OR ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR HAS SUCH
COMMISSION,  OFFICE OR OTHER AGENCY OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED
UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROXY   STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS.   ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     THESE  SECURITIES ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED
BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY. THE
SECURITIES  ARE SUBJECT TO  INVESTMENT  RISKS,  INCLUDING  POSSIBLE  LOSS OF THE
PRINCIPAL INVESTED.

      The date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus is_______________, 1998.




                                       2
<PAGE>



                    SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS

     This  Summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by the  detailed  information
contained  in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  the  Appendices  hereto and the
documents referred to herein.

                         ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

Time and Place of the
   Annual Meeting.......................  The  Annual  Meeting  will  be held on
                                          August 26, 1998 at 10:00 a.m.  Eastern
                                          Daylight Time at the McLean  Community
                                          Center, 1234 Ingleside Avenue, McLean,
                                          VA, 22101. See "General Information --
                                          General."

Purpose of the Annual
   Meeting..............................  The  purpose of the Annual  Meeting is
                                          to (1) elect nine  directors,  each to
                                          serve for a one-year  term expiring in
                                          1999;  (2) ratify the  appointment  of
                                          Yount,   Hyde  &  Barbour,   P.C.   as
                                          independent  auditors for the Bank for
                                          the fiscal  year ending  December  31,
                                          1998;   (3)   approve   the  1998  The
                                          Heritage Bank Employee Incentive Stock
                                          Option Plan;  (4) approve the 1998 The
                                          Heritage Bank Outside  Directors Stock
                                          Option  Plan;  (5)  consider  and vote
                                          upon   the   Plan  of   Reorganization
                                          pursuant to which Heritage will become
                                          the    wholly-owned    subsidiary   of
                                          Bancorp,  and  all of the  outstanding
                                          shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  (other
                                          than  shares   held  by   stockholders
                                          exercising dissenters' rights, if any)
                                          will be converted  into and  exchanged
                                          for, on a one-for-one basis, shares of
                                          Bancorp Common Stock; and (6) transact
                                          such other  business  as may  properly
                                          come  before the Annual  Meeting.  See
                                          "General Information,"  "Proposal 1 --
                                          Election of Directors," "Proposal 2 --
                                          Ratification    of    Appointment   of
                                          Independent  Auditors," "Proposal 3 --
                                          Employee Stock Option Plan," "Proposal
                                          4 --  Outside  Director  Stock  Option
                                          Plan" and  Proposal 5 --  Formation of
                                          Holding Company."

Record Date.............................  The Board of Directors of Heritage has
                                          fixed the close of business on July 17
                                          as the record date (the "Record Date")
                                          for the  determination of stockholders
                                          entitled  to  notice of and to vote at
                                          the   Annual   Meeting   and   at  any
                                          adjournment or  postponement  thereof.
                                          See  "General  Information  --  Record
                                          Date and Voting."

Beneficial Ownership by
  Directors and
  Executive Officers....................  On July  17,  1998 the  directors  and
                                          executive    officers    of   Heritage
                                          beneficially  owned  in the  aggregate
                                          571,094  shares  of Bank Common Stock.
                                          See  "General   Information  --  Stock
                                          Ownership of Management."

Additional Information..................  For additional information,  telephone
                                          John T. Rohrback,  President and Chief
                                          Executive Officer,  The Heritage Bank,
                                          at (703) 356-6060.


                                       3

<PAGE>



                          FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

The Parties to the
   Reorganization.......................  The   Heritage   Bank   and   Heritage
                                          Bancorp, Inc.

The Heritage Bank.......................  Heritage   is   a   state    chartered
                                          commercial  bank  organized  under the
                                          rules   and    regulations    of   the
                                          Commonwealth  of  Virginia.   Heritage
                                          conducts  its   business   through  an
                                          office  located at 1313 Dolley Madison
                                          Boulevard,  McLean, Virginia 22101 and
                                          its   telephone    number   is   (703)
                                          356-6060.

Heritage Bancorp, Inc...................  Bancorp is a corporation  incorporated
                                          as  a   wholly-owned   subsidiary   of
                                          Heritage   under   the   laws  of  the
                                          Commonwealth of Virginia.  Bancorp was
                                          organized at the direction of Heritage
                                          to become a bank holding  company with
                                          Heritage    as    its     wholly-owned
                                          subsidiary.  Bancorp  will acquire all
                                          of the issued and  outstanding  shares
                                          of the  Bank  Common  Stock as part of
                                          the Plan of Reorganization.  Bancorp's
                                          address and  telephone  number are the
                                          same  as  those  given  for   Heritage
                                          above.

Reasons for the
   Reorganization.......................  The Board of Directors believes that a
                                          holding company  structure will better
                                          position   Heritage   to  (i)  enhance
                                          stockholder  value by permitting stock
                                          repurchases    without   adverse   tax
                                          consequences, (ii) provide a source of
                                          shares  to  satisfy   proposed   stock
                                          option  plans   without   dilution  to
                                          stockholders   and  (iii)   facilitate
                                          acquisitions    of   other   financial
                                          institutions should such opportunities
                                          arise.  See "Proposal 5-- Formation of
                                          Holding   Company-Description  of  the
                                          Reorganization--   Reasons   for   the
                                          Reorganization."

Description of the
   Reorganization.......................  Under the Plan of Reorganization,  all
                                          of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Bank
                                          Common  Stock  (other than shares held
                                          by stockholders exercising dissenters'
                                          rights,  if any) will be automatically
                                          converted into and exchanged for, on a
                                          one-for-one  basis,  shares of Bancorp
                                          Common Stock and Heritage  will become
                                          the    wholly-owned    subsidiary   of
                                          Bancorp.  Heritage  will  continue its
                                          current  business and  operations as a
                                          Virginia  chartered   commercial  bank
                                          using its current  name.  Certificates
                                          representing  shares  of  Bank  Common
                                          Stock  will  automatically   represent
                                          shares  of   Bancorp   Common   Stock.
                                          Stockholders will not need to exchange
                                          their Heritage stock  certificates for
                                          Bancorp stock certificates.

                                          The Plan of Reorganization is attached
                                          hereto as Appendix C. See  "Proposal 5
                                          --  Formation  of  Holding  Company --
                                          Description of the  Reorganization  --
                                          Conditions to the Reorganization."

Management of Bancorp...................  The Board of  Directors  of Bancorp is
                                          comprised  of the  current  members of
                                          the  Board of  Directors  of the Bank.
                                          The   officers   of  Bancorp  are  the
                                          current  senior  officers of the Bank.
                                          See   "Proposal  5  --   Formation  of
                                          Holding  Company" and  "Management  of
                                          Bancorp."


                                       4

<PAGE>
Conditions and Required
   Regulatory Approvals.................  The consummation of the Reorganization
                                          is  subject to the  satisfaction  of a
                                          number of conditions,  including:  (1)
                                          the  adoption and approval of the Plan
                                          of Reorganization by the holders of at
                                          least  two-thirds  of the  outstanding
                                          shares of Bank Common  Stock;  (2) the
                                          approval  by  the  State   Corporation
                                          Commission  of  the   Commonwealth  of
                                          Virginia    (the    "SCC")    of   the
                                          application of Bancorp and the Bank to
                                          approve  the  Plan of  Reorganization,
                                          which will be filed following adoption
                                          and    approval   of   the   Plan   of
                                          Reorganization     by    the    Bank's
                                          stockholders;   (3)  approval  of  the
                                          Bureau of  Financial  Institutions  of
                                          the SCC of Bancorp's  Application  for
                                          Permission to Acquire Voting Shares of
                                          a Virginia Financial Institution;  (4)
                                          the  approval of the  Federal  Reserve
                                          Board ("FRB") of Bancorp's application
                                          to become a bank holding company;  and
                                          (5)  the  receipt  by  Heritage  of  a
                                          favorable opinion of counsel as to the
                                          federal income tax consequences of the
                                          Reorganization.  THERE IS NO ASSURANCE
                                          THAT   THESE    CONDITIONS   WILL   BE
                                          SATISFIED.  See "Tax  Consequences  of
                                          the  Reorganization"  and "Description
                                          of the Reorganization -- Conditions to
                                          the Reorganization"  under "Proposal 5
                                          -- Formation of Holding Company."

Comparison of Stockholder
   Rights ..............................  The  Articles  of   Incorporation   of
                                          Bancorp     (the      "Articles     of
                                          Incorporation"),  attached  hereto  as
                                          Appendix E, and the Bylaws of Bancorp,
                                          attached  hereto  as  Appendix  F, are
                                          similar  in  many   respects   to  the
                                          current Articles of Incorporation  and
                                          Bylaws of Heritage.  However,  certain
                                          differences  will exist  following the
                                          Reorganization  between  the rights of
                                          the  stockholders of Bancorp and those
                                          of Heritage.  These  differences  will
                                          include such matters as limitations on
                                          the     liability    of     directors,
                                          indemnification of directors, officers
                                          and  employees,  appraisal  rights and
                                          antitakeover     protections.      See
                                          "Proposal  5 --  Formation  of Holding
                                          Company  --  Certain   Differences  in
                                          Stockholder  Rights,"  Appendix  E  --
                                          Bancorp Articles of Incorporation  and
                                          Appendix F -- Bancorp Bylaws.

Anti-Takeover Effects...................  The  Articles  of  Incorporation   and
                                          Bylaws of Bancorp and the  Articles of
                                          Incorporation  and Bylaws of  Heritage
                                          contain   provisions   that   may   be
                                          relevant  to   potential   changes  in
                                          control.  See "Proposal 5 -- Formation
                                          of   Holding    Company   --   Certain
                                          Differences in  Stockholder  Rights --
                                          Certain   Anti-takeover   Provisions,"
                                          Appendix  E  --  Bancorp  Articles  of
                                          Incorporation   and   Appendix   F  --
                                          Bancorp Bylaws.

Federal Income Tax
   Consequences.........................  The   Plan   of    Reorganization   is
                                          conditioned, in part, upon the receipt
                                          by  Heritage  of an opinion of counsel
                                          to the effect that for federal  income
                                          tax purposes: (1) no gain or loss will
                                          be  recognized  by   stockholders   of
                                          Heritage  on  the  transfer  of  their
                                          shares of Bank Common Stock to Bancorp
                                          solely  in  exchange   for  shares  of
                                          Bancorp  Common Stock;  (2) no gain or
                                          loss  will be  recognized  by  Bancorp
                                          upon its  receipt  of  shares  of Bank
                                          Common Stock in exchange for shares of
                                          Bancorp   Common   Stock;    (3)   the
                                          aggregate   basis  of  the  shares  of
                                          Bancorp Common Stock to be received by
                                          each Heritage  stockholder will be the
                                          same  as the  aggregate  basis  of the
                                          shares of Bank Common Stock  exchanged
                                          therefor;  and (4) the holding  period
                                          of the shares of Bancorp  Common Stock
                                          to  be  received   by  each   Heritage
                                          stockholder
                                       5
<PAGE>



                                          will  include  the  holding  period of
                                          Bank Common Stock exchanged  therefor,
                                          provided  that each  such  stockholder
                                          held such shares of Bank Common  Stock
                                          as a  capital  asset on the  Effective
                                          Date.  Each  stockholder  is  urged to
                                          consult  his or her own tax advisor as
                                          to the  specific  consequences  of the
                                          Reorganization   to  the   stockholder
                                          under  federal,  state  and any  other
                                          applicable  tax laws.  See "Proposal 5
                                          -- Formation of Holding Company -- Tax
                                          Consequences of the Reorganization."

Accounting Treatment of the
  Reorganization........................  It is expected that the Reorganization
                                          will be characterized  as, and treated
                                          similarly to, a "pooling of interests"
                                          for  financial  reporting  and related
                                          purposes. See "Proposal 5 -- Formation
                                          of  Holding   Company  --   Accounting
                                          Treatment of the Reorganization."

Regulation and Supervision..............  After the Effective Date, Bancorp will
                                          be subject to regulation by the FRB as
                                          a bank holding  company under the BHCA
                                          and by the SEC. Heritage will continue
                                          to be  subject  to  regulation  by the
                                          Bureau of  Financial  Institutions  of
                                          the SCC and FRB.  See  "Proposal  5 --
                                          Formation   of   Holding   Company  --
                                          Regulation and Supervision."

Market for Stock........................  The Bank's  Common  Stock is currently
                                          traded on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market
                                          under the symbol "HBVA". Following the
                                          Reorganization,  it is  expected  that
                                          Bancorp Common Stock will be traded on
                                          the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market under the
                                          same  symbol.   See  "Market  For  The
                                          Common  Stock" and  "Dividend  Policy"
                                          under  "Proposal  5  --  Formation  of
                                          Holding Company."

Effective Date..........................  The Effective Date will be the date of
                                          the   consummation   of  the  Plan  of
                                          Reorganization.  See  "Proposal  5  --
                                          Formation   of   Holding   Company  --
                                          Description of the  Reorganization  --
                                          Conditions  to the  Reorganization  --
                                          Effective Date."

Rights of Dissenting
   Stockholders.........................  Holders of shares of Bank Common Stock
                                          are  entitled to dissent from the Plan
                                          of  Reorganization  and to receive the
                                          fair  value  of their  shares  if they
                                          follow  certain  statutory  procedures
                                          under   Virginia   law.  See  "General
                                          Information   --  Appraisal   Rights,"
                                          "Proposal  5 --  Formation  of Holding
                                          Company,"   "General   Information  --
                                          Rights of Dissenting Stockholders" and
                                          Appendix  D --  Dissenters'  Appraisal
                                          Rights.

Stockholder Vote Required
   for Approval.........................  Approval of the Plan of Reorganization
                                          will  require  the vote of the holders
                                          of  two-thirds   of  the   outstanding
                                          shares of Bank Common  Stock  entitled
                                          to vote thereon.

Recommendation Of
   Management...........................  The  Board of  Directors  of  Heritage
                                          unanimously       recommends      that
                                          stockholders  vote for the adoption of
                                          the Plan of Reorganization.


                                       6

<PAGE>



                  SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE BANK

The year-end  income  statement  data,  the year-end  balance sheet data and the
year-end per share data regarding net income contained in the following selected
financial  data for the five years ended  December 31, 1997 are derived from the
financial  statements  of the Bank,  which have been audited on an annual basis.
The  selected  financial  information  should  be read in  conjunction  with the
financial  statements  of the Bank and the notes thereto  included  elsewhere in
this  Prospectus.  The data presented as of and for the three months ended March
31, 1998 and 1997 were derived from unaudited  consolidated financial statements
and reflect, in the opinion of management,  all adjustments  (consisting only of
normal recurring  adjustments) which are necessary to present fairly the results
for such  interim  periods.  Interim  results at and for the three  months ended
March  31,  1998  are not  necessarily  indicative  of the  results  that may be
expected for the year ended December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1998(1)       1997         1997          1996        1995          1994           1993
                                         -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        
SUMMARY OF OPERATING RESULTS:
Total interest income .................. $       837   $       793  $     3,256  $     3,420  $     3,048  $     3,034  $     3,196
Total interest expense .................         277           284        1,111        1,411        1,165          960        1,104
                                         -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net interest income .................... $       560           509  $     2,145  $     2,009  $     1,883  $     2,074  $     2,092
Provision for loan losses ..............           2             4            4           --          (87)         488          472
                                         -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net interest income after provision for
 loan losses ........................... $       558   $       505  $     2,141  $     2,009  $     1,970  $     1,586  $     1,620
Other income ...........................          32            33          181          119           98          168          271
Other expenses .........................         489           461        1,836        1,725        1,854        1,868        1,880
                                         -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before taxes ....................         101            77          486          403          214         (114)          11
Income tax expense (benefit)(2) ........          --             5          (85)          --           31           --           --
                                         -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income ............................. $       101   $        72  $       571  $       403  $       183  $      (114) $        11
                                         ===========   ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========

PER SHARE:

Basic earnings per share ............... $      0.07   $      0.06  $      0.45  $      0.32  $      0.15  $     (0.09) $      0.01
Diluted earnings per share .............        0.07          0.06         0.44         0.32         0.15        (0.09)        0.01
Cash dividend declared .................          --            --           --           --           --           --           --
Book value at period end ...............        3.23          2.85         3.18         2.84         2.52         2.30         2.46
Common shares outstanding ..............   1,489,636     1,249,634    1,489,636    1,249,634    1,249,634    1,249,634    1,249,634

BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):

Loans, net of unearned interest ........ $    23,842   $    25,061  $    23,390  $    25,202  $    24,346  $    27,426  $    29,517
Allowance for loan loss ................         641           676          634          617          685        1,164          959
Total assets ...........................      44,634        41,315       45,450       46,075       46,874       41,944       45,335
Total deposits .........................      39,383        37,661       40,604       42,387       43,539       38,933       42,226
Total stockholders' equity .............       4,816         3,567        4,730        3,543        3,149        2,878        3,070

PERFORMANCE AND ASSET QUALITY RATIOS(4):

Return on average total assets .........        0.90%         0.67%        1.33%        0.87%        0.46%       (0.26)%        .02%
Return on average stockholders' equity .        8.38          8.07        15.24        12.05         5.89        (3.84)         .43
Average stockholders' equity to average
 total assets ..........................       10.74          8.36         8.74         7.19         7.74         6.81         5.63
Non-accrual and past due loans to total
 loans .................................        1.12          1.61          .98         1.85         2.93         3.11         2.74
Allowance for loan losses to total loans        2.69          2.70         2.71         2.45         2.81         4.24         3.25
Net yield ..............................        4.18          4.17         4.29         3.69         3.96         4.26         4.16
Net interest margin(3) .................        5.28          5.01         5.25         4.54         4.93         4.37         4.84
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  Does not give effect to Heritage's  stock  offering  consummated on May 18,
     1998.  For the pro forma  capitalization  of  Heritage  at March  31,  1998
     adjusted to give effect to such stock offering, see "Pro Forma Consolidated
     Capitalization." For a description of such stock offering, see "Business of
     the Bank -- Business Strategy."

(2)  At December 31, 1997 the Bank had  available  approximately  $387,000 of an
     operating loss caryforward which could be offset against future income.

(3)  Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average
     earnings assets and represents the Bank's net yield on its earning assets.

(4)  Annualized for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997.


                                       7

<PAGE>



                               GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL

     This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  is being  furnished  to  stockholders  of
Heritage,  in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Bank's Board of
Directors  for the Annual  Meeting to be held on August 26, 1998,  at 10:00 a.m.
Eastern Daylight Time at the McLean  Community  Center,  1234 Ingleside  Avenue,
McLean, VA 22101, and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

     HOLDERS OF BANK  COMMON  STOCK ARE  REQUESTED  PROMPTLY  TO SIGN,  DATE AND
RETURN THE  ACCOMPANYING  PROXY CARD TO HERITAGE IN THE  ENCLOSED  POSTAGE-PAID,
ADDRESSED ENVELOPE.  FAILURE TO RETURN A PROPERLY EXECUTED PROXY CARD OR TO VOTE
AT THE ANNUAL MEETING WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS A VOTE AGAINST PROPOSAL 5.

RECORD DATE AND VOTING

   
     The Board of  Directors of Heritage has fixed the close of business on July
17, 1998 as the Record Date for the  determination of the holders of Bank Common
Stock  entitled  to receive  notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting.  Only
holders of record of Bank  Common  Stock at the close of  business  on that date
will be  entitled  to vote  at the  Annual  Meeting  and at any  adjournment  or
postponement  thereof.  At the close of business on the Record Date,  there were
2,294,617 shares of Bank Common Stock outstanding.
    

     Each holder of  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock on the Record Date
will be  entitled  to one vote for each  share held of record  upon each  matter
properly  submitted at the Annual Meeting and at any adjournment or postponement
thereof.  The  presence,  in person or by proxy,  of the  holders  of at least a
majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock entitled
to vote at the Annual  Meeting is necessary to constitute a quorum at the Annual
Meeting.  If a quorum is not  obtained,  or if fewer shares of Bank Common Stock
are voted in favor of any of Proposals than the number required for approval, it
is expected  that the Annual  Meeting will be  postponed  or  adjourned  for the
purpose of allowing  additional time for obtaining  additional proxies or votes.
At any subsequent  reconvening of the Annual Meeting,  all proxies will be voted
in the same  manner  as such  proxies  would  have  been  voted at the  original
convening of the Annual Meeting  (except for any proxies which have  theretofore
effectively been revoked or withdrawn).

     If the enclosed proxy card is properly executed and received by Heritage in
time to be voted at the Annual Meeting,  the shares represented  thereby will be
voted in accordance  with the  instructions  marked on the proxy card.  EXECUTED
PROXY CARDS WITHOUT VOTING  INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF THE PROPOSALS
SET FORTH IN THE ACCOMPANYING NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS.

     Management  is not aware of any  matters  other than those set forth in the
Notice of Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  that may be brought before the Annual
Meeting.  If  any  other  matters  properly  come  before  the  Annual  Meeting,
including,  among  other  things,  a motion to  adjourn or  postpone  the Annual
Meeting  to  another  time or  place  or  both  for the  purpose  of  soliciting
additional  proxies or otherwise,  the persons named in the  accompanying  proxy
will vote the  shares  represented  by all  properly  executed  proxies  on such
matters in such  manner as shall be  determined  by a  majority  of the Board of
Directors of Heritage.

VOTE REQUIRED

     The vote required for each proposal is set forth in the  discussion of such
proposal under the caption "-- Vote Required."

RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS

     Virginia law provides that stockholders of record of the Bank on the Record
Date  have  the  right  to  dissent   from  the   Reorganization   and,  if  the
Reorganization is consummated,  to receive  compensation equal to the fair value
of their shares. Stockholders of the Bank desiring to exercise their dissent and
appraisal  rights must  follow the  procedures  set forth in VA.  CODE ANN.  ss.
13.1-729-41  (MICHIE  1997),  as summarized  below and included as Appendix D to
this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus.  Stockholders of the Bank desiring to exercise
their dissent and appraisal rights are urged to read


                                       8

<PAGE>



Appendix D in its entirety since failure to comply with the procedures set forth
therein may result in the loss of dissent and appraisal rights.

REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES

     The presence of a stockholder at the Annual Meeting will not  automatically
revoke such  stockholder's  proxy.  However, a stockholder may revoke a proxy at
any time prior to its exercise by (i)  delivering to the Secretary of the Bank a
written notice of revocation prior to the Annual Meeting, (ii) delivering to the
Secretary of the Bank prior to the Annual  Meeting a duly executed proxy bearing
a later date or (iii) attending the Annual  Meeting,  filing a written notice of
revocation with the Secretary of the Bank, and voting in person.

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

     In addition to solicitation by mail,  directors,  officers and employees of
Heritage may solicit  proxies for the Annual Meeting from Heritage  stockholders
personally or by telephone or telegram without additional remuneration therefor.
Heritage will also provide persons, firms, banks and corporations holding shares
in  their  names  or in  the  names  of  nominees,  which  in  either  case  are
beneficially owned by others,  proxy material for transmittal to such beneficial
owners and will reimburse such record owners for their expenses in doing so. The
cost of  solicitation  of  proxies  for the  Annual  Meeting  will be  borne  by
Heritage.  A Heritage stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act
for him or her as proxy by  transmitting  or authorizing  the  transmission of a
telegram,  cablegram or other means of electronic  transmission to the Secretary
of the  Bank,  provided  that any such  telegram,  cablegram  or other  means of
electronic  transmission  must either set forth or be submitted with information
(such as a prescribed  identification code) from which it can be determined that
the telegram,  cablegram or other electronic  transmission was authorized by the
stockholder.



                                       9

<PAGE>



                      STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
                              OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  following  table  sets  forth,  as a group  as of June  30,  1998, the
beneficial  ownership  of Common  Stock of the Bank by (i) each  director of the
Bank; (ii) each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table; (iii)
each person who owns or is knows by  management  to own  beneficially  more than
five percent of the outstanding  shares of the Bank's Common Stock; and (iv) all
executive officers and directors as a group.

         NAME AND ADDRESS             NUMBER OF SHARES          PERCENT OF CLASS
     OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)          OWNED BENEFICIAL(1)       (COMMON STOCK)(3)
     ----------------------        ----------------------      -----------------

George K. Degnon                           23,100(4)                  1.01%
Philip F. Herrick, Jr.                    131,411(5)                  5.72
Henry E. Hudson                             2,403                     0.10
Ronald W. Kosh                              1,700                     0.07
Harold E. Lieding                         344,393(6)                 15.00
John T. Rohrback                           16,581                     0.29
Stanley I. Richards                        11,602(7)                  0.51
Kevin P. Tighe                              4,000                     0.17
George P. Shafran                          30,269                     1.32
                                          -------                    -----
All Directors and                         571,494                    24.80%
Executive Officers as a                   =======                    =====
Group (10 persons)

- ----------

(1)  A person is deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of  securities  that can be
     acquired by such person within 60 days from March 31, 1998. Each beneficial
     owner's  percentage  ownership is  determined  by assuming  that options or
     warrants  that are held by such  person  (but not  those  held by any other
     person)  and  which  are  exercisable  within 60 days from the date of this
     Proxy  Statement  -  Prospectus  have  been  exercised.   Unless  otherwise
     indicated,  the Company  believes  that all persons named in the table have
     sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock
     beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for the
     individuals  listed above is c/o The  Heritage  Bank,  1313 Dolley  Madison
     Blvd., McLean, Virginia 22101.

(2)  Includes  2,000 shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of stock
     options granted to each of the following outside directors: Mr. Degnon, Mr.
     Herrick, Mr. Lieding, Mr. Richards and Mr. Tighe.

   
(3)  Based on 2,294,617 shares of Common Stock  outstanding as of July  2, 1998.
     Does not include (i) 30,625  shares of Common  Stock  reserved for issuance
     upon  exercise of options  granted under the Bank's  Employee  Stock Option
     Plan and (ii) 19,375  shares of Common  Stock  available  for future  grant
     under the Bank's  Employee  Stock Option Plan. 
    

(4)  Includes 110 shares held jointly with his spouse.

(5)  Includes 110,383 shares held jointly with his spouse and 3,028 shares which
     Mr. Herrick holds as custodian for his minor son.

(6)  Includes 146,652 held in an individual retirement account.

(7)  Includes 7,000 shares jointly held with his spouse.


                                       10

<PAGE>
                 PROPOSALS TO BE VOTED ON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING

                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 1

                              ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

                          -----------------------------

GENERAL

     The Bylaws of the Bank  provide  for a minimum of five and a maximum of ten
directors.  The  directors  each  serve  for a term of one year.  In all  cases,
directors serve until their successors are elected and qualified.

     The Heritage  Board of Directors  currently  consists of nine members.  The
terms of all directors expire at the Annual meeting.  Each of the nine incumbent
directors,  Harold E. Lieding, Philip F. Herrick, Jr., John T. Rohrback,  George
K. Degnon, Kevin P. Tighe, Stanley I. Richards, Henry E. Hudson, Ronald W. Kosh,
and George P. Shafran, has been nominated by the Board of Directors to serve for
a one-year term  expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held in
1999, or until their  successors are otherwise duly elected and qualified.  Each
nominee has consented to being named in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  and to
serve if elected.

     If any nominee is unable to serve,  the shares  represented by all properly
executed proxies which have not been revoked will be voted for the election of a
substitute as the Board of Directors may recommend,  or the size of the Board of
Directors may be reduced to eliminate the vacancy. At this time, the Board knows
of no reason why any nominee might be unavailable to serve.

VOTE REQUIRED

     Directors  are  elected  by a  plurality  of the votes cast in person or by
proxy at the Annual  Meeting.  The holders of Bank  Common  Stock may vote their
shares  cumulatively  for the election of directors.  Shares  underlying  broker
non-votes  will not be  counted  as having  been voted in person or by proxy and
will have no effect on the election of directors.

INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO NOMINEES

     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  with respect to each
nominee for election as a director.  There are no arrangements or understandings
between the Bank and any  director or nominee  pursuant to which such person was
elected or nominated to be a director of the Bank. For information  with respect
to security ownership of directors,  see "General Information -- Stock Ownership
of Management."


                                       11

<PAGE>





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               AGE(1)       TERM EXPIRES          POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE BANK       DIRECTOR SINCE
                               ------       ------------          ------------------------------       --------------
NOMINEES
- --------
<S>                              <C>            <C>             <C>                                         <C> 
Harold E. Lieding                61             1999                         Chairman                       1990
                                                                   Vice Chairman and Assistant
Philip F. Herrick, Jr.           57             1999                        Secretary                       1987
                                                                    President, Chief Executive
John T. Rohrback                 52             1999                   Officer and Director                 1996
George K. Degnon                 57             1999                  Secretary and Director                1993
Kevin P. Tighe                   53             1999             Assistant Secretary and Director           1994
Stanley I. Richards              61             1999                         Director                       1996
Henry E. Hudson                  50             1999                         Director                       1998
Ronald W. Kosh                   52             1999                         Director                       1998
George P. Shafran                71             1999             Assistant Secretary and Director           1997
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1)  As of July 17, 1998.


BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

     Set  forth  below  is  certain  information  regarding  the  directors  and
executive  officers of the Bank. Unless otherwise  indicated,  each director and
executive officer has held his or her current position for the last five years.

     GEORGE K. DEGNON has been a director of the Bank since January, 1993. He is
the  present  Secretary  of  the  Board.  Mr.  Degnon  is  president  of  Degnon
Associates,  Inc. (a company that provides organizational management services to
national and international health and medical associations) in McLean, Virginia.

     PHILIP F.  HERRICK,  JR. has been a director and Vice Chairman of the Board
of  Directors  of the Bank  since  1987.  He is the  owner of  Herrick  Holdings
(investments and manages real estate) in Northern Virginia.

     HAROLD E. LIEDING has been a director of the Bank since 1990. He has served
as chairman of the Board of Directors  since June,  1993. He is a senior partner
in the law firm of Lieding and  Anderson,  P.C.,  in McLean,  Virginia,  and has
practiced law in McLean since 1970.  Mr.  Lieding is a member of the Fairfax Bar
Association,  the  McLean  Bar  Association  and the  McLean  Planning  & Zoning
Committee.

     STANLEY I. RICHARDS has been a director of the Bank since June,  1996.  Mr.
Richards is the Chairman and  President of the Richards  Corporation  (a company
engaged in the  manufacture  and sale of imagery  interpretation  equipment)  in
Sterling,  Virginia. He is also Chairman and CEO of the TIA Electric Corporation
(a company engaged in the  manufacture and sale of gallery insert  equipment for
aircraft) in Sterling, Virginia.

     JOHN T.  ROHRBACK  was  elected  Director,  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer in July,  1996. Mr. Rohrback was Executive Vice President,  Director and
President-Elect  of Hallmark  Bank and Trust Co.,  Springfield,  Virginia,  from
August, 1992 to July, 1996 and President,  Chief Executive Officer, and Director
of Federal City National  Bank,  Washington,  D.C.,  from August 1990 to August,
1992.

     KEVIN P. TIGHE has been a director of the Bank since September, 1994. He is
senior  partner  in the law firm of  Tighe,  Patton,  Tabackman  and  Babbin  in
Washington,  D.C.  Mr.  Tighe is also the owner and Chairman of the Board of the
McLean Racquet and Health Club in McLean, Virginia.


                                       12

<PAGE>


     GEORGE P.  SHAFRAN has been a director of the Bank since  June,  1997.  Mr.
Shafran  is a  business  consultant  to a number of varied  clients.  He is also
involved in several  partnerships  and is the  chairman of the AAA  Mid-Atlantic
Advisory  Board.  He is  present  of Geo.  P.  Shafran  &  Associates,  Inc.,  a
consulting firm in McLean, Virginia.

     HENRY E. HUDSON has been a director of the Bank since February, 1998. He is
an attorney with Reed Smith Shaw & McClay, in McLean,  Virginia.  Mr. Hudson was
counsel with the law offices of Mays & Valentine, Alexandria, Virginia from 1994
to 1995.  Mr. Hudson has  previously  served as United  States  Attorney for the
Eastern  District of Virginia,  Commonwealth's  Attorney of Arlington County and
Director, U.S. Marshals Service.

     RONALD W. KOSH has been a director of the Bank since February,  1998. He is
Vice President and Division manager of AAA MidAtlantic, Inc., Fairfax, Virginia.
Mr. Kosh was  General  manager of the  American  Automobile  Association,  Inc.,
Fairfax, Virginia, from 1985 to 1997.

                 THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS
           A VOTE "FOR" ALL OF THE NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS.

BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETINGS

     The Board of Directors  conducts its business through meetings of the Board
and its  committees.  Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors  are held on a
monthly basis.  The Board of Directors  held 13 regular  meetings and no special
meetings  during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997. No director  attended
fewer than 75% of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees on which
such director served during this period.

     The Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing  a number of periodic
management  reports.  It also reviews the annual audit and audit report prepared
by the independent  accountants and recommends  appointment of the  accountants.
The Audit  Committee  held three  meetings in 1997.  The present  members of the
Audit Committee are Messrs. Tighe (Chairman), Degnon and Richards.

   
     The  Compensation  Committee did not meet in 1997. The present  members are
Messrs.  Degnon (Chairman),  Kosh,  Herrick,  Tighe and Richards.  The Committee
provides advice and  recommendations  to the Board in areas of employee salaries
and directors' compensation.
    

     The  Executive  Committee,  under certain  circumstances  and to the extent
permitted by law,  can  exercise  all powers of the Board of Directors  when the
Board is not in session.  There were no  Executive  Committee  meetings  held in
1997.  The  present  members of the  Executive  Committee  are  Messrs.  Lieding
(Chairman), Herrick and Rohrback.

     The Board of Directors, acting as nominating committee, met in June 1998 to
select  the  nominees  for  election  as  directors  at the Annual  Meeting.  In
accordance  with  the  Bylaws  of the  Bank,  no  nominations  for  election  as
directors,  except those made by the Board acting as nominating committee, shall
be voted upon at the Annual Meeting unless properly made by a stockholder. 

     The Bank's Chief Executive  Officer attends meetings of the Bank's Advisory
Board.  This  Advisory  board,  which  had 18  members  in  1997,  represents  a
cross-section  of the  McLean  community.  It  assists  the  Bank in many  areas
including  marketing,  community  relations  and  monitoring  the quality of the
Bank's customer service on an independent basis.

MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION

     Directors'  Compensation.  The Bank's  outside  Directors are paid $250 per
month. Each director also receives $100 for each committee meeting attended with
an annual payment cap of $600 applicable to the committee  meeting  compensation
only. On March 26, 1997,  each outside  director was granted options to purchase
2,000 shares of Common Stock at the higher of book value or fair market value on
that date.  The exercise  price of all such options was deemed to be $2.86 under
these terms.  Stock options must be exercised within 10 years from date of award
or within 60 days after the date which the director leaves.


                                       13

<PAGE>
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

     The following table sets forth cash and noncash compensation for the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 awarded to or earned by the Bank's
Chief Executive Officer and by each other executive  officer whose  compensation
exceeded  $100,000 for services  rendered in all  capacities  to the bank during
such years  ("Named  Executive  Officers").  No other  officers  received  total
compensation in excess of $100,000 in such years.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1)                        AWARDS                  PAYOUTS
                                                  ----------------------                        ------                  -------
                                                                         OTHER       RESTRICTED
                                                                        ANNUAL          STOCK                  LTIP       ALL OTHER
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL                                              COMPENSATION      AWARDS      OPTIONS    PAYOUTS   COMPENSATION
          POSITIONS             YEAR      SALARY($)     BONUS($)        ($)(2)         ($)(3)      (#)(3)     ($)(3)        ($)(4)
- -----------------------------   ----      ---------     --------    ---------------  ----------- ---------- ----------  ----------
<S>                             <C>         <C>          <C>                 <C>           <C>    <C>           <C>          <C>  
John T. Rohrback,               1997        100,000          --               --           --         --         --          3,829
 President and Chief Executive  1996        100,000(1)   10,000               --           --         --         --          3,751
 Officer                        
Sidney E. Bostian,              1996         76,663          --               --           --      5,000         --           --(5)
 President and Chief Executive  1995        125,000          --               --           --      5,000         --           --(5)
 Officer                      
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  Under Annual Compensation, the column titled "Salary" includes base salary,
     amounts   deferred   under  the  Bank's   401(k)  plan  (but  not  matching
     contributions  from the Bank) and payroll  deductions for health  insurance
     under the  Bank's  health  insurance  plan.  Mr.  Rohrback  was  elected as
     President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO) of the Bank by the Board of
     Directors effective July, 1996. Mr. Rohrback earned $47,916 during 1996.

(2)  For fiscal 1997, there were no: (a) perquisites with an aggregate value for
     any named individual in excess of the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total
     of the  individual's  salary  and  bonus  for the  year;  (b)  payments  of
     above-market  preferential earnings on deferred compensation;  (c) payments
     of earnings with respect to long-term  incentive  plans prior to settlement
     or  maturation;  (d)  tax  payment  reimbursements;   or  (e)  preferential
     discounts on stock.

(3)  During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, no restricted stock awards,
     stock  options  or other  long-term  incentive  plans  were  awarded to Mr.
     Rohrback.  Mr.  Rohrback will be eligible to participate in the Bank's 1998
     Employee Stock Option Plan, if such plan is approved by the shareholders of
     the Bank at the 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

(4)  Includes (a) the use of a vehicle provided by the Bank valued at $3,325 and
     $3,535 for the years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively;  and
     (b) the  amount  of  insurance  premiums  paid by the Bank on behalf of Mr.
     Rohrback,  in the amounts of $504 and $216 for the years ended December 31,
     1997 and 1996, respectively.

(5)  Mr. Bostian resigned as Chief Executive  Officer of the Bank effective June
     30, 1996. Mr. Bostian received the following  compensation for the 1996 and
     1995 fiscal year: (i) base salary of $125,000; (ii) Tower Club dues and use
     of a vehicle;  and (iii)  options to purchase  5,000 shares of common stock
     which were terminated upon Mr. Bostian's resignation.


                                       14

<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The officers,  directors, their immediate families and affiliated companies
in which they are  stockholders  maintain  normal  relationships  with the Bank.
Loans made by the Bank are made in the  ordinary  course of business on the same
terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those prevailing at the time
of comparable transactions with others and do not involve more than normal risks
of  collectability  or present other  unfavorable  features.  The amount of such
loans was approximately  $348,483 and $757,413 as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.  No loan to a director or any director's related interest exceeded
ten percent of capital or exceeded $300,000 at December 31, 1997.

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

     Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Bank's directors,  executive
officers,  and any person  holding  more than ten  percent of the Bank's  Common
Stock to file with the FRB reports of ownership changes. Officers, directors and
greater  than ten  percent  stockholders  are  required to furnish the Bank with
copies of all Section  16(a) forms they file.  Based solely on its review of the
copies of such forms  received by it, or written  representations  from  certain
reporting persons, the Bank believes that all filing requirements  applicable to
its executive officers, directors and greater than ten percent beneficial owners
were complied with.

                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 2

                         RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF
                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

                          -----------------------------

     The Board of Directors  has  appointed  the firm of Yount,  Hyde & Barbour,
P.C. as  independent  auditors for the Bank for the fiscal year ending  December
31, 1998,  subject to  ratification  of such  appointment  by the  stockholders.
Representatives of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. are expected to be present at the
Annual Meeting to respond to questions and to make a statement if they desire to
do so.

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE
         RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF YOUNT, HYDE & BARBOUR, P.C.
                      AS INDEPENDENT AUDITORS FOR THE BANK.




                                       15

<PAGE>

                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 3

                                    EMPLOYEE

                                STOCK OPTION PLAN

                          -----------------------------


GENERAL PLAN INFORMATION

     The Bank has adopted,  subject to approval by stockholders of the Bank, the
1998 The Heritage Bank Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Employee Stock
Option Plan").  The Employee Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of options
to  purchase  Common  Stock of the Bank  ("Options")  to  certain  officers  and
employees.  The Employee  Stock Option Plan is not subject to ERISA and is not a
tax-qualified  plan under the Code.  The  principal  provisions  of the Employee
Stock Option Plan are  summarized  below.  The full text of the  Employee  Stock
Option  Plan is set forth as Appendix A to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  to
which  reference  is made,  and the summary  provided  below is qualified in its
entirety by such reference.

PURPOSE OF THE EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN

     The purpose of the Employee  Stock Option Plan is to provide all  employees
of the Bank with an incentive to achieve  corporate  objectives,  to attract and
retain  individuals  of outstanding  competence and to provide such  individuals
with an equity interest in the Bank, and to promote the success of the Bank.

VOTE REQUIRED

     The Employee  Stock Option Plan  requires the approval by a majority of the
vote  cast in person or by proxy and  entitled  to vote at the  annual  meeting.
Accordingly,  an abstention from voting will have the same effect as a "NO" vote
with respect to this  proposal.  Broker  non-votes will not be counted as having
been voted in person or by proxy at the Annual  Meeting  and will have no effect
with respect to this proposal.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN

     Administration.  The Board of  Directors  or a committee of not less than 3
members of the board (the "Option Committee") will administer the Employee Stock
Option Plan. Subject to certain specific  limitations and restrictions set forth
in the  Employee  Stock  Option Plan,  the Option  Committee  has full and final
authority to: (i) determine the fair market value of the shares  covered by each
Option;  (ii) interpret the Employee Stock Option Plan; (iii)  prescribe,  amend
and rescind rules and regulations, if any, relating to the Employee Stock Option
Plan, but not to the Employee Stock Option Plan itself; (iv) determine the terms
and  provisions of each Option granted under the Employee Stock Option Plan; (v)
accelerate the exercise date of any Option; (vi) authorize any person to execute
on behalf of the Bank any  instrument  required  to  effectuate  the grant of an
Option;  and  (vii)  make all  determinations  necessary  or  advisable  for the
administration of the Employee Stock Option Plan.

   
     Stock  Subject  to  the  Employee  Stock  Option  Plan.   Upon  receipt  of
stockholder  approval,  the Bank will reserve 75,000 shares of Bank Common Stock
("Option Shares") for issuance upon exercise of Options.  This amount represents
3.3% of the outstanding  shares of the Bank on July 17, 1998. Such Option Shares
may be authorized and unissued shares or shares previously issued and reacquired
by the Company.  See  "Proposal 5 -- Formation of Holding  Company."  Any Option
Shares  subject to grants under the  Employee  Stock Option Plan which expire or
are terminated,  forfeited or cancelled  without having been exercised or vested
in full,  shall again be available  for  purposes of the  Employee  Stock Option
Plan. As of July 16, 1998,  the aggregate fair market value of the Option Shares
reserved for issuance was  $403,575,  based on the closing sales price per share
of Bank Common Stock of $5.375 on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market on July 16, 1998.

     Eligibility.  Any  employee  of the  Bank  who is  selected  by the  Option
Committee is eligible to  participate  in the Employee  Stock Option Plan. As of
July 15, 1998, there were 28 eligible employees.
    


                                       16

<PAGE>



     Terms and  Conditions  of Options  Granted to Officers and  Employees.  The
Employee Stock Option Plan is intended to provide for the grant of options which
qualify for favorable  federal income tax treatment as "incentive stock options"
("ISOs") and stock option which do not qualify as ISOs are  non-qualified  stock
options  ("NQSOs").  ISOs are  subject to certain  restrictions  under the Code.
Unless otherwise  designated by the Option Committee,  Options granted under the
Employee  Stock Option Plan will be ISOs and will be  exercisable at a price per
share equal to the fair market  value of a share of Common  Stock on the date of
the Option  grant and will be  exercisable  for a period of ten years  after the
date of grant (or for a shorter  period no later than six months  following  the
option holder's  discharge for cause). In no event may an Option be granted with
an exercise  price per share that is less than fair  market  value of a share of
Bank Common Stock when the Option is granted.

     Upon the exercise of an Option,  the  Exercise  Price must be paid in full.
Payment  may be  made  in cash or in  such  other  consideration  as the  Option
Committee deems  appropriate.  Options may be transferred prior to exercise only
by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.

     Mergers  and  Reorganizations.  The  number of shares  available  under the
Employee  Stock  Option  Plan and the  outstanding  options  will be adjusted to
reflect any merger,  consolidation or business  reorganization in which the Bank
is the surviving entity, and to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other
event generally  affecting the number of shares.  If a merger,  consolidation or
other business  reorganization  occurs and the Bank is not the surviving entity,
outstanding  Options may be cancelled upon 30 days' written notice to the option
holder so long as the option holder receives payment  determined by the Board to
be the equivalent value of the cancelled Options.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS

     As of the date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus, no grants have been made
under the Employee Stock Option Plan. It is not  determinable  at this time what
benefits,  if any, outside  directors,  officers or employees will receive under
the Employee Stock Option Plan. See "-- Regulatory  Restrictions  and Conditions
to Implementation."

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF THE EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN

     Unless sooner  terminated,  the Employee  Stock Option Plan will  terminate
automatically  on the day preceding the tenth  anniversary of the Employee Stock
Option Plan  Effective  Date.  The Board may terminate the Employee Stock Option
Plan at any time. In the event of termination of the Employee Stock Option Plan,
all Options  theretofore  granted under the Employee  Stock Option Plan that are
outstanding on the date of such  suspension or termination of the Employee Stock
Option Plan will remain  outstanding under the terms of the agreements  granting
such Options.

     The Board  may  amend or revise  the  Employee  Stock  Option  Plan in such
respects as the Board may deem  advisable from time to time without the approval
of  stockholders.  An amendment  or revision  will be subject to approval by the
stockholders of the Bank that: (i) increases (except in accordance with Sections
3 and 12 of the Employee  Stock Option Plan),  the maximum  number of shares for
which  Options  may be granted  under the Plan;  (ii)  changes  the  standard of
eligibility  prescribed  by Section 5 of the Employee  Stock Option Plan;  (iii)
increases  the term of the  Plan or the  term of the  Option  as  prescribed  in
Sections 6 and 7 of the Employee Stock Option Plan;  (iv) changes the provisions
as to Option Price as prescribed in Section 8 of the Employee Stock Option Plan;
(v) changes the provisions as to transferability of options of Section 11 of the
Employee Stock Option Plan.

EFFECT OF REORGANIZATION ON EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN

     If the Plan of  Reorganization  is adopted and approved by  stockholders at
the  Annual  Meeting,  on the  Effective  Date,  Bancorp  will  adopt and assume
sponsorship  of the  Employee  Stock Option  Plan,  including  all of the Bank's
obligations  with respect to any outstanding  options pursuant to such plan. All
outstanding  options to  purchase  Bank  Common  Stock  granted  pursuant to the
Employee  Stock Option Plan prior to the  Reorganization  will become options to
purchase the same number of shares of Bancorp  Common Stock with the same terms,
conditions and exercise price as the original options granted.


                                       17

<PAGE>



FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The following discussion is intended only as a summary and does not purport
to be a  comprehensive  description  of the  federal tax laws,  regulations  and
policies affecting the Bank and recipients of ISOs and NQSOs that may be granted
under the Employee Stock Option Plan. Any change in applicable law or regulation
or in the policies of various taxing  authorities  may have a material effect on
the discussion contained herein.

     There are no  federal  income tax  consequences  for the Bank or the option
holder at the time an ISO is granted or upon the exercise of an ISO. If there is
no sale or other  disposition of the shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO
within two years  after the date the ISO was  granted,  or within one year after
the exercise of the ISO,  then at no time will any amount be  deductible  by the
Bank with respect to the ISO. If the option holder exercises an ISO and sells or
otherwise  disposes of the shares so acquired  after  satisfying  the  foregoing
holding period requirements,  then he will realize a capital gain or loss on the
sale or  disposition.  If the  option  holder  exercises  his ISO and  sells  or
disposes  of his  shares  prior  to  satisfying  the  foregoing  holding  period
requirements, then an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized
upon the sale or other  disposition  of such  shares and the price paid for such
shares upon the exercise of the ISO will be includible in the ordinary income of
such person,  and such amount will  ordinarily  be deductible by the Bank at the
time it is includible in such person's income.

     With  respect  to the  grant of  NQSOs,  there are no  federal  income  tax
consequences  for the Bank or the option  holder at the date of the grant.  Upon
the  exercise  of a NQSO,  an amount  equal to the  difference  between the fair
market  value of the  shares to be  purchased  on the date of  exercise  and the
aggregate purchase price of such shares is generally  includible in the ordinary
income of the person  exercising such NQSO,  although such inclusion may be at a
later date in the case of an option  holder  whose  disposition  of such  shares
could result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. The Bank will
ordinarily  be entitled to a deduction  for federal  income tax  purposes at the
time the option  holder is taxed on the exercise of the NQSO equal to the amount
which the option  holder is  required  to include as  ordinary  income.  Section
162(m) of the Code limits the Bank's  deductions  of  compensation  in excess of
$1,000,000  per year for the chief  executive  officer  and the four  other most
highly paid executives  named in its proxy  statement,  but provides for certain
exceptions for performance based compensation. The Bank intends for the Employee
Stock  Option Plan to comply with the  requirements  for an exception to Section
162(m)  applicable  to  stock  option  plans so that the  Bank's  deduction  for
compensation  related to the exercise of stock  options  would not be subject to
the  $1,000,000  limitation.   No  executive  of  the  Bank  currently  receives
compensation subject to this limitation.

     The foregoing  statements are intended to summarize the general  principles
of current  federal  income tax law  applicable  to Options  that may be granted
under the Employee Stock Option Plan. State and local tax consequences  also may
be significant.

       THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL
       OF THE 1998 THE HERITAGE BANK EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN.


                                       18

<PAGE>



                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 4

                                OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
                                STOCK OPTION PLAN

                          -----------------------------


GENERAL PLAN INFORMATION

     The Bank has adopted,  subject to approval by stockholders of the Bank, the
1998 The  Heritage  Bank  Outside  Directors  Stock  Option  Plan (the  "Outside
Directors Stock Option Plan").  The Outside Directors Stock Option Plan provides
for the grant of options to purchase  Common  Stock of the Bank  ("Options")  to
certain outside  directors.  The Outside Directors Employee Stock Option Plan is
not  subject  to ERISA and is not a  tax-qualified  plan  under  the  Code.  The
principal  provisions of the Outside  Directors Stock Option Plan are summarized
below. The full text of the Outside  Directors Stock Option Plan is set forth as
Appendix B to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  to which reference is made, and
the summary provided below is qualified in its entirety by such reference.

PURPOSE OF THE OUTSIDE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN

     The purpose of the  Outside  Director  Stock  Option Plan is to provide all
outside directors of the Bank with an incentive to achieve corporate objectives,
to attract and retain individuals of outstanding  competence and to provide such
individuals  with an equity  interest in the Bank, and to promote the success of
the Bank.

VOTE REQUIRED

     The Outside Directors Stock Option Plan requires the approval by a majority
of the vote  cast in  person  or by proxy  and  entitled  to vote at the  annual
meeting.  Accordingly,  an abstention from voting will have the same effect as a
"NO" vote with respect to this proposal. Broker non-votes will not be counted as
having  been voted in person or by proxy at the Annual  Meeting and will have no
effect with respect to this proposal.

DESCRIPTION OF THE STOCK OPTION PLAN

     Administration.  The Board of  Directors  or a committee of not less than 3
members  of the board (the  "Option  Committee")  will  administer  the  Outside
Director  Stock  Option  Plan.  Subject  to  certain  specific  limitations  and
restrictions  set forth in the Outside  Director  Stock Option Plan,  the Option
Committee  has full and final  authority to: (i) determine the fair market value
of the shares covered by each Option;  (ii) interpret the Outside Director Stock
Option Plan; (iii) prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and regulations,  if any,
relating to the  Outside  Director  Stock  Option  Plan,  but not to the Outside
Director  Stock Option Plan itself;  (iv)  determine the terms and provisions of
each Option granted under the Outside Director Stock Option Plan; (v) accelerate
the exercise date of any Option;  (vi) authorize any person to execute on behalf
of the Bank any instrument  required to effectuate  the grant of an Option;  and
(vii) make all  determinations  necessary or advisable for the administration of
the Outside Director Stock Option Missing Plan.

   
     Stock Subject to the Outside  Directors  Stock Option Plan. Upon receipt of
stockholder  approval,  the Bank will reserve 75,000 shares of Bank Common Stock
("Option Shares") for issuance upon exercise of Options.  This amount represents
3.3% of the outstanding  shares of the Bank on July 17, 1998. Such Option Shares
may be authorized and unissued shares or shares previously issued and reacquired
by the Company.  See  "Proposal 5 -- Formation of Holding  Company."  Any Option
Shares  subject to grants  under the Outside  Director  Stock  Option Plan which
expire or are terminated,  forfeited or cancelled  without having been exercised
or vested in full, shall again be available for purposes of the Outside Director
Stock Option Plan. As of July 16, 1998,  the aggregate  fair market value of the
Option  Shares  reserved for issuance was  $403,125,  based on the closing sales
price per share of Bank Common Stock of $5.375 on the Nasdaq  SmallCap Market on
July 16, 1998.
    


                                       19

<PAGE>



     Eligibility. Any outside director of the Bank, or any affiliate approved by
the Board who is selected by the Option  Committee is eligible to participate in
the  Outside  Director  Stock  Option  Plan.  As  of  the  date  of  this  Proxy
Statement-Prospectus, there were nine eligible directors.

     Terms and Conditions of Options Granted to Outside Directors.  Effective on
the Outside  Director  Stock Option Plan Effective  Date,  each person who is an
Eligible  Director  on such date will be granted a NQSO to  purchase a number of
Option Shares to be determined by the Committee in consultation with an employee
benefits  consultant and not to exceed 75,000 for all Eligible  Directors in the
aggregate.  Such  Options  will have an Exercise  Price equal to the fair market
value of a share of Bank  Common  Stock  on the  date of grant  and an  Exercise
Period  commencing  on the date of grant and expiring on the earliest of (i) the
date he or she ceases to be an Eligible  Director due to a removal for cause (in
accordance  with the Bylaws of the Bank or other  affiliate,  as applicable) and
(ii) the last day of the ten-year  period  commencing on the date the Option was
granted.  All Option Shares not  previously  purchased or available for purchase
will become  available for purchase on the date of the option  holder's death or
disability  as defined in the Outside  Director  Stock  Option  Plan.

     Options granted to directors  under the Outside  Director Stock Option Plan
will be NQSOs.  Upon the exercise of an Option,  the Exercise Price must be paid
in  full.  Payment  may be made in cash or in such  other  consideration  as the
Option Committee deems appropriate,  including,  but not limited to, Bank Common
Stock  already owned by the option holder or Option Shares to be acquired by the
option holder upon exercise of the Option.

     Mergers  and  Reorganizations.  The  number of shares  available  under the
Outside Director Stock Option Plan and the outstanding  options will be adjusted
to reflect any merger,  consolidation  or business  reorganization  in which the
Bank is the surviving entity,  and to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or
other event generally affecting the number of shares. If a merger, consolidation
or  other  business  reorganization  occurs  and the  Bank is not the  surviving
entity, outstanding Options may be cancelled upon 30 days' written notice to the
option holder so long as the option holder  receives  payment  determined by the
Board to be the equivalent value of the cancelled Options.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS

     As of the date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus, no grants have been made
under the Outside  Director  Stock Option Plan. It is not  determinable  at this
time what  benefits,  if any,  outside  directors,  officers or  employees  will
receive  under the  Outside  Director  Stock  Option  Plan.  See "--  Regulatory
Restrictions and Conditions to Implementation."

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF THE OUTSIDE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

     Unless  sooner  terminated,  the Outside  Director  Stock  Option Plan will
terminate  automatically  on the day  preceding  the  tenth  anniversary  of the
Outside  Director Stock Option Plan Effective  Date. The Board may terminate the
Outside  Director  Stock Option Plan at any time. In the event of termination of
the Outside  Director Stock Option Plan, all Options  theretofore  granted under
the Outside  Director Stock Option Plan that are outstanding on the date of such
suspension or termination of the Outside  Director Stock Option Plan will remain
outstanding under the terms of the agreements granting such Options.

     The Board may amend or revise the  Outside  Director  Stock  Option Plan in
such  respects  as the Board may deem  advisable  from time to time  without the
approval of  stockholders.  An amendment or revision will be subject to approval
by the  stockholders of the Bank that: (i) increases  (except in accordance with
Sections 3 and 11 of the Outside Director Stock Option Plan), the maximum number
of shares for which  Options  may be granted  under the Plan;  (ii)  changes the
standard of  eligibility  prescribed by Section 5 of the Outside  Director Stock
Option Plan;  (iii)  increases the term of the Plan or the term of the Option as
prescribed in Sections 6 and 7 of the Outside  Director Stock Option Plan;  (iv)
changes the  provisions  as to Option  Price as  prescribed  in Section 8 of the
Outside  Director  Stock  Option  Plan;  (v)  changes the  provisions  as to the
transferability  of options of Section 11 of the Outside  Director  Stock Option
Plan.


                                       20

<PAGE>
EFFECT OF REORGANIZATION ON OUTSIDE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

     If the Plan of  Reorganization  is adopted and approved by  stockholders at
the  Annual  Meeting,  on the  Effective  Date,  Bancorp  will  adopt and assume
sponsorship  of the Outside  Director  Stock Option Plan,  including  all of the
Bank's  obligations  with respect to any  outstanding  options  pursuant to such
plan. All outstanding  options to purchase Bank Common Stock granted pursuant to
the Outside Director Stock Option Plan prior to the  Reorganization  will become
options to purchase  the same number of shares of Bancorp  Common Stock with the
same terms, conditions and exercise price as the original options granted.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The following discussion is intended only as a summary and does not purport
to be a  comprehensive  description  of the  federal tax laws,  regulations  and
policies affecting the Bank and recipients of ISOs and NQSOs that may be granted
under the Outside  Director  Stock Option Plan.  Any change in applicable law or
regulation or in the policies of various taxing  authorities may have a material
effect on the discussion contained herein.

     All options  granted under the Outside  Director-Stock  Option Plan will be
NQSOs.  With  respect  to the grant of NQSOs,  there are no  federal  income tax
consequences  for the Bank or the option  holder at the date of the grant.  Upon
the  exercise  of a NQSO,  an amount  equal to the  difference  between the fair
market  value of the  shares to be  purchased  on the date of  exercise  and the
aggregate purchase price of such shares is generally  includible in the ordinary
income of the person  exercising such NQSO,  although such inclusion may be at a
later date in the case of an option  holder  whose  disposition  of such  shares
could result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. The Bank will
ordinarily  be entitled to a deduction  for federal  income tax  purposes at the
time the option  holder is taxed on the exercise of the NQSO equal to the amount
which the option holder is required to include as ordinary income.

     The foregoing  statements are intended to summarize the general  principles
of current  federal  income tax law  applicable  to Options  that may be granted
under the Outside  Director Stock Option Plan.  State and local tax consequences
also may be significant.

       THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL
       OF THE 1998 THE HERITAGE BANK OUTSIDE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN.


                                       21

<PAGE>



                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 5

                          FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

                          -----------------------------


GENERAL

   
     Bancorp and Heritage entered into the Plan of  Reorganization as of July 1,
1998, pursuant to which Bancorp will become a bank holding company with Heritage
as its  wholly-owned  subsidiary.  A copy of the Plan of  Reorganization  is set
forth as  Appendix  C to this  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  and is  incorporated
herein by reference.  The discussion  below is qualified in its entirety by such
reference.  Bancorp  is a  newly-formed  Virginia  stock  corporation  that  was
organized  by Heritage  for the purpose of  effecting  the  Reorganization  and,
therefore,  has no operating  history.  If the Reorganization is approved by the
holders of Bank  Common  Stock,  and  subject to the  satisfaction  of all other
conditions  set forth in the Plan of  Reorganization,  including  receipt of all
required  regulatory  approvals,  on the Effective  Date, all of the outstanding
shares of Bank Common Stock (other than shares held by  stockholders  exercising
dissenters'  rights,  if any) will be  converted  into and  exchanged  for, on a
one-for-one basis, shares of Bancorp Common Stock.
    

     After the Effective Date,  Heritage will continue its existing business and
operations as a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Bancorp.  The  consolidated  assets,
liabilities,  stockholders'  equity and income of Bancorp immediately  following
the Effective  Date will be the same as those of Heritage  immediately  prior to
the Effective Date. The Board of Directors of Bancorp is, and upon the Effective
Date will  continue  to be,  comprised  of the  current  members of the Board of
Directors of Heritage.  The officers of Bancorp are, and upon the Effective Date
will continue to be, certain  current  officers of Heritage.  See "Management of
Bancorp."  Heritage will continue to operate under the name "The Heritage  Bank"
and its deposit  accounts will continue to be insured by the Bank Insurance Fund
("BIF")  of  the  FDIC.  The  corporate  existence  of  Heritage  will  continue
unaffected  and  unimpaired  by  the  Reorganization,  except  that  all  of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock (other than shares held by stockholders
exercising  dissenters'  rights,  if any) will be owned by  Bancorp.  Heritage's
stockholders  prior  to  the  Effective  Date  will,  in  turn,  own  all of the
outstanding  shares of  Bancorp  Common  Stock,  having  received  that stock in
exchange for their shares of Bank Common Stock as part of the Reorganization.

VOTE REQUIRED

     Approval of the Plan of Reorganization  requires the approval of two-thirds
of the outstanding  shares of the Bank. The required vote of stockholders on the
Plan of  Reorganization  is based upon the number of outstanding  shares of Bank
Common  Stock,  and not the  number of those  shares  that are  actually  voted.
Accordingly,  the  failure  to  submit a proxy  card or to vote in person at the
Annual Meeting or an abstention  from voting will have the same effect as a "NO"
vote with  respect to this  proposal.  Broker  non-votes  will not be counted as
having been voted in person or by proxy at the Annual  Meeting and will have the
same effect as a "NO" vote with respect to this proposal.

          THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE PROPOSED
         REORGANIZATION AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" ADOPTION
                         OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.


                                       22

<PAGE>



                          PARTIES TO THE REORGANIZATION

THE HERITAGE BANK

     The  Heritage  Bank,  a  Virginia-chartered  commercial  bank,  is the only
independent financial institution headquartered in McLean, Virginia. Established
in 1987, the Bank operated as a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Heritage Bankshares,
Inc. (formerly  Independent Banks of Virginia,  Inc.), until 1992 when it became
an independent bank. The Bank is a well-capitalized,  profitable  community bank
dedicated to financing small business and consumer needs in its market area. The
Bank is also committed to providing  personalized  "hometown" quality service to
its  customers  by  tailoring  its  products  and  services to appeal to a local
market.  The Bank currently  operates one  full-service  office and engages in a
broad range of lending and deposit  services  aimed at individual and commercial
customers in the McLean area of Fairfax County, Virginia. At March 31, 1998, the
Bank had total  assets of $44.6  million,  total  deposits of $39.4  million and
total  stockholders'  equity of $4.8  million.  Net income for the three  months
ended March 31, 1998 was  $101,000,  an increase of 40.3% from the net income of
$72,000 for the comparable  period in 1997. Basic and diluted earnings per share
for the three  months  ended March 31, 1998 were $0.07,  up from $0.06 per share
for the three months ended March 31, 1997.

     The business of the Bank consists of  attracting  deposits from the general
public and using  these  funds to  originate  various  types of  individual  and
commercial loans primarily in the McLean area. The Bank's commercial  activities
include providing checking  accounts,  money market accounts and certificates of
deposit to small and medium  sized  businesses.  The Bank also  provides  credit
services,  such as lines of credit, term loans,  construction loans, and letters
of  credit,  as well as real  estate  loans  and other  forms of  collateralized
financing. The Bank's products include checking accounts, NOW accounts,  savings
accounts,  certificates of deposit, installment accounts, construction and other
personal loans, home improvement loans, automobile and other consumer financing.

     Historically,  the Bank focused on providing  services to the McLean market
area. Beginning in 1996, the management team adopted a growth-oriented  strategy
designed to enhance the Bank's  franchise value and operating  profitability  by
increasing  the size and quality of the Bank's assets and build upon its success
in the McLean market.  This will be accomplished by expanding the Bank's service
area within the rapidly growing Northern Virginia markets of Fairfax and eastern
Loudoun  counties,  through the  establishment  of a branch  network by means of
acquisitions and/or de novo branching.

     In the initial stages of this  strategy,  the Bank focused on improving its
long  term  profitability  by  strengthening  the  quality  of the  Bank's  loan
portfolio.  This policy  caused an increase  in  collection  efforts on past due
loans, the collateralization of previously unsecured loans and a decision not to
renew  certain  lending  relationships.   Although  these  efforts  resulted  in
decreases  in total  assets and net loans  during  fiscal  year  1997,  the Bank
believes  that this policy has  increased  the size of the  non-criticized  loan
portfolio,  which has positively impacted earnings. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     More recently,  the Bank has also focused on expanding the Bank's asset and
deposit base,  while  continuing to maintain its image as a community  bank. The
Bank  recently  completed a secondary  offering of 805,000  shares of its Common
Stock which raised  approximately  $4.4 million in gross  proceeds for the Bank.
The  proceeds  of the  offering  will be used  primarily  to fund  the  costs of
establishing  the Bank's first branch  office in eastern  Loudoun  County.  This
area,  which is situated  within the Bank's  target  area,  is among the fastest
growing communities in Virginia.  Furthermore, this area is not currently served
by an  independent  community  bank and the Bank believes  there is a need for a
bank focused on serving the local community.  Accordingly, the Bank has recently
entered  into an  agreement  to lease and build the  proposed  branch in eastern
Loudoun County, three miles west of the Fairfax County line. The proposed branch
will be a 3,000 square foot facility with an ATM and drive-up window and will be
located on Route 7, a major traffic corridor serving the growing  commercial and
residential market of Loudoun and Fairfax counties.  The proposed branch will be
situated between the "Cascades" and "CountrySide"  residential  communities next
to the newly-opened 14-screen Regal Cinema complex in the CountrySide Commercial
and  Professional  Center.  This site is particularly  attractive  because it is
located near a growing number of office parks,  commercial  and retail  shopping
centers and large residential developments presently underway in eastern Loudoun
County.  To help  service  this  growth,  construction  has begun on Dulles Town
Center,   a  300-acre  retail  shopping  mall  located  near  the  branch  site.
Construction  of the mall is expected to be  completed  by the end of 1999.  See
"Business - Market Area."


                                       23

<PAGE>



     Because the CountrySide and Cascades areas are not currently  served by any
independent  community  bank, the  CountrySide  branch will emphasize the Bank's
image and experience as a well-capitalized, profitable and independent community
bank. As it has done successfully in McLean, the Bank will provide personalized,
quality service to its customers.  In an effort to develop ties to the community
that it will serve,  the Bank has hired an  experienced  banking  executive with
significant ties to the eastern Loudoun County community.  The Bank expects that
any  additional  branches that may be established in the future will follow this
strategic model. See "Business - Business Strategy."

     Although the banking business in Northern  Virginia is highly  competitive,
management believes that the trend toward  consolidation of the banking industry
and the  closings  and  acquisitions  of  financial  institutions  in the Bank's
service area, in particular Fairfax and Loudoun counties,  have created and will
continue to create  opportunities  for the Bank to  establish  a branch  network
through acquisitions and/or de novo branching, and to support a growing customer
base in Northern Virginia.  The additional capital raised by the Bank has raised
the Bank's legal lending limit by 79.61%,  allowing the Bank to originate larger
loans in its market area and in areas of Fairfax and Loudoun  counties which the
Bank has targeted for expansion.

HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.

   
     Bancorp  was  organized  on July 1, 1998 at the  direction  of the Board of
Directors  of the Bank to become a bank  holding  company  with  Heritage as its
wholly-owned  subsidiary.  Bancorp,  upon the approval of the SCC to acquire the
Bank and the approval by the FRB of Bancorp's application for approval to become
a  bank  holding  company,  will  be  subject  to  regulation  by the  FRB.  See
"Regulation and Supervision -- Regulation of Holding Company." Upon consummation
of the  Reorganization,  Bancorp will have no significant  assets other than the
shares of the Bank's capital stock acquired in the Reorganization, and will have
no  significant  liabilities.  The  management  of  Bancorp  is set forth  under
"Management  of  Bancorp."  Initially,  Bancorp  will  neither own nor lease any
property,  but will instead use the  premises,  equipment  and  furniture of the
Bank. At the present  time,  Bancorp does not intend to employ any persons other
than certain executive officers,  but will utilize the support staff of the Bank
from time to time.  Additional  employees will be hired as  appropriate,  to the
extent Bancorp expands its business in the future.

     Bancorp's  executive  office is located at 1313 Dolley  Madison  Boulevard,
McLean, Virginia 22101 and its telephone number is (703) 356-6610.
    

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION

REASONS FOR THE REORGANIZATION

     The Board of  Directors  believes  that a holding  company  structure  will
better  position  Heritage to compete in the markets that it serves by providing
Heritage with greater flexibility to conduct its banking business. The formation
of a holding company will permit management greater  flexibility with respect to
the  enhancement  of  stockholder  value  through,   among  other  things,   the
implementation  of a stock  repurchase  program.  After  the  Reorganization  is
completed,  the Board of Directors  may consider  the  establishment  of a stock
repurchase program by evaluating the holding company's financial condition,  the
value of its common stock and the available strategic alternatives for enhancing
stockholder  value. The Bank cannot repurchase its own shares without taking the
risk of triggering potentially adverse tax consequences, but the holding company
may do so without such tax consequences  after the  Reorganization is completed.
Repurchased  shares may be used to fund the  Employee  Stock Option Plan and the
Outside Directors Stock Option Plan, if implemented.  In the future, Bancorp may
acquire or  organize  other  operating  subsidiaries,  including  other  savings
institutions, without merging such institutions with Heritage.

EFFECTIVE DATE

     The  Effective  Date will be the first  business day  following the date on
which  Bancorp  files the Plan in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Section
13.1-606 of the Virginia Code, providing all conditions precedent are satisfied.


                                       24

<PAGE>



ACTIONS AT THE EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Reorganization will be accomplished through the following steps:

1.   Bancorp has been incorporated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Heritage. The
     primary purpose of Bancorp is to become the holding company for Heritage.

2.   At the Effective  Date,  Bancorp  automatically  will acquire all shares of
     Bank Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
     Date.

3.   At the  Effective  Date,  the  holders of the shares of Bank  Common  Stock
     issued  and   outstanding   immediately   prior  to  the   Effective   Date
     automatically  will become owners of one share of Bancorp  Common Stock for
     each  share of Bank  Common  Stock  held by them  immediately  prior to the
     Effective Date.

4.   All shares  acquired by Heritage as a result of the exercise of dissenters'
     rights will be cancelled upon receipt.

CONDITIONS TO THE REORGANIZATION

     The Plan of  Reorganization  provides that the  obligations of Heritage and
Bancorp to consummate the  Reorganization are subject to the satisfaction of the
following  conditions:  (1) the  approval  of the Plan of  Reorganization  by an
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares
of Bank Common Stock; (2) the approval by the SCC of the Plan of Reorganization;
(3) the approval by the Bureau of Financial Institutions of the SCC of Bancorp's
Application  for  Permission to Acquire  Voting  Shares of a Virginia  Financial
Institution;  (4) the approval by the FRB of Bancorp's  application  to become a
holding  company  under the BHCA;  (5) the  receipt  of a  favorable  opinion of
counsel as to the federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization; (6) the
registration  with the SEC of Bancorp Common Stock under the Securities Act; (7)
compliance with all applicable  state  securities or "blue sky" laws relating to
the issuance and  distribution  of Bancorp Common Stock;  and (8) the receipt of
all other consents and approvals and the satisfaction of all other  requirements
necessary to the  consummation  of the  Reorganization.  There are no assurances
that these  conditions  will be satisfied  and that the  Reorganization  will be
consummated.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     The Plan of  Reorganization  provides that it may be amended by the parties
thereto in whole or in part at any time prior to its  approval  by  stockholders
and subsequent to approval by stockholders, if such amendment is approved by the
SCC. The Plan of  Reorganization  will not be amended  after the Annual  Meeting
with respect to matters effecting stockholder rights.

     The Plan of  Reorganization  further  provides that it may be terminated at
any time prior to the Effective  Date (whether  before or after  approval by the
stockholders  of  Heritage) if the  Reorganization  becomes  inadvisable  in the
opinion of the Board of  Directors  of Heritage or Bancorp due to (1) the number
of shares of Bank Common  Stock  owned by  stockholders  exercising  dissenters'
rights;  (2) an  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  claim  that  has  been  made or
threatened relating to the Plan of Reorganization; or (3) any other reason.

EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES

     In  connection  with the exchange of Bank Common  Stock for Bancorp  Common
Stock,  it will not be necessary for  stockholders of Heritage to exchange their
certificates  for certificates  representing  shares of Bancorp Common Stock. On
the Effective Date,  non-dissenting  stockholders of Heritage automatically will
become  stockholders of Bancorp and each  outstanding  certificate  representing
shares of Bank Common Stock will automatically represent, and will be deemed for
all  purposes  to  evidence  ownership  of, the same number of shares of Bancorp
Common Stock.

     After the Effective  Date, as currently  outstanding  certificates  of Bank
Common Stock are presented  for transfer,  or, upon the request of any holder of
Bank Common Stock,  the  registrar and transfer  agent for Bank Common Stock and
Bancorp  Common Stock (the "Transfer  Agent") will issue new stock  certificates
representing  the same number of shares of Bancorp Common Stock as the number of
shares of Bank Common Stock surrendered therefor. Upon surrender, each


                                       25

<PAGE>



certificate  representing  Bank  Common  Stock  will  be  cancelled.  After  the
Effective Date, there will be no further  registration of transfers of shares of
Bank Common Stock on the records of Heritage.

EFFECT OF THE REORGANIZATION ON EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     On the Effective Date, the Bank's 1992 Stock Option Plan will be assumed by
Bancorp.  Options to purchase Bank Common Stock under the 1992 Stock Option Plan
will automatically become options to purchase shares of Bancorp Common Stock.

     If the Employee Stock Option Plan is approved by stockholders at the Annual
Meeting, on the Effective Date, Bancorp will adopt and assume sponsorship of the
Employee Stock Option Plan, and all outstanding  options to purchase Bank Common
Stock  granted  pursuant  to  the  Employee  Stock  Option  Plan  prior  to  the
Reorganization  will  become  options to  purchase  the same number of shares of
Bancorp  Common Stock with the same terms,  conditions and exercise price as the
original options granted.

     If the Outside  Director Stock Option Plan is approved by  stockholders  at
the  Annual  Meeting,  on the  Effective  Date,  Bancorp  will  adopt and assume
sponsorship  of the Outside  Director  Stock  Option Plan,  and all  outstanding
options to purchase Bank Common Stock granted  pursuant to the Outside  Director
Stock Option Plan prior to the  Reorganization  will become  options to purchase
the same  number  of  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock  with  the same  terms,
conditions and exercise price as the original options granted.

     All other  employee  benefit  plans of Heritage  will be  unchanged  by the
Reorganization. See "Management of Heritage -- Compensation and Employee Benefit
Plans."

                      DESCRIPTION OF BANCORP CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

   
     The Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp authorizes the issuance of capital
stock  consisting of 10,000,000  shares of common stock, no par value per share.
There are 100 shares of Bancorp Common Stock currently  issued and  outstanding,
all of which are owned by Heritage.  On the Effective  Date, such shares will be
cancelled,  and there will be, subject to the exercise of dissenters' rights, if
any,  2,294,617  shares  outstanding  as a result of the  exchange  of shares of
Bancorp Common Stock for shares of Bank Common Stock.  Because all of the issued
and outstanding  shares of Bancorp Common Stock are owned by Heritage,  there is
currently no established public trading market for Bancorp Common Stock.
    

     In the future, the authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of Bancorp
Common Stock will be available  for  issuance  for general  corporate  purposes,
including,  but not limited to,  possible  issuance as stock  dividends or stock
splits,  future mergers or acquisitions,  or future private placements or public
offerings.  Except as  otherwise  may be  required  to approve a merger or other
transaction  in which the additional  authorized  shares of Bancorp Common Stock
would be issued,  no  stockholder  approval will be required for the issuance of
those shares. See "Certain  Differences in Stockholder  Rights" for a discussion
of the rights of the holders of Bancorp  Common Stock as compared to the holders
of Bank Common Stock. In addition,  the Company may be restricted in its ability
to  register  additional  shares  of  capital  stock  after  completion  of  the
Reorganization  due to certain  requirements  of the SEC  related  to  financial
statement and related disclosures.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


                                       26

<PAGE>



COMMON STOCK

     GENERAL.  Each share of Bancorp  Common Stock has the same relative  rights
as, and is  identical  in all  respects  to, each other share of Bancorp  Common
Stock.  The  relative  rights of shares of  Bancorp  Common  Stock do not differ
materially from the relative rights of shares of Bank Common Stock.

     DIVIDEND  RIGHTS.  The holders of Bancorp  Common Stock will be entitled to
dividends  when, as and if declared by Bancorp's Board of Directors out of funds
legally available  therefor.  The payment of dividends by Bancorp will depend on
Bancorp's net income,  financial  condition,  regulatory  requirements and other
factors,  including the results of Heritage's operations.  See "Dividend Policy"
for  restrictions  on the payment of dividends on Bancorp Common Stock.  Bancorp
has no present  intention to pay  dividends,  but may  consider  doing so in the
future.

     VOTING  RIGHTS.  Each share of Bancorp Common Stock will entitle the holder
thereof to one vote on all  matters  upon which  stockholders  have the right to
vote.  In  addition,  the Board of Directors  of Bancorp is  classified  so that
approximately one-third of the directors will be elected each year. Stockholders
of Bancorp are  entitled to cumulate  their votes for the  election of directors
provided that the  shareholder  gives notice of his intent to cumulate  votes to
the  secretary of Bancorp sixty days before the date  established  in the Bylaws
for the annual meeting or no later than ten days following the mailing of notice
of a special meeting.  See "Certain Differences in Stockholder Rights -- Certain
Anti-Takeover Provisions."

     LIQUIDATION RIGHTS. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of Bancorp, the holders of shares of Bancorp Common Stock will be entitled to
receive,  after payment of all debts and  liabilities of Bancorp,  all remaining
assets of Bancorp available for distribution in cash or in kind. In the event of
any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of Heritage,  Bancorp, as the holder
of all shares of Bank Common Stock, upon completion of the Reorganization, would
be  entitled  to  receive  payment  of all debt,  and  liabilities  of  Heritage
(including all deposits and accrued  interest  thereon) and all remaining assets
of Heritage available for distribution in cash or in kind.

     PREEMPTIVE  RIGHTS;  REDEMPTION.  Holders of shares of Bancorp Common Stock
will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be
issued. Bancorp Common Stock is not subject to call or redemption.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     See "Certain  Differences  in Stockholder  Rights -- Certain  Anti-Takeover
Provisions" for a description of certain provisions contained in the Articles of
Incorporation  and  Bylaws of Bancorp  that  might have the effect of  delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of Bancorp.

                      DESCRIPTION OF HERITAGE CAPITAL STOCK

   
     The Bank's authorized capital stock consists of 10,000,000 shares of Common
Stock,  par value  $1.00 per share.  At July 17,  1998,  the Bank had issued and
outstanding  2,294,617  shares  of  Common  Stock  held by  approximately  1,213
stockholders of record. All outstanding shares are fully paid and nonassessable.
    

COMMON STOCK

     Holders of shares of Common  Stock are entitled to receive  dividends  when
and as  declared  by the  Board  of  Directors  out of funds  legally  available
therefor.  Virginia law precludes any  distribution  to  stockholders  if, after
giving it effect (i) the Bank would not be able to pay its debts as they  become
due in the usual  course of business or (ii) the Bank's  total  assets  would be
less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed,
if the Bank were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the
preferential  rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential  rights
are  superior  to those  receiving  the  distribution.  Federal  Reserve and SCC
regulations  further limit a bank's ability to pay dividends.  See "Market Price
and Dividend  Data" and  "Supervision  and  Regulation."  Upon the  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Bank, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders
of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably, after satisfaction in full of all
liabilities, in all remaining assets of the Bank available for distribution.


                                       27

<PAGE>



     Holders of Common  Stock are entitled to one vote per share on most matters
submitted to  shareholders.  The  Articles of  Incorporation  permit  cumulative
voting  in the  election  of  directors.  The  Bank's  shareholders  do not have
preemptive  rights to  purchase  additional  shares  of any class of the  Bank's
capital stock, nor do they have any conversion or redemption  rights. The shares
of  Common  Stock  presently  outstanding  are,  and the  shares to be issued in
connection with the Offering will be when issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     The Bank's Articles of Incorporation  provide for limitation or elimination
of  liability of directors  and  officers of the Bank and its  shareholders  for
monetary damages to the full extent permitted under Virginia law.

STATE LAW RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF THE BANK

     Affiliated  Transactions.  The Bank is  subject  to the  provisions  of the
Virginia  Stock  Corporation  Act (the  "Virginia  Act")  governing  "affiliated
transactions." These provisions,  with the exceptions discussed below, generally
prohibit material  acquisition  transactions  between a Virginia corporation and
any holder of more than 10% of its  outstanding  voting  shares (an  "Interested
Stockholder")  for three  years  after  such  stockholder  became an  Interested
Stockholder and thereafter require approval of the transaction by the holders of
at least two-thirds of the remaining voting shares.  The principal  exception to
the affiliated  transaction provision applies if a majority of the disinterested
directors  approved the  acquisition  of voting shares which made such person an
Interested  Stockholder.  Transactions  subject  to these  requirements  include
mergers,  share exchanges and material dispositions of corporate assets, as well
as any  dissolution of the Virginia  corporation  proposed by or on behalf of an
Interested  Stockholder.   These  provisions  are  designed  to  make  uninvited
takeovers of Virginia corporations more difficult.

     The principal  exceptions to the special vote required after the three-year
moratorium  has  passed  are for  transactions  approved  by a  majority  of the
Virginia corporation's  disinterested  directors and transactions satisfying the
fair-price  requirements of the law, which generally  require that in a two-step
acquisition  transaction the Interested Stockholder must pay the stockholders in
the second step either the same amount of cash or the same type of consideration
paid to acquire the Virginia corporation's shares in the first step.

     In  addition,  the Virginia Act provides  that,  by  affirmative  vote of a
majority  of the  voting  shares  other  than  shares  owned  by any  Interested
Stockholder, a corporation may adopt, by meeting certain voting requirements, an
amendment  to its  articles  of  incorporation  or  bylaws  providing  that  the
affiliated transactions provisions shall not apply to the corporation.  The Bank
has not adopted such an amendment.

     Control Share Acquisitions. The Virginia Control Share Acquisitions Statute
also is designed to afford  stockholders  of a public  company  incorporated  in
Virginia  protection  against  certain types of  non-negotiated  acquisitions in
which a person,  entity or group (an  "Acquiring  Person")  seeks to gain voting
control of that  corporation.  The Bank has  opted-out  of this  statute,  by so
providing in its Articles of Incorporation.

     With certain enumerated exceptions,  the statute applies to acquisitions of
shares of a corporation which would result in an Acquiring Person's ownership of
the  corporation's  shares entitled to vote in the election of directors failing
within any one of the following ranges:  20% to 33-1/3%,  33-1/3% to 50%, or 50%
or more (a  "Control  Share  Acquisition").  Shares  that are the  subject  of a
Control  Share  Acquisition  ("Control  Shares")  will not be entitled to voting
rights unless the holders of a majority of the "Disinterested Shares" vote at an
annual or  special  meeting of  stockholders  of the  corporation  to accord the
Control  Shares with voting rights.  Disinterested  Shares do not include shares
owned by the Acquiring  Person or by officers and inside directors of the target
company. Under certain circumstances, the statute permits an Acquiring Person to
call a special  stockholders'  meeting for the purpose of  considering  granting
voting  rights to the holders of the Control  Shares.  As a condition  to having
this matter  considered  at either an annual or special  meeting,  the Acquiring
Person must provide  stockholders  with  detailed  disclosures  about his or her
identity,  the method and  financing of the Control Share  Acquisition,  and any
plans to engage in certain transactions with, or to make fundamental changes to,
the corporation,  its management or business.  Under certain circumstances,  the
statute grants dissenters' rights to stockholders who vote against


                                       28

<PAGE>



granting  voting  rights to the  Control  Shares.  The  Virginia  Control  Share
Acquisitions   Statute  also  enables  a  corporation  to  make  provisions  for
redemption  of Control  Shares  with no voting  rights.  Among the  acquisitions
specifically  excluded  from the  statute are  acquisitions  which are a part of
certain  negotiated  transactions to which the corporation is a party and which,
in  the  case  of  mergers  or  share  exchanges,  have  been  approved  by  the
corporation's stockholders under other provisions of the Virginia Act

FEDERAL LAW RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE BANK

     Under the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956, as amended (the  "BHCA"),  and
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  by the  Federal  Reserve,  no company  may
acquire  "control" of institutions  that offer demand deposit  accounts and make
commercial  loans  without  the  prior  approval  of the  Federal  Reserve.  The
ownership  of,  control of,  holding  with power to vote of, or holding  proxies
representing  25% or more of any class of voting  securities is presumed to be a
"controlling"  interest under the BHCA, and,  depending upon the  circumstances,
control  may be found to exist  below  this  level  of  ownership.  Any  company
acquiring such control would become a bank holding company,  would be subject to
certain limitations and prohibitions on its operations, and would become subject
to registration,  examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve. The Federal
Reserve may withhold approval of an application to become a bank holding company
on certain specified grounds.

     The Federal Reserve has adopted a regulation pursuant to the Change in Bank
Control Act of 1978 which  generally  requires  persons  (except  for  companies
subject  to the  corresponding  provisions  of the BHCA) who  intend to  acquire
control of the Bank to give 60 days prior written notice to the Federal Reserve.
Control for the purpose of this  regulation  is presumed in  situations in which
the  acquiring  party  has  voting  control  of at least  10% of any class of an
institution's  voting  stock  if (a) the  institution's  shares  are  registered
pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (b) the acquiring  party would be
the largest stockholder of the institution.  The statute and related regulations
authorize the Federal Reserve to disapprove the proposed  transaction on certain
specified grounds.

     Under the Riegle Act, the Federal  Reserve may approve bank holding company
acquisitions  of banks in other  states,  subject to certain  aging and  deposit
concentration limits. Commencing June 1, 1997, banks in one state may merge with
banks in another state,  unless the other state has chosen not to implement this
section of the Riegle Act.  These  mergers are also subject to similar aging and
deposit concentration limits. See "Supervision and Regulation Recent Legislative
Developments" for more information about the Riegle Act.

                    CERTAIN DIFFERENCES IN STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

GENERAL

     The rights of the holders of Bank Common  Stock are  currently  governed by
Virginia law and by Heritage's  Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. The rights
of the holders of Bancorp  Common  Stock will be  governed  by Virginia  law, by
Bancorp's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and by the applicable regulations
of the SEC. The following  discussion  summarizes  the material  differences  as
reflected in Bancorp's  Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and is not intended
to  be  a  complete  statement  of  all  differences  affecting  the  rights  of
stockholders.  This  discussion  is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to
Bancorp's  Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws,  copies of which are attached
hereto as Appendix E and Appendix F, respectively.  If the Reorganization is not
consummated,  any action  affecting  the  rights of  stockholders  of  Heritage,
including  any change in control,  will  continue to be subject to the  relevant
provisions of Heritage's  Articles of Incorporation  and Bylaws and the Virginia
law. For a description  of Bancorp  Common Stock,  see  "Description  of Bancorp
Capital Stock -- Common Stock." For a description of provisions contained in the
Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of Bancorp  that may be deemed to have an
anti-takeover effect, see "-- Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions."

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

     The ability of Heritage to pay  dividends on its common stock is restricted
by Virginia  banking law and by tax  considerations  related to  state-chartered
banks.  Virginia law imposes  restrictions on the ability of all banks chartered
under  Virginia law to pay  dividends.  Under  Virginia  law, no dividend may be
declared or paid that would impair a Virginia- chartered bank's paid-in capital.
The SCC also has  authority to limit the payment of dividends by a Virginia bank
if it


                                       29

<PAGE>



determines the  limitation is in the public  interest and is necessary to ensure
the bank's  financial  soundness.  See  "Dividend  Policy."  Although  Bancorp's
ability  to pay  dividends  will  not be  subject  to these  restrictions,  such
restrictions  will indirectly affect the Company because dividends from the Bank
will be a primary source of funds of the Company for the payment of dividends to
stockholders  of the Company.  Bancorp  will be limited by certain  restrictions
imposed generally on Virginia  corporations.  Subject to certain limitations and
exceptions,  dividends may be paid only out of a Virginia  corporation's surplus
or its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared  and/or
the preceding fiscal year. See "Dividend Policy" and "Regulation and Supervision
- --  Regulation  of Holding  Company."  Bancorp  intends to  continue  the Bank's
current dividend policy.

RIGHTS OF ISSUER TO REPURCHASE STOCK

     Under the Virginia  banking law,  Heritage may  repurchase  its stock under
certain  specific  conditions,  but only with the prior approval of the SCC. See
"Dividend Policy." Under the BHCA, no prior approval is required and, therefore,
Bancorp will be allowed to purchase its own stock in the open market  subject to
applicable  law  and  the   availability  of  funds   therefor.   Under  certain
circumstances,  stock  repurchases by Bancorp will require the prior approval of
the Federal  Reserve Bank of Richmond.  See  "Regulation and Supervision -- Bank
Holding  Company  Regulation"  for a  description  of  the  restrictions  on the
repurchase  by Bancorp of its stock.  Bancorp may  consider  repurchases  of its
stock in the future,  but there can be no  assurance  that  Bancorp will conduct
such repurchases.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

     The Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp contains provisions that limit the
personal  liability of directors to Bancorp or to its  stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary  duty,  except to the extent such  limitation is
not permitted by the Virginia Stock Corporation Act. The provisions in Bancorp's
Articles of  Incorporation  apply only to the liability of a director  acting in
his capacity as such and not to actions  brought other than by a stockholder  or
Bancorp.  Bancorp's Articles of Incorporation  contains  provisions that require
indemnification  of the  directors and officers and permits  indemnification  of
employees  of Bancorp  and any of its  direct or  indirect  subsidiaries.  To be
entitled to  indemnification,  it must be determined that, in general terms, the
person acted in good faith and in a manner believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best  interests of Bancorp and,  with respect to a criminal  action,  had no
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

     Virginia  law permits  institutions  to indemnify  directors,  officers and
employees or agents,  as provided in (i) the Articles of  Incorporation,  (ii) a
bylaw  adopted  by  stockholders  or (iii) a vote  adopted  by the  holders of a
majority of the shares of stock  entitled to vote on the election of  directors.
Heritage's Bylaws include a provision indemnifying directors and officers of the
Bank against expenses arising out of litigation or other proceedings relating to
such person's activities as a director or officer of the Bank.

     Bancorp's  Articles  of  Incorporation  define in greater  detail  than the
Virginia banking law the  circumstances  under which a person may be entitled to
indemnification  and  the  procedures  for  obtaining  indemnification  and  for
resolving  disputes over  indemnification.  Under the Federal Deposit  Insurance
Act, as amended  ("FDIA"),  both Heritage and Bancorp  would be prohibited  from
paying any  indemnification  with  respect  to any  liability  or legal  expense
incurred  by a  director,  officer,  or  employee  as  result  of an  action  or
proceeding  by a federal  banking  agency  resulting in a civil money penalty or
certain other remedies against such person.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors,  officers or persons controlling Bancorp pursuant
to the forgoing provisions, Bancorp has been informed that in the opinion of the
Commission,  such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.


                                       30

<PAGE>



SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     The Bank's Bylaws provide that special  meetings of the stockholders of the
Bank may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of
the Board of Directors.

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     General. The principal purpose of any anti-takeover provision is to protect
the interests of a  corporation  and its  stockholders  in the event of a sudden
takeover attempt. Such provisions are intended to require a hostile purchaser to
deal fairly with  stockholders and to give a corporation's  board of directors a
better  opportunity  to analyze  prospective  business  combinations  and tender
offers, evaluate alternatives, and make careful recommendations to stockholders.
Such provisions could have the effect of making more difficult, or discourage, a
merger,  tender  offer,  proxy  contest,  or assumption of control and change of
incumbent  management,  even when a majority of  stockholders  considers  such a
course to be in its best interests.  However, the Board of Directors of the Bank
and Bancorp  believes that the  disadvantages  of discouraging  such actions are
outweighed  by the best  interests  of the  stockholders  as a whole  and by the
benefits  obtained by  protecting  the ability of the Board to negotiate  with a
proponent of an unfriendly or  unsolicited  proposal to take over or restructure
the Bank or Bancorp.

     The  following  discussion  focuses  on  certain  provisions  of  Bancorp's
Articles of Incorporation  and Bylaws and, where  applicable,  the corresponding
provisions  of  Heritage's  Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws that could be
relevant  to change in  control  situations  and that may  affect  the rights of
stockholders.

     Capital Stock.  Heritage's Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance
of  up  to  10,000,000  shares  of  common  stock  and  Bancorp's   Articles  of
Incorporation  authorize  the  issuance  of up to  10,000,000  shares of common.
Although neither Heritage nor Bancorp has any  arrangements,  understandings  or
plans at the present time for the issuance or use of additional shares of common
stock,  the  availability  of such shares will provide  Heritage or Bancorp with
flexibility  in  structuring  financings  and  acquisitions  and  meeting  other
corporate needs that may arise.

     Bancorp's  Board of Directors  may,  without  stockholder  approval,  issue
additional shares of Bancorp Common Stock with rights and preferences that could
impede the completion of a transaction to which management is opposed. Bancorp's
ability  to  issue  additional  capital  stock is  subject  to  applicable  law,
including the duty of directors to exercise their business  judgment in the best
interests of Bancorp and its stockholders.

     Board of Directors.  Heritage's Articles of Incorporation provides that the
authorized  number of directors  shall not be fewer than five nor more than ten,
as fixed in Heritage's  Bylaws.  Bancorp's  Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
also  provide that the  authorized  number of  directors  shall be nine,  unless
otherwise fixed by the Bylaws of Bancorp. The Board of Bancorp will initially be
composed of nine directors, the same number of directors currently on Heritage's
Board  of  Directors.   See  "Management  of  Bancorp."  Bancorp's  Articles  of
Incorporation  provide for a board of directors that is to be divided into three
classes, which shall be as nearly equal in number as possible. The power to fill
vacancies for Bancorp is vested in its Board of Directors. The overall effect of
such provisions may be to prevent a person or entity from immediately  acquiring
control  of Bancorp  through an  increase  in the  number of  directors  and the
election  of such person or of such  person's or entity's  nominees to fill such
newly created vacancies.

     The Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp provide that a director serving on
a  classified  board may be removed  only for  cause.  The  classified  Board of
Directors,  the enhanced requirement for removal of directors of Bancorp and the
related provisions discussed above could make it more difficult for stockholders
to force an immediate  change in the  composition  of a majority of the Board of
Directors.


                                       31

<PAGE>


     Notice of Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals.  Bancorp's Bylaws
provide  that  all  nominations  for  election  to the  Board of  Directors  and
proposals  for any new  business,  other than those made by the  Chairman of the
Board, the President and Chief Executive  Officer or by resolution of at least a
majority of the directors then in office, shall be made by a stockholder who has
complied  with the written  notice  provisions  in the Bylaws,  which  generally
provide for at least sixty days notice to the  Secretary  of Bancorp.  The Bylaw
procedures  regarding  stockholder  proposals  and  nominations  are intended to
provide the Board of Directors of Bancorp with the information  deemed necessary
to evaluate a stockholder proposal or nomination and other relevant information,
such as existing  stockholder support, as well as the time necessary to consider
and evaluate such information in advance of a meeting.  The procedures will give
incumbent  directors advance notice of a business  proposal or nomination.  This
may make it easier for incumbent  directors to defeat a stockholder  proposal or
nomination,  even when certain stockholders may view such proposal or nomination
as in the best interests of the Company or its stockholders.

     Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Certain Business  Combinations.  Under
the Bank's Articles of  Incorporation,  certain business  combinations,  such as
mergers, consolidations,  purchases and sales of substantially all of the assets
of an  institution,  require the  approval of the holders of  two-thirds  of the
Bank's  outstanding  shares of voting stock. This provision is comparable to the
provision in Bancorp's Articles of Incorporation discussed below.

     Amendment of Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws.  Virginia law provides
that amendments of the Bank's Articles of Incorporation  must be proposed by the
Board of Directors  and approved by the holders of two-thirds of the total votes
of stockholders entitled to vote thereon at a meeting.

     Bancorp's Articles of Incorporation generally provide that, any alteration,
amendment, repeal or rescission (collectively, any "Change") of any provision of
the Articles of Incorporation must be approved by a majority of the directors of
Bancorp  then  in  office  and by the  affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of a
two-thirds  of the  total  votes  eligible  to be  cast  by the  holders  of all
outstanding  shares of Bancorp  Common Stock  entitled to vote provided that, at
its sole discretion, the Board may decrease the required vote to not less than a
majority of all the votes cast.  Business  combinations must also be approved by
the  affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds of the total number of votes
eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock
provided that, at its sole discretion,  the Board may decrease the required vote
to not less than a majority of all the votes cast. The Articles of Incorporation
also provides that the Board of Directors is authorized to make,  alter,  amend,
rescind  or repeal  any of the  Company's  Bylaws in  accordance  with the terms
thereof,   regardless  of  whether  the  Bylaw  was  adopted  initially  by  the
stockholders.  However,  this authorization  neither divests the stockholders of
their  right,  nor limits  their  power to adopt,  amend,  rescind or repeal any
Bylaw.  These provisions could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or
other takeover  attempt where the ability to make  fundamental  changes  through
Bylaw  amendments  is an  important  element  of the  takeover  strategy  of the
acquiror.

     Additional Change in Control  Regulation.  The acquisition of more than ten
percent (10%) of either  Bancorp  Common Stock or Bank Common Stock  outstanding
may, in certain  circumstances,  be subject to the  provisions  of the Change in
Bank Control Act of 1978 (the "Change in Bank Control  Act").  The FDIC has also
adopted a regulation  pursuant to the Change in Bank Control Act which generally
requires  persons who at any time intend to acquire  control of an  FDIC-insured
state-chartered  non-member  bank,  either  directly  or  indirectly  through an
acquisition  of control of Bancorp to provide 60 days' prior written  notice and
certain financial and other information to the FDIC.  Control for the purpose of
this Act exists in situations in which the acquiring party has voting control of
at least twenty-five  percent (25%) of any class of voting stock or the power to
direct the  management or policies of the Bank or Bancorp.  However,  under FDIC
regulations,  control is presumed to exist where the acquiring  party has voting
control of at least ten percent  (10%) of any class of voting  securities if (i)
the Bank or Bancorp has a class of voting  securities  which is registered under
Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (ii) the acquiring party would be the largest
holder  of a class of voting  shares of the Bank or  Bancorp.  The  statute  and
underlying  regulations  authorize the FDIC to disapprove a proposed acquisition
on certain specified grounds.

     Prior approval of the FRB would be required for any  acquisition of control
of the Bank or  Bancorp  by any bank  holding  company  under  the Bank  Holding
Company Act  ("BHCA") and approval by the SCC would also be required by Virginia
law.

                                       32

<PAGE>



would be required under Virginia law.  Control for purposes of the BHCA would be
based on, among other things,  a twenty-five  percent (25%) voting stock test or
on the ability of the holding  company  otherwise  to control the  election of a
majority  of the  Board of  Directors  of the Bank or  Bancorp.  As part of such
acquisition,  the acquiring  company  (unless  already so  registered)  would be
required to register as a bank holding company under the BHCA.

     The Exchange Act requires that a purchaser of any class of a  corporation's
securities registered under the Exchange Act notify the SEC and such corporation
within ten days after its purchases exceed 5% of the outstanding  shares of that
class of  securities.  This notice must disclose the  background and identity of
the purchaser,  the source and amount of funds used for the purchase, the number
of shares owned and, if the purpose of the  transaction is to acquire control of
the  corporation,  any plans to alter materially the  corporation's  business or
corporate  structure.  In addition,  any tender offer to acquire a corporation's
securities is subject to the  limitations  and  disclosure  requirements  of the
Exchange Act.

                     TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION

     The  consummation  of the  Reorganization  is  conditioned,  in part,  upon
receipt  by  Heritage  of an  opinion of  Thacher  Proffitt & Wood,  the Bank's
special  counsel for the  reorganization,  to Heritage to the effect  that,  for
federal  income  tax  purposes:  (1) no  gain  or loss  will  be  recognized  by
stockholders of Heritage on the transfer of their shares of Bank Common Stock to
Bancorp solely in exchange for Bancorp Common Stock; (2) no gain or loss will be
recognized  by  Bancorp  upon its  receipt  of  shares of Bank  Common  Stock in
exchange for shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock;  (3) the  aggregate  basis of the
shares of Bancorp Common Stock to be received by each Heritage  stockholder will
be the same as the aggregate  basis of the shares of Bank Common Stock exchanged
therefor;  and (4) the holding  period of Bancorp Common Stock to be received by
each Heritage  stockholder will include the holding period of the shares of Bank
Common Stock exchanged therefor, provided that such stockholder held such shares
of Bank Common Stock as a capital asset on the Effective Date.

   
     Walton  &  Adams,   P.C.  will  opine,   subject  to  the  limitations  and
qualifications  in its opinion,  that the  Reorganization  will not be a taxable
transaction to Bancorp, Heritage or Heritage's stockholders (who do not elect to
exercise  dissenters'  rights)  for  Virginia  state  income and  corporate  tax
purposes.
    

     For federal  income tax  purposes,  cash received in exchange for shares of
Bank Common Stock held by stockholders who exercise  dissenters'  rights will be
treated as a  distribution  in redemption  of such common stock,  subject to the
provisions and limitations of Section 302 of the Code.  Each  stockholder of the
Bank who elects to exercise dissenters' rights should consult his or her own tax
advisor  for  specific   guidance  with  respect  to  the  federal   income  tax
consequences of that exercise.

     Thacher  Proffitt  & Wood will not  express  an opinion as to whether or to
what extent payments to stockholders who exercise dissenters' rights or payments
by  Heritage to Bancorp of an amount  that  exceeds the current and  accumulated
earnings  and  profits  of  Heritage  will cause  Heritage  to have  income.  In
addition,  Thacher  Proffitt  & Wood will not  express  an opinion as to the tax
consequences to stockholders of exercising their dissenters' rights with respect
to any shares of Bank Common Stock.

     Each  stockholder  is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor as to the
specific  consequences of the  Reorganization  to the stockholder under federal,
state and any other applicable laws.

                   ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF THE REORGANIZATION

     The  Reorganization  is  expected  to  be  characterized  as,  and  treated
similarly to, a "pooling of interests"  (rather than a "purchase") for financial
reporting  and related  purposes,  with the result that the accounts of Heritage
and Bancorp will be combined.


                                       33

<PAGE>



                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     The Bank's common stock  currently is quoted on the Nasdaq  SmallCap Market
under the symbol  "HBVA."  Bancorp,  as a newly  formed  corporation,  has never
issued capital stock and consequently there is no established market for Bancorp
Common  Stock.  It is expected  that  Bancorp  Common  Stock will be at least as
liquid as Bank Common  Stock since the number of  outstanding  shares of Bancorp
Common Stock  following  the  Reorganization  will match the number of shares of
Bank  Common  Stock  prior  to  the  Reorganization.  However,  there  can be no
assurance that an active and liquid trading market for Bancorp Common Stock will
be maintained.

   
     At July  17,  1998,  there  were  2,294,617  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock
outstanding which were held of record by approximately 1,213  stockholders,  not
including  persons or entities  who hold the stock in nominee or  "street"  name
through various  brokerage firms.  Since May 18, 1998, the Bank Common Stock has
traded on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market under the symbol  "HBVA." The Bank Common
Stock  previously  traded on the OTC Bulletin Board,  an inter-dealer  quotation
system sponsored and operated by the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. (the "NASD"), under the symbol "HBVA."

     Based on information available to the Bank from a limited number of sellers
and purchasers of Common Stock, the Bank believes that the selling price for the
Common Stock ranged from $2.00 to $2.25 during 1996;  from $2.25 to $4.00 during
1997;  and from $4.00 to $4.625 from  January 1, 1998  through  March 31,  1998.
Since May 18, 1998, the selling price of the Common Stock has ranged from $5.625
to $6.125.  Such  transactions  may not be  representative  of all  transactions
during the indicated periods or the actual fair market value of the Common Stock
at the  time of such  transactions  due to the  infrequency  of  trades  and the
limited market for the Common Stock.
    

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Board of  Directors  of  Bancorp  will have the  authority  to  declare
dividends  on  Bancorp  Common  Stock,   subject  to  statutory  and  regulatory
requirements.  The Board of  Directors  plans to  continue  the  Bank's  current
dividend policy for the Bancorp Common Stock.  Future  declarations of dividends
by the  Board of  Directors  will  depend  upon a number of  factors,  including
investment opportunities available to Bancorp or Heritage, capital requirements,
regulatory   limitations,   Bancorp's  and  Heritage's  results  of  operations,
financial  and  tax  considerations  and  general  economic  conditions.   After
consummation  of the  Reorganization,  management  of the Bank expects to make a
capital  contribution  to  Bancorp  by  transferring  investment  securities  to
Bancorp,  which may be used by Bancorp after the  Reorganization to, among other
things, fund cash dividends that may be declared.

     Since becoming an independent  entity in 1992, the Bank has not paid a cash
dividend  to its  stockholders.  The  Board  of  Directors  does  not  presently
anticipate  paying a dividend in the near term.  The timing and amount of future
dividends,  if any, will depends on general business  conditions  encountered by
the  Bank,  its  earnings,   its  financial   condition  and  cash  and  capital
requirements,  governmental  regulations  and other such factors as the Board of
Directors may deem relevant. There are significant regulatory limitations on the
Bank's  ability to pay  dividends  depending  on its capital  structure  and the
overall health of the  institution.  An insured  depository  institution may not
make a capital  distribution  if, following such  distribution,  the institution
will be  "undercapitalized"  as that term is defined for  purposes of the prompt
corrective  action  provisions  of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
Improvement Act ("FDICIA").

     As a state member bank subject to the  regulations of the Federal  Reserve,
the Bank must obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve for any dividend if the
total of all  dividends  declared in any calendar year would exceed the total of
its net profits, as defined by the Federal Reserve, for that year, combined with
its retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition,  the Bank may
not pay a dividend in an amount greater than its undivided  profits then on hand
after  deducting  its  losses  and bad debts.  For this  purpose,  bad debts are
generally  defined to include the principal amount of loans which are in arrears
with  respect  to  interest  by six  months  or  more,  unless  such  loans  are
fully-secured and in the process of collection.  Moreover,  for purposes of this
limitation,  the Bank is not  permitted to add the balance in its  allowance for
loan losses account to its undivided profits then on hand;  however,  it may net
the sum of its bad debts,  as so defined,  against the balance in its  allowance
for loan losses account and deduct from undivided  profits only bad debts, as so
defined,  in excess of that  account.  At December 31, 1997,  the Bank could not
declare or pay any dividends and had made no requests to do so. The Bank expects
that it will qualify to pay dividends in 1998.


                                       34

<PAGE>



     In addition,  the Federal  Reserve is authorized to determine under certain
circumstances  relating to the financial  condition of a state member bank, that
the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound  practice and to prohibit
payment  thereof.  The payment of dividends  that would deplete a bank's capital
base  could be deemed to  constitute  such an unsafe or  unsound  practice.  The
Federal Reserve has indicated that banking  organizations  should  generally pay
dividends only out of current operating earnings.

     Unlike the Bank,  Bancorp is not subject to SCC regulatory  restrictions on
the  payment  of  dividends  to its  stockholders,  although  the source of such
dividends could be, in part,  dependent upon dividends from the Bank in addition
to the net proceeds retained by Bancorp and earnings thereon. Bancorp is subject
to the  requirements  of Virginia law,  which  generally  limit  dividends to an
amount  equal to the excess of the net assets of  Bancorp  (the  amount by which
total assets exceed total liabilities) over its statutory  capital,  or if there
is no  such  excess,  to its net  profits  for the  current  and/or  immediately
preceding fiscal year.

                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION

     The following table presents the pro forma capitalization of Heritage as of
March 31, 1998, adjusted to give effect to Heritage's stock offering consummated
on May 18, 1998, and the pro forma  consolidated  capitalization  of Bancorp and
Heritage,  as its subsidiary,  at March 31, 1998, adjusted to give effect to the
Reorganization as described in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 HERITAGE                    BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
                                                                 --------                    ----------------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                                                     ------------------------------------
                                                          SHARES          AMOUNT            SHARES            AMOUNT
                                                          ------          ------            ------            ------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>  
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share for Bancorp,                     $2,295
$1.00 per share for Heritage:
Authorized..........................................     10,000,000                       10,000,000        $   23
Issued and outstanding..............................      2,294,636                        2,294,636
Additional paid-in capital .........................                      6,288                              8,556
Accumulated deficit.................................                         (4)                                 0
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net.........                          3                                  3
                                                                              -                                  -
Total stockholders' equity..........................                     $8,582                             $8,582
                                                                         ======                             ======
</TABLE>

                               BUSINESS OF BANCORP

GENERAL

   
     Bancorp is a business corporation  organized under the laws of the State of
Virginia on July 1, 1998. The only office of Bancorp, and its principal place of
business,  is located at the  administrative  office of  Heritage at 1313 Dolley
Madison Boulevard,  McLean,  Virginia 22101. Bancorp's telephone number is (703)
356-6610.
    

     Bancorp was  organized  for the purpose of becoming the holding  company of
Heritage. On the Effective Date, Heritage will become a wholly-owned  subsidiary
of Bancorp,  Bancorp will become a bank holding company, and each stockholder of
Heritage  will,  subject  to  the  exercise  of  dissenters'  rights,  become  a
stockholder  of Bancorp  without  any  change in the  number of shares  owned or
percentage ownership.


                                       35

<PAGE>



     Bancorp has not yet undertaken any operating  business  activities and does
not currently  propose to do so. In the future,  Bancorp may become an operating
company or acquire other commercial banks or bank holding  companies,  or engage
in or  acquire  such other  activities  or  businesses  as may be  permitted  by
applicable law, although there are no present plans or intentions to do so.

     After consummation of the Reorganization,  subject to obtaining  applicable
state and  federal  regulatory  approvals,  the Bank  expects  to make a capital
contribution to Bancorp by transferring  investment securities to Bancorp, which
may be used to conduct the  activities  described in "Proposal 5 -- Formation of
Holding  Company  --  Description  of the  Reorganization  --  Reasons  for  the
Reorganization," including funding stock repurchase programs, if implemented, or
cash dividends,  if declared.  See "Dividend Policy." The initial capitalization
of Bancorp  will be  approximately  $10,000  and future  capitalization  through
capital contributions from the Bank will be subject to the prior approval of the
SCC,  the FRB and, to the extent that Section  18(i) of the FDIA is  applicable,
the FDIC.  Due to the  current  significant  capitalization  of the Bank,  it is
expected  that  such  regulatory  approvals  would  be  received.  There  are no
assurances that the Bank will obtain regulatory approvals for the Reorganization
or the  Bank's  proposed  capital  contributions  to  Bancorp  or  that,  if the
Reorganization is consummated, Bancorp will conduct such activities.

PROPERTY

     Initially, Bancorp will neither own nor lease any real or personal property
but will utilize the  premises  and property of Heritage  without the payment of
any rental fees to Heritage.

COMPETITION

     It is expected  that for the near  future the  primary  business of Bancorp
will be the ongoing business of Heritage.  Therefore, the competitive conditions
to be faced by Bancorp will be the same as those faced by Heritage. In addition,
many banks and  financial  institutions  have  formed,  or are in the process of
forming,  holding  companies.  It is likely that these  holding  companies  will
attempt  to  acquire  banks,   thrift   institutions  or  companies  engaged  in
bank-related activities.  Thus, Bancorp will face competition in undertaking any
such acquisitions and in operating subsequent to any such acquisitions.  Bancorp
has no present  plans or  intentions  to undertake  any such  acquisitions.  See
"Business of the Bank -- Competition."

EMPLOYEES

     At the present time,  Bancorp does not intend to have any  employees  other
than its  management.  See  "Management of Bancorp." It will utilize the support
staff of Heritage from time to time without the payment of any fees to Heritage.
If Bancorp  acquires  other  financial  institutions  or pursues  other lines of
business, it may at such time hire additional employees.

                              BUSINESS OF THE BANK

GENERAL

     The Heritage  Bank, a Virginia  commercial  bank,  is the only  independent
financial institution  headquartered in McLean,  Virginia.  Established in 1987,
the Bank  operated as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of Heritage  Bankshares,  Inc.
(formerly  Independent  Banks of  Virginia,  Inc.)  until 1992 when it became an
independent  bank.  The Bank is a  well-capitalized,  profitable  community bank
dedicated to financing  small business and consumer needs in its market area and
providing personalized  "hometown" quality service to its customers by tailoring
its  products  and  services  to appeal to a local  market.  The Bank  currently
operates  one  full-service  office and  engages in a broad range of lending and
deposit services aimed at individual and commercial customers in the McLean area
of Fairfax  County,  Virginia.  At March 31, 1998,  the Bank had total assets of
$44.6 million, total deposits of $39.4 million and total stockholders' equity of
$4.8 million. Net income for the three months ended March 31, 1998 was $101,000,
an increase of 40.3% from the net income of $72,000 for the comparable period in
1997.  Basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended March 31,
1998 were $0.07,  up from $0.06 per share for the three  months  ended March 31,
1998.


                                       36

<PAGE>



     The business of the Bank consists of  attracting  deposits from the general
public and using  these  funds to  originate  various  types of  individual  and
commercial loans primarily in the McLean area. The Bank's commercial  activities
include providing checking  accounts,  money market accounts and certificates of
deposit to small and medium  sized  businesses.  The Bank also  provides  credit
services,  such as lines of credit, term loans,  construction loans, and letters
of  credit,  as well as real  estate  loans  and other  forms of  collateralized
financing. The Bank's personal services include checking accounts, NOW accounts,
savings accounts,  certificates of deposit,  installment accounts,  construction
and other personal loans, home improvement loans,  automobile and other consumer
financing.

     The Bank's profitability  depends primarily on its net interest income, the
difference  between  the  interest  income it earns on its loans and  investment
portfolio  and its cost of funds,  which  consists  mainly of  interest  paid on
deposits.   Net  interest  income  is  affected  by  the  relative   amounts  of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing  liabilities and the interest rates
earned or paid on these balances.  When  interest-earning  assets approximate or
exceed  interest-bearing  liabilities,  any positive  interest  rate spread will
generate net interest income.

     The  Bank's   profitability   is  also  affected  by  the  level  of  other
(noninterest) income and operating expenses.  Other income consists primarily of
service  fees,  loan  servicing  and  other  loan  fees  and  gains  on sales of
investment  securities.  Operating  expenses  consist of salaries and  benefits,
occupancy-related expenses, and other general operating expenses.

     The  operations  of the Bank,  and banking  institutions  in  general,  are
significantly influenced by general economic conditions and related monetary and
fiscal policies of financial  institutions'  regulatory agencies.  Deposit flows
and the cost of funds are influenced by interest rates on competing  investments
and general  market rates of interest.  Lending  activities  are affected by the
demand for  financing  real estate and other  types of loans,  which in turn are
affected by the interest  rates at which such financing may be offered and other
factors affecting loan demand and the availability of funds.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The Bank has  historically  focused  on  providing  services  to the McLean
market  area.   Beginning  in  1996,   the   management   team   implemented   a
growth-oriented  strategy  designed  to enhance the Bank's  franchise  value and
operating  profitability by increasing the size and quality of the Bank's assets
and build upon its success in the McLean market by expanding the Bank's  service
area within the rapidly growing Northern Virginia markets of Fairfax and eastern
Loudoun  counties,  through the  establishment  of a branch  network by means of
acquisitions and/or de novo branching.

     In the initial stages of this  strategy,  the Bank focused on improving its
long  term  profitability  by  strengthening  the  quality  of the  Bank's  loan
portfolio.  This policy  caused an increase  in  collection  efforts on past due
loans, the collateralization of previously unsecured loans and a decision not to
renew certain lending  relationships.  Although the policy resulted in decreases
in total assets and net loans during 1997,  the Bank  believes  that this policy
has  increased  the  size  of  the  non-criticized  loan  portfolio,  which  has
positively improved earnings.

     More recently,  the Bank has also focused on expanding the Bank's asset and
deposit base,  while  continuing to maintain its image as a community  bank. The
Bank  recently  completed a secondary  offering of 805,000  shares of its common
stock which raised $4.4 million in gross  proceeds for the Bank. The proceeds of
the offering will be used primarily to fund the costs of establishing the Bank's
first branch office in eastern Loudoun County.  This area is situated within the
Bank's  target area and is among the fastest  growing  communities  in Virginia.
Furthermore,  this area is not currently served by an independent community bank
and the Bank  believes  there is a need for a bank  focused on serving the local
community. The Bank believes that its expansion will be limited to a twenty mile
radius of the executive offices of the Bank in McLean. The Bank believes it will
be the most  successful  in  delivering  its  personalized  service  within this
delineated market area with which it is most familiar.

     Accordingly,  the Bank has recently  entered into an agreement,  subject to
regulatory  approval,  to lease and build its first branch office, to be located
in eastern  Loudoun  County,  Virginia,  three miles west of the Fairfax  County
line.  The proposed  branch will be a 3,000 square foot facility with an ATM and
drive-up  window and will be located  along  Route 7, a major  traffic  corridor
serving the growing  commercial  and  residential  market of Loudoun and Fairfax
counties.  The  proposed  branch will be situated  between  the  "Cascades"  and
"CountrySide"  residential  communities next to the newly opened 14 screen Regal
Cinema complex in the CountrySide  Commercial and Professional Center. This site
is particularly attractive because it is located near a growing number of office
parks, commercial and retail shopping centers and large


                                       37

<PAGE>



residential  developments  presently underway in eastern Loudoun County. To help
service this growth,  construction  has begun on Dulles Town Center,  a 300-acre
retail  shopping  mall located near the branch  site.  Construction  of the mall
should be completed by the end of 1999.

     Although the banking business in Northern  Virginia is highly  competitive,
management believes that the trend toward  consolidation of the banking industry
and the  closings  and  acquisitions  of  financial  institutions  in the Bank's
service area, in particular Fairfax and Loudoun counties,  have created and will
continue to create  opportunities for the Bank to grow its branching network and
customer base in Northern Virginia through whole branch  acquisitions or through
de novo  branching.  The additional  capital raised by the Bank in the secondary
stock offering consummated on May 18, 1998 raised the Bank's legal lending limit
by 79.61%, allowing the Bank to originate larger loans in its market area and in
areas of Fairfax and Loudoun counties which the Bank has targeted for expansion.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

     A principal  operating  objective of the Bank is to produce stable earnings
by  achieving a favorable  interest  rate  spread that can be  sustained  during
fluctuations  in  prevailing   interest  rates.   Since  the  Bank's   principal
interest-earning assets have longer terms to maturity than its primary source of
funds,  i.e.,  deposit  liabilities,  increases in general  interest  rates will
generally  result in an increase in the Bank's cost of funds before the yield on
its asset portfolio  adjusts upward.  The Bank has sought to reduce its exposure
to adverse  changes in interest  rates by  attempting  to achieve a closer match
between   the   periods   in  which   its   interest-bearing   liabilities   and
interest-earning  assets can be expected to reprice  through the  origination of
adjustable-rate mortgages and loans with shorter terms and the purchase of other
shorter term interest-earning assets.

     The term "interest rate sensitivity" refers to those assets and liabilities
which  mature and reprice  periodically  in response to  fluctuations  in market
rates and  yields.  As noted  above,  one of the  principal  goals of the Bank's
asset/liability  program is to maintain and match the interest rate  sensitivity
characteristics of the asset and liability portfolios.

     In order to  properly  manage  interest  rate  risk,  the  Bank's  Board of
Directors has established an Asset/Liability  Management Committee ("ALCO") made
up of members  of  management  to  monitor  the  difference  between  the Bank's
maturing  and  repricing  assets and  liabilities  and to develop and  implement
strategies  to  decrease  the  "negative  gap"  between  the  two.  The  primary
responsibilities of the committee are to assess the Bank's  asset/liability mix,
recommend  strategies to the Board that will enhance  income while  managing the
Bank's  vulnerability  to changes in interest  rates and report to the Board the
results of the strategies used.

CREDIT POLICIES

     The Bank utilizes written policies and procedures to enhance  management of
credit risk. The loan portfolio is managed under a  specifically-defined  credit
process.  This process includes  formulation of portfolio  management  strategy,
guidelines  for  underwriting  standards  and risk  assessment,  procedures  for
ongoing  identification  and  management  of credit  deterioration,  and regular
portfolio  reviews to estimate loss exposure and ascertain  compliance  with the
Bank's  policies.  Lending  authority is granted to individual  lending officers
with the  current  highest  limit  being  $150,000  for  secured and $25,000 for
unsecured  loans.  Any two officers acting together may approve a loan up to the
amount of the lower  lending  authority of the two officers.  An Officers'  Loan
Committee  comprised of six officers is  authorized  to approve  credit of up to
$400,000 for secured  loans and $200,000 for unsecured  loans.  Approval of such
credits requires a majority vote of the Officers' Loan Committee. The Directors'
Loan  Committee is  authorized to approve loans up to the legal lending limit of
the Bank.

     The  Bank's  management  generally  requires  that  secured  loans  have  a
loan-to-value ratio of 80% or less. Management believes that when a borrower has
significant  equity in the assets securing the loan, the borrower is less likely
to default on the outstanding loan balance.

     A major element of credit risk  management is  diversification.  The Bank's
objective is to maintain a diverse loan  portfolio to minimize the impact of any
single  event or set of  circumstances.  Concentration  parameters  are based on
factors of individual risk, policy constraints,  economic conditions, collateral
and product type.


                                       38

<PAGE>



LENDING ACTIVITIES

     General.  Lending activities include a variety of consumer, real estate and
commercial loans with a strong emphasis on serving the needs of customers within
the Bank's  market  territory.  Consumer  loans are made  primarily on a secured
basis in the form of installment  obligations  or personal lines of credit.  The
focus of real estate  lending is  commercial  mortgages,  but also includes home
improvement  loans,  construction  lending  and home  equity  lines  of  credit.
Commercial  lending is provided to businesses seeking credit for working capital
and the purchase of equipment and facilities.  The principal lending activity of
the Bank is  concentrated  in mortgage loans secured by commercial  real estate,
usually  consisting of commercial and warehouse  facilities in the Bank's market
area.

MARKET AREA

     The Bank  currently  has one  office  serving  the  McLean  area of Fairfax
County,  Virginia. From this office, the Bank serves its customers, the majority
of whom own  businesses  or reside in the  McLean/Great  Falls area of  Northern
Virginia, which is located eight miles west of Washington,  DC. The remainder of
the Bank's customers  reside  primarily in other  communities in Fairfax County,
and, to a lesser extent, Arlington and Loudoun counties.

     McLean lies in the northernmost part of Fairfax County,  Virginia,  by most
measures,  the wealthiest  county in Virginia.  The median  household  income in
Fairfax  County  in 1996 was  $78,000 - the  highest  in the  country.  The 1997
population of Fairfax  County is estimated to have been 913,012.  Fairfax County
is also home to many information technology firms including UUNet and PSINet. It
is estimated that nearly one-half of all  international  Internet  traffic flows
through one of the Fairfax-based access providers.

     McLean  is  home  to the  Central  Intelligence  Agency,  McLean's  largest
employer,  and the Federal Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation.  The Bank  provides
financial  services to the many professional  service firms,  including lawyers,
accountants,  consultants  and engineers  that have offices in McLean.  McLean's
population is estimated to be approximately  63,000. The median household income
in McLean was  estimated to be $70,000 in 1996.  McLean also includes the Tysons
Corner area,  an office and  commercial  district  that is home to a significant
number of  high-technology  employers.  Major employers in Tysons Corner include
INOVA Health  Systems,  EDS,  SAIC and AT&T.  Tysons  Corner is also home to two
major shopping centers and several major hotels.

     With the opening of the CountrySide  branch, the Bank expects to expand its
market  area to include a  significant  portion of  Loudoun  County,  one of the
fastest growing counties in the United States.  According to census figures, the
1997  population  of  Loudoun  County has  increased  to  approximately  133,000
persons,  representing  an  increase of 55% since 1990  compared  to  population
growth of 9% in the  Washington,  D.C. region as a whole during the same period.
Among  counties with more than 10,000  residents,  Loudoun  County's 7.7% growth
rate  for  1996-97  ranked  eighth  in the  nation.  This  area is  experiencing
significant  economic  growth  as a  result  of  the  expansion  of  the  Dulles
International   Airport  technology  corridor  and  the  influx  of  "high-tech"
companies  from  Fairfax  County.  The Loudoun  County  market is  predominately
residential with a healthy mix of retail, service activities and light industry.

     Eastern Loudoun County,  with a population of approximately  50,000, is the
fastest  growing  area of Loudoun  County and  Northern  Virginia.  It  contains
several  mature   residential   neighborhoods  and  the  newer  developments  of
CountrySide,  Cascades,  and Ashburn Village.  Several large high-tech companies
such as America  Online and Alcatel  Data  Networks  have  recently  moved their
headquarters to eastern Loudoun County,  giving rise to accelerated  residential
building and retail  development in the area.  More than 4,000 housing sites are
in various stages of future  development in the area. In addition,  the 300-acre
regional mall, Dulles Town Center,  is being constructed  within one mile of the
site.  The  new  branch  will  be  located  in  the  CountrySide   Shopping  and
Professional  Center, a 350,000 square foot  retail/professional/medical  campus
near the entrance to the 2,500 unit  CountrySide  residential  community that is
home to over 12,000 persons. The site also borders on Cascades, a new 6,000-unit
planned residential  development and associated shopping center, Cascades Market
Place.  Over  100,000  persons  with an average  family  income of  $71,000  are
estimated to live within five miles of the branch's proposed location.  The Bank
believes  that  development  now  taking  place  along  the Route 7 and Route 28
corridors,  coupled with the rapid population  growth in eastern Loudoun County,
will  provide the Bank with the  opportunity  to expand its  consumer  and small
business services.


                                       39

<PAGE>



COMPETITION

     The Bank operates in the highly competitive  environment of the McLean area
of Fairfax  County.  It competes for deposits and loans with  commercial  banks,
savings and loans,  credit unions and other  financial  institutions,  including
non-bank  competitors  such as loan  companies,  insurance  companies  and large
securities  firms. Many of these  organizations  possess  substantially  greater
financial and technical resources than the Bank.

     In Fairfax County, the Bank commands 0.42% of the market,  according to the
most recent  survey of deposits by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
("FDIC"). In McLean, the Bank commands 3.27% of the market. Seventeen banks with
31 branches  operate in the greater  McLean  area and 17 of these  branches  are
located in proximity to the Bank in the McLean Central  Business  District.  The
Heritage Bank is the only community bank headquartered in McLean.

     The market is mature and the growth of deposits  and loan demand has slowed
in recent years. While it can produce stable earnings from its operations in the
McLean  office,  the Bank  believes  the  future  growth  of the Bank will be in
expansion to other parts of Northern Virginia, including Loudoun County.

     There are 12 commercial  banks with 37 branches  located in Loudoun  County
with  deposits  totaling  approximating  $900  million.  A  number  of  mortgage
companies along with several non-bank financial institutions also compete in the
area.  Nine bank  branches  are  located  in  eastern  Loudoun  County.  All are
full-service  banks and  provide a wide  array of bank  products  and  services,
although  none of these banks is  considered  to be a community  bank,  like the
Heritage Bank. The Bank believes that it will enjoy a competitive  advantage due
to  its  local   community  bank   orientation   and  reputation  for  providing
personalized service to its customers.

     With the opening of the new branch in Loudoun  County,  the Bank expects to
increase its deposit base,  which in turn will increase the funds  available for
loans  and other  profitable  opportunities  for the  Bank.  While the Bank will
continue  to  experience  a  competitive  environment  in  Fairfax  and  Loudoun
counties,  there still exist  opportunities  to establish  new branches in those
areas where significant population increases and economic growth are occurring.

YEAR 2000 ISSUES

     The "Year 2000  Problem"  centers on the  inability of computer  systems to
precisely  recognize the year 2000. Many existing  computer programs and systems
were originally programmed with six digit dates that provided only two digits to
identify the calendar year in the date field,  without  considering the upcoming
change  in the  century.  With the  impending  millennium,  these  programs  and
computers  will  recognize  "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.  If
computer  systems are not  adequately  changed to identify  the year 2000,  many
computer  applications could fail or create erroneous results. As a result, many
calculations which rely on the date/field information, such as interest, payment
or due dates and other operating functions, will generate results which could be
significantly  misstated, and the Bank could experience a temporary inability to
process  transactions,  send  invoices  or engage  in  similar  normal  business
activities.  In addition,  under  certain  circumstances,  failure to adequately
address the Year 2000 Problem could adversely affect the viability of the Bank's
suppliers and creditors and the creditworthiness of its borrowers.  Thus, if not
adequately  addressed,  the Year 2000  Problem  could  result  in a  significant
adverse impact on the Bank's products, services and competitive condition.

     Financial  institution  regulators have recently increased their focus upon
year 2000 issues,  issuing guidance  concerning the  responsibilities  of senior
management and directors. The FDIC and the other federal banking regulators have
issued  safety and  soundness  guidelines  to be followed by insured  depository
institutions,  such as the Bank, to assure resolution of any year 2000 problems.
The  federal  banking   agencies  have  asserted  that  year  2000  testing  and
certification is a key safety and soundness issue in conjunction with regulatory
exams, and thus an institution's  failure to address appropriately the Year 2000
Problem could result in supervisory  action,  including such enforcement actions
as the  reduction  of the  institution's  supervisory  ratings,  the  denial  of
applications for approval of a merger or acquisition, or the imposition of civil
money penalties.

     The Bank recently  hired an outside  consultant to assess the impact of the
Year 2000 Problem on the Bank.  Because the Bank  outsources its data processing
and item processing operations, a significant component of the year 2000 plan is
working with  external  vendors to test and certify  their  systems as year 2000
compliant. The Bank's external vendors have


                                       40

<PAGE>

surveyed  their  programs  to  inventory  the  necessary  changes and have begun
correcting the applicable  computer programs and replacing equipment so that the
Bank's information systems will be year 2000 compliant prior to the end of 1998.
This will  enable  the Bank to devote  substantial  time to the  testing  of the
upgraded  systems prior to the arrival of the millennium in order to comply with
all  applicable  regulations.  The Bank  expects to complete its  timetable  for
carrying out its plans to address year 2000 issues by December 31, 1998.

PROPERTIES

   
     The  principal  office  of the  Bank  is  located  at 1313  Dolley  Madison
Boulevard,  McLean,  Virginia where the Bank leases  approximately  8,407 square
feet in an  office  building.  All of the  Bank's  administrative  and  customer
service  facilities are at this  location.  The lease was for an initial term of
ten years,  beginning July 1988, with three 5 year renewal options.  The current
monthly  rent is  $16,060.  The Bank also owns a parcel of land in Great  Falls,
Virginia  valued at $245,000,  which it is holding for future bank use. The Bank
has  classified  one parcel of real estate,  acquired  through  foreclosure,  as
"other real estate owned" totaling $263,000.  This parcel is not currently under
any contract for sale.
    

     The Bank also entered into a ten-year  lease for its future branch  office.
The lease is ten years and  commences on June 1, 1998 or 15 days  following  the
issuance of an occupancy  certificate,  whichever occurs last. In the first year
of the lease, the minimum monthly rent will be $6,500, with minimal increases in
subsequent years.

EMPLOYEES

     At  March  31,  1998,  the  Bank  had  twenty-three   full-time  equivalent
employees.  None of its employees is represented  by any  collective  bargaining
unit. The Bank considers relations with its employees to be good.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In the normal course of its operations, the Bank from time to time is party
to various legal proceedings.  Based upon information  currently available,  and
after  consultation  with its  counsel,  management  believes  that  such  legal
proceedings,  in the aggregate,  will not have a material  adverse effect on the
Bank's  business,  financial  position or results of operations,  except for the
following.

     The Bank has  recently  been  advised of a claim  against  it by  Travelers
Casualty & Surety Company of America asserting negligence in accepting allegedly
fraudulently  endorsed  checks by an employee of an entity insured by Travelers.
The claimed loss is $460,534 plus  interest.  The Bank believes it has little or
no liability for the claim and has denied  liability to Travelers and intends to
vigorously  defend the claim. The Bank's insurance carrier has notified the Bank
that the Bank's insurance policy will cover a fraudulent  endorsement loss above
the policy's $25,000 deductible.

   
     On July 24,  1998,  in the case of Wills v. The Heritage  Bank,  the United
States  Bankruptcy  Court  for the  Eastern  District  of  Virginia,  Alexandria
Division granted  plaintiff's motion for partial summary judgment ruling against
the Bank.  The Court ruled that the Bank  violated an automatic  stay imposed by
the United States  Bankruptcy Code (the "Code") by collecting  interest payments
on a note  payable  by  plaintiff  to the Bank and in selling  stock  pledged as
collateral to secure such note. The Bank received the interest  payments in 1990
and the stock was sold in 1993.  The total  amount of the  judgment  is $108,382
plus  attorney's  fees in an amount to be determined  at a later date.  This sum
represents  payments  received  by the Bank in  excess  of sums due it under the
plantiff's  Plan of  Reorganization.  The Bank is entitled to recover the sum of
$11,810  from  plaintiff  for  sums  due  the  Bank  under  plaintiff's  Plan of
Reorganization  upon payment of the judgment.  Plaintiff's  request for punitive
damages in the sum of $105,000 was denied on the summary  judgment  motion,  but
remains pending for adjudication.  An additional claim by the plaintiff,  in the
aggregate  amount of $326,437,  is  vigorously  disputed by the Bank and remains
unresolved,  but will be the  subject of a summary  judgment  motion by the Bank
provided that all matters are not resolved. The Bank is attempting to settle all
outstanding  judgments and claims.  In the absence of any such  settlement,  the
Bank  intends to appeal the  judgment  against it and to  vigorously  pursue its
appeal and defenses against outstanding claims.
    

                                    TAXATION

FEDERAL TAXATION

     General.  Bancorp and the Bank report their income on a calendar year basis
using the  accrual  method of  accounting,  and are  subject to  federal  income
taxation in the same manner as other corporations with some exceptions,  some of
which are discussed below.  The following  discussion of tax matters is intended
only as a summary and does not purport to be a comprehensive  description of the
tax rules applicable to the Bank.

     Bad Debt  Reserves.  The Bank is  permitted  to establish a reserve for bad
debts and to make  annual  additions  to the  reserve  which,  within  specified
formula limits, can be deducted in computing the Bank's taxable income. Pursuant
to the Small  Business  Job  Protection  Act of 1996,  the Bank is  required  to
recapture  (i.e,  take into income)  over a  multi-year  period a portion of the
balance of its bad debt  reserves as of December 31, 1995.  Because the Bank has
already  provided a deferred  income tax liability of the amount  required to be
recaptured  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  this  liability  will have no
adverse impact on the Bank's financial condition or results of operations.

                                       41
<PAGE>



     Distributions.   To  the   extent   that   the  Bank   makes   "nondividend
distributions" to shareholders,  such distributions will be considered to result
in  distributions   from  the  Bank's  base  year  reserve  and  then  from  its
supplemental  reserve  for  losses on loans,  and an amount  based on the amount
distributed  will  be  included  in  the  Bank's  taxable  income.   Nondividend
distributions  include  distributions  in  excess  of  the  Bank's  current  and
accumulated  earnings  and profits,  distributions  in  redemption  of stock and
distributions in partial or complete liquidation. However, dividends paid out of
the Bank's  current or  accumulated  earnings and  profits,  as  calculated  for
federal income tax purposes, will not constitute nondividend  distributions and,
therefore, will not be included in the Bank's income.

     The  amount  of  additional  taxable  income  created  from  a  nondividend
distribution  is an amount  that,  when reduced by the tax  attributable  to the
income, is equal to the amount of the distribution.  Thus, approximately one and
one-half times the nondividend  distribution would be includable in gross income
for federal  income tax purposes,  assuming a 34% federal  corporate  income tax
rate. The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a recapture
of any portion of its tax bad debt reserve.

     Corporate  Alternative  Maximum Tax. The Code imposes a tax on  Alternative
Minimum Taxable Income ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%. Only 90% of AMTI can be offset
by net operating losses.  AMTI is also adjusted by determining the tax treatment
of certain items in a manner that negates the deferral of income  resulting from
the regular tax treatment of those items.  Thus, the Bank's AMTI is increased by
an  amount  equal to 75% of the  amount  by which the  Bank's  adjusted  current
earnings  exceeds its AMTI  (determined  without  regard to this  adjustment and
prior to reduction  for net  operating  losses).  The Bank does not expect to be
subject to the AMT.

STATE TAXATION

     The Bank is exempt  from paying  state  income tax to the  Commonwealth  of
Virginia.  Under  Virginia law,  however,  banks must pay a franchise tax at the
rate of $1 on each $100 of net  capital  as  defined  under  Virginia  law.  For
additional  information regarding taxation, see Note 8 of the Notes to Financial
Statements.

                           REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

     The Bank is  extensively  regulated  under both  federal and state law. The
following  is a  brief  summary  of  certain  statutes,  rules  and  regulations
affecting  the Bank.  This  summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the particular statutory and regulatory  provisions referred to below and is not
intended  to be  an  exhaustive  description  of  the  statutes  or  regulations
applicable to the Bank's business.

REGULATION OF THE BANK

     The Bank is organized as a  Virginia-chartered  banking  corporation and is
regulated  and  supervised  by the SCC. In addition,  the Bank is regulated  and
supervised by the FRB,  which serves as its primary  federal  regulator,  and is
subject  to certain  regulations  promulgated  by the FDIC.  The SCC and the FRB
conduct  regular  examinations  of the Bank,  reviewing the adequacy of its loan
loss  reserves,  the  quality of its loans and  investments,  the  propriety  of
management practices, compliance with laws and regulations, and other aspects of
the Bank's operations. In addition to these regular examinations,  the Bank must
furnish to the FRB quarterly reports containing  detailed  financial  statements
and schedules.

     Federal and Virginia  banking laws and regulations  govern all areas of the
operations of the Bank, including reserves, loans, mortgages,  capital, issuance
of securities,  payment of dividends and establishment of branches.  Federal and
state bank  regulatory  agencies  also have the general  authority  to limit the
dividends paid by insured banks. See "--Limits on Dividends and Other Payments."
As its primary  federal  regulator,  the Federal Reserve has authority to impose
penalties,  initiate  civil and  administrative  actions  and take  other  steps
intended to prevent the Bank from  engaging in unsafe or unsound  practices.  In
this regard,  the FRB has adopted capital  adequacy  requirements  applicable to
state member banks such as the Bank. See "--Capital Requirements."

     Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders of the Bank. Transactions between
an insured bank,  such as the Bank,  and any of its  affiliates  are governed by
Sections  23A and 23B of the Federal  Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any
company or entity which  controls,  is controlled by or is under common  control
with the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the
bank or its  subsidiaries  may  engage in  "covered  transactions"  with any one
affiliate  to an amount  equal to 10% of such  institution's  capital  stock and
surplus,  and limit all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal
to 20% of such


                                       42

<PAGE>

capital  stock and surplus and (ii)  require  that all such  transactions  be on
terms that are consistent  with safe and sound banking  practices.  In addition,
any purchase of assets or services by a bank from an affiliate  must be on terms
that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution as
those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.  The term "covered transaction"
includes the making of loans,  purchase of assets,  issuance of  guarantees  and
similar  other  types  of  transactions.  Further,  most  loans by a bank to its
affiliate  must be supported by  collateral  in amounts  ranging from 100 to 130
percent of the loan amounts.

     Banks are also subject to the  restrictions  contained in Section  22(h) of
the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board's  Regulation O thereunder
on loans to executive  officers,  directors  and principal  stockholders.  Under
Section 22(h),  loans to a director,  an executive officer or a greater than 10%
stockholder  of a bank as well as  certain  affiliated  interests  of any of the
foregoing,  may not exceed,  together with all other  outstanding  loans to such
person and affiliated interests, the  loans-to-one-borrower  limit applicable to
national  banks  (generally  15% of the  institution's  unimpaired  capital  and
surplus),  and all loans to all such persons in the aggregate may not exceed the
institution's  unimpaired  capital and  unimpaired  surplus.  Regulation  O also
prohibits the making of loans in an amount greater than $25,000 or 5% of capital
and surplus but in any event over $500,000, to directors, executive officers and
greater than 10% stockholders of a bank, and their respective affiliate,  unless
such loans are  approved in advance by a majority of the Board of  Directors  of
the  bank  with any  "interested"  director  not  participating  in the  voting.
Further,  Regulation O requires that loans to directors,  executive officers and
principal stockholders be made on terms substantially the same as those that are
offered in comparable transactions to other persons. Regulation O also prohibits
a depository  institution  from paying the overdrafts  over $1,000 of any of its
executive  officers  or  directors  unless  they are paid  pursuant  to  written
pre-authorized extension of credit or transfer of funds plans.

     Community  Reinvestment.  Under the Community  Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), as
implemented  by  FRB  regulations,  a  bank  has a  continuing  and  affirmative
obligation  consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit
needs of its entire community,  including low and moderate income neighborhoods.
The CRA does  not  establish  specific  lending  requirements  or  programs  for
financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's  discretion to develop
the types of  products  and  services  that it  believes  are best suited to its
particular  community,  consistent  with the CRA.  The CRA  requires the FRB, in
connection  with its  examination  of a bank,  to assess  the  bank's  record of
meeting the credit needs of its  community  and to take such record into account
in its  evaluation of certain  applications  by such bank. The CRA also requires
all  institutions  to make  public  disclosure  of their CRA  ratings.  The Bank
received a "satisfactory" CRA rating in its most recent examination.

     In April 1995, the federal banking  agencies  adopted  amendments  revising
their  CRA  regulations.   Among  other  things,  the  amended  CRA  regulations
substitute  for the prior  process-based  assessment  factors  a new  evaluation
system that would rate an institution based on its actual performance in meeting
community needs. In particular,  the proposed system would focus on three tests:
(a) a lending test, to evaluate the institution's  record of making loans in its
service areas; (b) an investment test, to evaluate the  institution's  record of
investing in community  development  projects,  affordable housing, and programs
benefitting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (c) a service
test, to evaluate the  institution's  delivery of services through its branches,
ATMs, and other offices. Small banks would be assessed pursuant to a streamlined
approach  focusing on a lesser range of information and  performance  standards.
The term "small bank" is defined as including  banks with less than $250 million
in assets or an affiliate of a holding company with banking and thrift assets of
less than $1 billion, which would include the Bank.

     The regulatory  agency's  assessment of the bank's record is made available
to the  public.  Further,  such  assessment  is  required  by any bank which has
applied to, among other  things,  establish a new branch office that will accept
deposits, relocate an existing office, or merge, consolidate with or acquire the
assets or assume the liabilities of a federally-regulated financial institution.

     Safety and Soundness Standards.  Pursuant to the requirements of Section 39
of the FDICIA,  as amended by the Riegle  Community  Development  and Regulatory
Improvement Act of 1994,  each federal  banking  agency,  including the FRB, has
adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls,
information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting,
interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality,  earnings and compensation,
fees and  benefits.  In general,  the  guidelines  require,  among other things,
appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures
specified in the guidelines.  The guidelines prohibit excessive  compensation as
an unsafe and unsound  practice and describe  compensation as excessive when the
amounts paid are unreasonable or  disproportionate  to the services performed by
an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder.

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     The Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation Act of 1991 ("FDICIA")  requires
the Federal  Reserve to take  "prompt  corrective  action"  with  respect to any
insured  depository  institution  which does not meet specified  minimum capital
requirements. The

                                       43
<PAGE>



applicable   regulations   establish   five   capital   levels,   ranging   from
"well-capitalized" to "critically  undercapitalized,"  and require or permit the
Federal Reserve to take supervisory action in certain circumstances. Under these
regulations, an insured depository institution is considered well-capitalized if
it has a Total Risk-based Capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Risk-based
Capital ratio of 6.0% or greater,  and a Leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater,  and
it is not subject to an order,  written  agreement,  capital directive or prompt
corrective  action  directive to meet and maintain a specific  capital level for
any capital measure. An insured depository  institution is considered adequately
capitalized  if it has a Total  Risk-based  Capital ratio of 8.0% or greater,  a
Tier I  Risk-based  Capital  ratio and  Leverage  ratio of 4.0% or greater (or a
Leverage ratio of 3.0% or greater if the institution is rated composite 1 in its
most recent report of examination, subject to appropriate federal banking agency
guidelines),   and  the   institution   does  not  meet  the  definition  of  an
undercapitalized  institution.  An insured depository  institution is considered
undercapitalized  if it has a Total  Risk-based  Capital ratio that is less than
8.0%, a Tier 1 Risk-based  Capital  ratio that is less than 4.0%,  or a Leverage
ratio that is less than 4.0%. A  significantly  undercapitalized  institution is
one which has a Total Risk-based  Capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1
Risk-based  Capital  ratio that is less than 3.0%,  or a Leverage  ratio that is
less than 3.0%. A  critically  undercapitalized  institution  is one which has a
ratio of tangible  equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. As
of December 31, the Bank was classified as  well-capitalized.  The Bank's Tier 1
and Total  Risk-based  Capital  ratios as of  December  31,  1997 were 17.4% and
18.6%, respectively.

     The  severity of action  authorized  or  required to be taken under  prompt
corrective action regulations  increases as a bank's capital deteriorates within
the three  undercapitalized  categories.  All banks are  prohibited  from paying
dividends  or other  capital  distributions  or  paying  management  fees to any
controlling   person,  if,  following  such  distribution,   the  bank  will  be
undercapitalized.  The Federal  Reserve is  authorized by this  legislation  and
under  Regulation  H  (which  regulates  state  member  banks)  to take  various
enforcement actions against any undercapitalized  insured depository institution
and any  insured  depository  institution  that  fails to submit  an  acceptable
capital  restoration  plan or fails to implement a plan  accepted by the Federal
Reserve. These powers include, among other things,  requiring the institution to
be  recapitalized,  prohibiting asset growth,  restricting  interest rates paid,
requiring  prior approval of capital  distributions  by any bank holding company
which controls the institution,  requiring divestiture by the institution of its
subsidiaries or by the holding company of the institution itself,  requiring new
election of directors, and requiring the dismissal of directors and officers.

     With certain exceptions, insured depository institutions will be prohibited
from making capital  distributions  or paying  management fees if the payment of
such  distributions  or  fees  will  cause  them  to  become   undercapitalized.
Furthermore,  undercapitalized  insured depository institutions will be required
to file capital  restoration  plans with the Federal  Reserve.  Undercapitalized
insured depository  institutions also will be subject to restrictions on growth,
acquisitions,  branching and engaging in new lines of business  unless they have
an approved capital plan that permits  otherwise.  The Federal Reserve also may,
among other things,  require an undercapitalized  insured depository institution
to issue shares or obligations, which could be voting stock, to recapitalize the
institution or, under certain circumstances, to divest itself of any subsidiary.

     Significantly   and   critically    undercapitalized   insured   depository
institutions  may be subject to more  extensive  control  and  supervision.  The
Federal  Reserve may prohibit any such  institutions  from,  among other things,
entering into any material  transaction  not in the ordinary course of business,
amending  their  Articles  of  Incorporation  or bylaws,  or engaging in certain
transactions   with  affiliates.   In  addition,   critically   undercapitalized
institutions  generally will be prohibited  from making payments of principal or
interest  on  outstanding  subordinated  debt.  Within  90  days  of an  insured
depository institution becoming critically undercapitalized, the Federal Reserve
must appoint a receiver or  conservator  unless  certain  findings are made with
respect  to  the  prospect  for  the  institution's  continued  viability.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations--Analysis  of  Financial  Condition--Capital  Requirements"  for more
information about the Bank's capital ratios and applicable minimum ratios.

BRANCHING

     Under the Riegle-Neal  Interstate  Banking and Branching  Efficiency Act of
1994 (the "Riegle Act"),  the Federal  Reserve may approve bank holding  company
acquisitions  of banks in other  states,  subject to certain  aging and  deposit
concentration  limits.  As of June 1,  1997,  banks in one state may merge  with
banks in another state,  unless the other state has chosen not to implement this
section of the Riegle Act.  These  mergers are also subject to similar aging and
deposit concentration limits.

     Virginia  "opted-in"  to the  provisions  of the Riegle Act.  Since July 1,
1995, an  out-of-state  bank that did not already  maintain a branch in Virginia
was permitted to establish and maintain a de novo branch in Virginia, or acquire
a branch in  Virginia,  if the laws of the home state of the  out-of-state  bank
permit  Virginia  banks to engage in the same  activities  in that  state  under
substantially the same terms as permitted by Virginia.  Also, Virginia banks may
merge with out-of-state banks, and an


                                       44

<PAGE>
out-of-state  bank  resulting  from such an interstate  merger  transaction  may
maintain and operate the branches in Virginia of a merged  Virginia bank, if the
laws of the home  state of the  out-of-state  bank  involved  in the  interstate
merger transaction permit interstate merger.

RECENT LEGISLATIVE DEVELOPMENTS

     On September 30, 1996,  President  Clinton  signed the Economic  Growth and
Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (the "Growth Act"), which contained a
comprehensive  approach to recapitalize the FDIC's Savings Association Insurance
Fund (the  "SAIF")  and to assure  payment  of the  Financing  Corporation  (the
"FICO") obligations.  Most of the Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC's Bank
Insurance  Fund (the "BIF").  Under the Growth Act, banks with deposits that are
insured under the BIF are required to pay a portion of the interest due on bonds
that were  issued by FICO to help shore up the ailing  Federal  Savings and Loan
Insurance Corporation in 1987. The Growth Act stipulates that the BIF assessment
rate to contribute  toward the FICO  obligations  must be equal to one-fifth the
SAIF  assessment  rate through  year-end 1999, or until the insurance  funds are
merged,  whichever  occurs first.  The amount of FICO debt service to be paid by
all BIF-insured  institutions is  approximately  $0.0126 per $100 of BIF-insured
deposits for each year from 1997 through 1999 when the obligation of BIF-insured
institutions increases to approximately $0.0240 per $100 of BIF-insured deposits
per year through the year 2019,  subject in all cases to adjustments by the FDIC
on a quarterly basis. The Growth Act also contained provisions  protecting banks
from  liability for  environmental  clean-up  costs;  prohibiting  credit unions
sponsored by Farm Credit System banks; easing application  requirements for most
bank  holding  companies  when they acquire a thrift or a  permissible  non-bank
operation;  easing Fair Credit Reporting Act  restrictions  between bank holding
company  affiliates;  and  reducing  regulatory  burden  under  the Real  Estate
Settlement  Procedures Act, the  Truth-in-Savings  Act, the Truth-in-Lending Act
and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

     Pursuant to  regulations  of the FRB, a bank must  maintain  average  daily
reserves equal to 3% on the first $52 million of net transaction accounts,  plus
10% on the  remainder.  This  percentage  is subject to  adjustment  by the FRB.
Because  required  reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a
non-interest  bearing  account  at a Federal  Reserve  Bank,  the  effect of the
reserve   requirement   is  to   reduce   the   amount   of  the   institution's
interest-earning  assets.  As of  December  31,  1997,  the Bank met its reserve
requirements.

EFFECT OF ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

     The policies of regulatory  authorities,  including the monetary  policy of
the Federal Reserve, have a significant effect on the operating results of banks
and their  subsidiaries.  Among the means  available  to the Federal  Reserve to
affect  the  money  supply  are  open  market  operations  in  U.S.   government
securities,  changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, and changes
in reserve  requirements  against member bank deposits.  These means are used in
varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans,
investments  and deposits,  and their use may affect  interest  rates charged on
loans or paid for deposits.

     Federal Reserve  monetary  policies have materially  affected the operating
results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in
the  future.  The  nature of future  monetary  policies  and the  effect of such
policies on the business and income of the Bank cannot be predicted.

LIMITS ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS

     As a state member bank subject to the  regulations of the Federal  Reserve,
the Bank must obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve for any dividend if the
total of all  dividends  declared in any calendar year would exceed the total of
its net profits, as defined by the Federal Reserve, for that year, combined with
its retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition,  the Bank may
not pay a dividend in an amount greater than its undivided  profits then on hand
after  deducting  its  losses  and bad debts.  For this  purpose,  bad debts are
generally  defined to include the principal amount of loans which are in arrears
with  respect  to  interest  by six  months  or  more,  unless  such  loans  are
fully-secured and in the process of collection.  Moreover,  for purposes of this
limitation,  the Bank is not  permitted to add the balance in its  allowance for
loan losses account to its undivided profits then on hand;  however,  it may net
the sum of its bad debts,  as so defined,  against the balance in its  allowance
for loan losses account and deduct from undivided  profits only bad debts, as so
defined,  in excess of that  account.  At December 31, 1997,  the Bank could not
declare or pay any dividends and had made no requests to do so. The Bank expects
that it will qualify to pay dividends in 1998.


                                       45

<PAGE>



     In addition,  the Federal  Reserve is authorized to determine under certain
circumstances  relating to the financial  condition of a state member bank, that
the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound  practice and to prohibit
payment  thereof.  The payment of dividends  that would deplete a bank's capital
base  could be deemed to  constitute  such an unsafe or  unsound  practice.  The
Federal Reserve has indicated that banking  organizations  should  generally pay
dividends only out of current operating earnings.

     FDICIA provides that no insured depository institution may make any capital
distribution,  including a cash dividend if, after making the distribution,  the
institution would not satisfy one or more of its minimum capital requirements.

     In addition,  Virginia law imposes restrictions on the ability of all banks
chartered  under Virginia law to pay dividends.  Under Virginia law, no dividend
may be declared or paid that would impair a  Virginia-chartered  bank's  paid-in
capital.  The SCC also has  authority  to limit the  payment of  dividends  by a
Virginia bank if it determines the  limitation is in the public  interest and is
necessary to ensure the bank's financial soundness.

REGULATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

     Federal Regulation.  Following consummation of the Reorganization,  Bancorp
will be subject to  examination,  regulation  and periodic  reporting  under the
BHCA,  as  administered  by the  FRB.  The  FRB  has  adopted  capital  adequacy
guidelines  for bank holding  companies on a  consolidated  basis  substantially
similar to those of the FRB for the Bank.

     Bancorp will be required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire
all, or  substantially  all, of the assets or any bank of bank holding  company.
Prior FRB approval  will be required  for Bancorp to acquire  direct or indirect
ownership  or  control  of any  voting  securities  of any bank or bank  holding
company if,  after  giving  effect to such  acquisition,  it would,  directly or
indirectly,  own or control  more than 5% of any class of voting  shares of such
bank or bank holding company.

     Bancorp  will be  required  to give the FRB  prior  written  notice  of any
purchase  or  redemption  of its  outstanding  equity  securities  if the  gross
consideration  for the  purchase  or  redemption,  when  combined  with  the net
consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12
months, is equal to 10% or more of Bancorp's consolidated net worth. The FRB may
disapprove  such a purchase or  redemption  if it  determines  that the proposal
would  constitute  an unsafe and  unsound  practice,  or would  violate any law,
regulation,  FRB order or  directive,  or any  condition  imposed by, or written
agreement  with,  the FRB.  Such notice and  approval is not required for a bank
holding  company that would be treated as "well  capitalized"  under  applicable
regulations  of the FRB,  that has received a composite "1" or "2" rating at its
most recent bank  holding  company  inspection  by the FRB,  and that is not the
subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.

     The status of Bancorp as a registered  bank holding  company under the BHCA
will  not  exempt  it from  certain  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations
applicable to corporations  generally,  including,  without limitation,  certain
provisions of the federal securities laws.

     In addition,  a bank holding company is prohibited  generally from engaging
in, or  acquiring  5% or more of any class of voting  securities  of any company
engaged in,  non-banking  activities.  One of the  principal  exceptions to this
prohibition  is for  activities  found by the FRB to be so  closely  related  to
banking or managing or  controlling  banks as to be a proper  incident  thereto.
Some of the principal activities that the FRB has determined by regulation to be
so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto are: (i) making
or servicing  loans;  (ii) performing  certain data processing  services;  (iii)
providing discount brokerage services;  (iv) acting as fiduciary,  investment or
financial  advisor;   (v)  leasing  personal  or  real  property;   (vi)  making
investments in corporations or projects designed  primarily to promote community
welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association.

     Under  FIRREA,  depository  institutions  are liable to the FDIC for losses
suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with the default of a commonly
controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the FDIC to such
an institution in danger of default. This law would have potential applicability
if Bancorp ever acquired as a separate  subsidiary a depository  institution  in
addition to the Bank. There are no current plans for such an acquisition.

     Subsidiary  banks  of  a  bank  holding  company  are  subject  to  certain
quantitative and qualitative  restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on
any  extension of credit to, or purchase of assets from,  or letter of credit on
behalf of, the bank holding company or its  subsidiaries,  and on the investment
in or  acceptance  of  stocks  or  securities  of such  holding  company  or its
subsidiaries  as collateral  for loans.  In addition,  provisions of the Federal
Reserve Act and FRB regulations limit the


                                       46

<PAGE>



amounts of, and establish required  procedures and credit standards with respect
to, loans and other  extensions  of credit to officers,  directors and principal
stockholders  of the Bank,  Bancorp,  any  subsidiary  of  Bancorp  and  related
interests of such persons. Moreover,  subsidiaries of bank holding companies are
prohibited  from  engaging  in certain  tie-in  arrangements  (with the  holding
company or any of its  subsidiaries) in connection with any extension of credit,
lease or sale of property or furnishing of services.

FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

     The  Company  has  filed a  registration  statement  with the SEC under the
Securities Act, for the registration of the Bancorp Common Stock to be exchanged
pursuant to the Reorganization. Upon completion of the Reorganization, Bancorp's
Common Stock will be registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The Company
will then be subject to the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider trading
restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

     The registration under the Securities Act of the Bancorp Common Stock to be
exchanged in the Reorganization does not cover the resale of such shares. Shares
of Bancorp  Common  Stock  purchased  by persons who are not  affiliates  of the
Company may be resold without registration.  Shares purchased by an affiliate of
the  Company  will be subject to the resale  restrictions  of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. If the Company meets the current public information requirements
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of the Company who complies
with the  other  conditions  of Rule  144  (including  those  that  require  the
affiliate's  sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons) would be
able to sell in the public market, without registration,  a number of shares not
to exceed, in any three-month  period,  the greater of (a) 1% of the outstanding
shares of the Company or (b) the average weekly volume of trading in such shares
during the preceding four calendar weeks. Provision may be made in the future by
the Company to permit  affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under
the Securities Act under certain circumstances.

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

     The following discussion is intended to assist readers in understanding and
evaluating the financial  condition and results of operations of the Bank.  This
review should be read in conjunction  with the Bank's  financial  statements and
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus.  This
analysis  provides an overview of the  significant  changes that occurred during
the periods presented.

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997

     The Bank's total assets  decreased  $816,000,  from $45,450,000 at December
31, 1997 to $44,634,000  at March 31, 1998. The decrease is primarily  caused by
decreases in Federal Funds Sold. Gross loans increased $451,000 from $23,391,000
at December 31, 1997 to $23,842,000 at March 31, 1998. Total deposits  decreased
from  $40,604,000 at December 31, 1997 to  $39,383,000  at March 31, 1998.  This
decrease  was  caused  primarily  by a decrease  in  attorney's  escrow  account
balances.  Of the total deposits,  $35,324,000 were core deposits which the Bank
uses to make loans.  Federal Funds Sold decreased  $3,350,000 from $7,600,000 at
December 31, 1997 to $4,250,000 at March 31, 1998. This decrease was caused by a
$2,200,000  increase in securities  available for sale and a $1,200,000 decrease
in deposits.

     Stockholders  equity at March 31,  1998,  was  $4,816,000,  as  compared to
$4,730,000  on  December  31,  1997.  This  increase is due to the net income of
$101,000  for the three  months  ended  March  31,  1998.  Book  value per share
increased


                                       47

<PAGE>


from $3.18 per share on December  31, 1997 to $3.23 per share on March 31, 1998.
At  March  31,  1998  and  December  31,  1997,   there  were  1,489,636  shares
outstanding.

     The ratio of  allowance  for loan  losses to total loans was 2.69% at March
31, 1998.  Management believes the allowance is adequate to absorb losses in the
loan portfolio. The Bank believes that its allowance for loan losses is adequate
and that,  with the expected  increases in the Bank's loan  portfolio  after the
recent stock  offering,  it will remain  adequate.  The Bank expects to grow its
loan  portfolio and believes it has adequate  reserves in the allowance for loan
losses to mirror such growth.

     The Bank's return on average total assets was 0.90%  (annualized)  at March
31, 1998 and its return on average  stockholders'  equity was 8.38% at March 31,
1998.  The Bank's  return on average  assets was 1.33% and its return on average
equity was 15.24% at December 31, 1997.

     The Bank is required to meet certain capital requirements as established by
the Federal Reserve Board. At March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, the Bank met
all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997

     Net income.  Net income for the three  months  ended March 31, 1998 for the
Heritage  Bank  totaled  $101,000,  compared to the $72,000 for the three months
ended March 31,  1997.  This is a net  increase of $29,000  over the first three
months of 1997.  This increase in net income was primarily due to an increase in
interest income on investments and a decrease in interest paid on deposits,  due
to a decrease in the dollar volume of accounts.

     Interest  Income and  Expense.  Interest  income for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 was $837,000,  as compared to $793,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1997,  representing  an increase of $44,000.  Total  interest  expense
decreased  from  $284,000  at March 31,  1997 to  $277,000  at March  31,  1998,
representing  a decrease of $7,000.  This  decrease was due to a decrease in the
dollar volume of accounts.

     Net Interest Income. Net interest income is the difference between interest
earned on loans, investments, securities and short term investments and interest
paid on deposits.  Factors  affecting net interest income include interest rates
earned on loans and investments  and those paid on deposits,  the mix and volume
of earning assets and interest bearing  liabilities and the level or non-earning
assets and  non-interest  bearing  liabilities.  The Bank's  management seeks to
maximize net interest  income by managing the balance sheet and  determining the
optimal product mix with respect to yields on assets and costs of funds in light
of projected economic conditions, while maintaining an acceptable level of risk.

     Net interest income increased in the first three months of 1998 by $51,000,
or 10.02%,  from $509,000 at March 31, 1997 to $560,000 at March 31, 1998.  This
increase  was  primarily  due to an  increase  in  interest  income  on the bond
investment portfolio.

     Provision  for Loan  Losses.  The  provision  for loan losses for the three
months  ended  March 31,  1998 was  $2,000,  as  compared to $4,000 for the same
period in the prior year,  representing  a $2,000  decrease.  An analysis of the
allowance for loan losses follows:

          LOAN LOSS RESERVE

           Balance December 31, 1997                          $      634,000
           Provision for loan losses                                   2,000
           Charge offs                                                    --
           Recoveries                                                  5,000
                                                              ---------------
           Balance March 31, 1998                             $      641,000
                                                              ===============

                                       48
<PAGE>



     The level of the allowance is based upon management's ongoing review of the
loan portfolio and includes the present and prospective  financial  condition of
borrowers,  consideration of actual loan loss experience and projected  economic
conditions in general and for the Bank's service areas in particular.

     Noninterest  income.  Noninterest  income  consists  primarily  of  service
charges  and  fees  associated  with  the  Bank's  loan  and  savings  accounts.
Noninterest  income  decreased  $1,000 from  $33,000 for the three  months ended
March 31, 1997 to $32,000 at to March 31, 1998.

     Noninterest  expense.  Noninterest  expense consists primarily of operating
expenses for compensation and related  benefits,  occupancy,  federal  insurance
premiums and operating  assessments  and data processing  charges.  Non-interest
expense increased by $28,000 from $461,000 at March 31, 1997 to $489,000 for the
three  months  ended March 31,  1998.  This  increase  was due  primarily  to an
increase in salaries and employee benefits.

     Income Tax Expense. The Bank had no tax expense at March 31, 1998, compared
to income tax expense of $5,000 at March 31, 1997.  At December  31,  1997,  the
Bank had operating loss  carryforwards  of approximately  $387,000  available to
offset against future taxable income.  The Bank expects to use its net operating
loss carryforward in its entirety by the end of fiscal year 1998.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Liquidity is a measure of the Bank's ability to generate sufficient cash to
meet present and future financial  obligations in a timely manner through either
the sale or maturity of existing assets or the  acquisition of additional  funds
through  liability  management.  These  obligations  include the credit needs of
customers,  funding deposit  withdrawals,  and the day-to-day  operations of the
Bank. Liquid assets include cash,  interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal
funds  sold,  and  certain  investment  securities.  As a result  of the  Bank's
management  of liquid  assets and the  ability  to  generate  liquidity  through
liability funding, management believes that the Bank maintains overall liquidity
sufficient  to satisfy  its  depositors'  requirements  and meet its  customers'
credit needs.

     As of March 31, 1998, cash, federal funds sold, held-to-maturity investment
securities   maturing   within  one  year  and   available-for-sale   securities
represented  50.22% of  deposits  and other  liabilities,  compared to 52.51% at
December 31, 1997.

CAPITAL

     Management  continuously reviews the capital position of the Bank to insure
compliance with minimum  regulatory  requirements,  as well as exploring ways to
increase capital either by retained earnings or other means.

     Banks are required to maintain  minimum  risk-based  capital ratios.  These
ratios compare  capital,  as defined by the risk- based  regulations,  to assets
adjusted  for their  relative  risk as  defined by the  regulations.  Guidelines
required banks to have a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio, as defined,  of 4.00% and
a minimum Tier 2 capital ratio of 8.00%,  and a minimum 4.00%  leverage  capital
ratio.  On March 31, 1998,  the Bank's Tier 1 capital ratio was 17.4% and Tier 2
capital ratio was 18.6% and leverage ratio was 10.8%.

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

     Beginning  in 1996,  the  management  team  implemented  a growth  oriented
strategy   designed  to  enhance  the  Bank's   franchise  value  and  operating
profitability  by increasing the size and quality of the Bank's  assets.  In the
initial  stages of this  strategy,  the Bank focused on improving  its long term
profitability  by strengthening  the quality of the Bank's loan portfolio.  This
policy  caused  an  increase  in  collection  efforts  on past  due  loans,  the
collateralization  of  previously  unsecured  loans and a decision  not to renew
certain lending  relationships.  As a result, total assets decreased by $625,000
during  1997,  from  $46.1  million at  December  31,  1996 to $45.4  million at
December 31, 1997. This decrease in total assets was caused


                                       49

<PAGE>



primarily  by a $1.8  million  decrease  in net  loans,  from  $24.6  million at
December 31, 1996 to $22.8  million at December  31,  1997.  Although the policy
resulted in decreases in total assets and net loans during fiscal year 1997, the
Bank believes that this policy has increased the size of the non-criticized loan
portfolio, which has positively impacted earnings,

     Stockholders'  equity at December 31, 1997 was $4.7 million, as compared to
$3.5 million on December 31, 1996. The increase in stockholders'  equity was due
to net income  for the year of  $571,000  and to the  exercise  of common  stock
purchase  warrants  during the year.  In connection  with the Private  Placement
Offering  completed  on June 15,  1993,  the Bank  issued  240,002  warrants  to
purchase stock at $2.50 per share,  exercisable on or before  December 31, 1997.
All  such  warrants  were  exercised  in  1997,  resulting  in  an  increase  to
stockholders'  equity of $600,000 for the year ended  December  31,  1997.  Book
value per share increased from $2.84 per share on December 31, 1996 to $3.18 per
share on December 31, 1997.

     Total deposits  decreased  4.2%, from $42.4 million at December 31, 1996 to
$40.6  million at December 31,  1997.  The decline in deposits was the result of
the Bank's  decision to reduce  interest rates paid on certain  certificates  of
deposit   products  to   prevailing   market  rates  in  order  to  enhance  the
profitability of the Bank.

     The  Bank's  return on  average  assets was 1.33% and its return on average
equity was 15.24% in fiscal year 1997.  The Bank's return on average  assets was
0.87% and its return on average equity was 12.05% in fiscal year 1996.

     The Bank is required to meet certain capital requirements as established by
the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  At December  31, 1997 and 1996,  the Bank met all
capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

     Net  Income.  Net income for the year ended  December  31,  1997  increased
$168,000  to  $571,000,  or $0.45  basic  earnings  per share  ($0.44 per share,
assuming  dilution),  from net income of $403,000,  or $0.32 basic  earnings per
share ($0.32 per share, assuming dilution) for the year ended December 31, 1996.
The  increase in net income is  primarily  due to an increase of $136,000 in net
interest  income to $2.1 million for the year ended  December 31, 1997 from $2.0
million for the year ended December 31, 1996.

     Interest  Income.  The major  component  of the Bank's net  earnings is net
interest  income,  which is the excess of  interest  income on  interest-earning
assets over the interest expense on interest-bearing  liabilities.  Net interest
income is affected by changes in volume resulting from growth and alterations of
the  balance  sheet  composition  as  well as  fluctuations  in  interest  rates
("interest rate spread") and maturities of sources and uses of funds. The Bank's
management  seeks to maximize net interest  income by managing the balance sheet
and  determining  the optimal  product mix with  respect to yields on assets and
costs of funds in light of projected economic  conditions,  while maintaining an
acceptable level of risk.

     Interest  income totaled $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997,
a decrease of $164,000 or 4.8% from $3.4  million  from the year ended  December
31, 1996.  This  decrease in interest  income was due to a $121,000  decrease in
interest on federal  funds sold with lower yields on loans.  Interest on federal
funds sold  decreased  because of the  decrease in  deposits,  resulting in less
federal funds  available to sell. The decrease in interest income is also due in
part to a decrease in the loan portfolio which resulted from management's policy
to improve the overall quality of the Bank's loan portfolio. Net loans decreased
by $1.8 million or 7.4% from December 31, 1996 to December 31, 1997.

     Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $300,000, or 21.3%, from
$ 1.4 million for the year ended  December 31, 1996 to $1.1 million for the year
ended  December 31, 1997.  This  decrease was  primarily due to the $4.6 million
decrease in the average  balance of  interest-  bearing  liabilities  from $34.8
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $30.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997.  The decrease  also  resulted  from a decrease in the average
rate  paid on  interest-  bearing  liabilities  from  4.05%  to  3.68%  due to a
management  decision  not to renew  Certificates  of  Deposit  at  higher  rates
previously offered.

     Net Interest  Income.  Net interest  income  increased by $ 136,000 or 6.8%
from $2.0  million for the year ended  December 31, 1996 to $2.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997.

     The  Bank's  net  interest  margin  (net  interest  income  expressed  as a
percentage of total average  interest-earning assets) increased to 5.25% for the
year ended December 31, 1997 compared to 4.54% for the year ended December 31,


                                       50

<PAGE>



1996. The Bank's net yield (the average yield earned on interest-earning  assets
less the average rate incurred on interest  bearing  liabilities)  was 4.29% and
3.69% for the years ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, respectively.

     Noninterest Income. Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 1997
was $181,000, representing an increase of $62,000 from the noninterest income of
$119,000  for the year  ended  December  31,  1996.  This  increase  was  caused
primarily  by an increase  in service  charges on deposit  accounts  and $47,000
representing gains on the sale of government securities during 1997.

     Noninterest  Expense.  Noninterest  expense consists primarily of operating
expenses for compensation and related  benefits,  occupancy,  federal  insurance
premiums and operating assessments, and equipment expenses.  Noninterest expense
increased  $111,000 or 6.5% from $1.7  million for the year ended  December  31,
1996 to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. This increase was due
in part to an increase in salaries and employee  benefits  expense of $54,000 or
6.1% from $899,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $953,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Other operating  expenses increased by $60,000 or 11.5%
from  $520,000  to  $580,000  for the years  ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.  This  increase  was due to a normal  increase in data  processing
service  contract  charges of $8,000 from 1996 to 1997;  increases in stationery
and supply expense of $17,000 primarily due to additional  printing expenses for
brochures for the loan department and other printing costs; and increases due to
advertising expense increasing $8,000, the payment of directors' fees of $19,000
in 1997, and an increase of $5,000 in charitable contributions by the Bank.

     Income  Taxes.  The Bank had an income tax  benefit of $85,000 for the year
ended  December  31,  1997 and had no income  tax  liability  for the year ended
December  31,  1996.  At  December  31,  1997,   the  Bank  has  operating  loss
carryforwards  of  approximately  $387,000  that may be  offset  against  future
taxable income.  The Bank expects to use its net operating loss  carryforward in
its entirety by the end of fiscal year 1998.

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

     The Bank's  total  assets  decreased  $799,000 or 1.7% to $46.1  million at
December 31, 1996,  from $46.9 million at December 31, 1995. Net loans increased
$925,000,  or 3.9%,  from $23.7 million at December 31, 1995 to $24.6 million at
December  31, 1996.  This  increase  was due to  increased  loan  demand.  Total
deposits  decreased $1.1 million,  or 2.65%,  from $43.5 million at December 31,
1995 to $42.4  million at  December  31,  1996.  The  decrease  in  deposits  is
primarily due to a decrease in attorney escrow accounts.  Federal Funds sold and
securities  purchased under an agreement to resell  decreased $11.8 million from
1995 to 1996 and securities available-for-sale increased $10.6 million from 1995
to  1996.  This  shift  in  assets  was a  result  of the  Bank  converting  its
investments from federal funds sold into higher yielding government securities.

     The Bank's return on average  assets was 0.87% for the year ended  December
31, 1996 as compared to 0.46% for the year ended  December 31, 1995.  The Bank's
return on average  stockholder  equity was 12.05% and 5.89% for the years  ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Stockholders' equity at December 31,
1996 was $3.5  million,  as compared to $3.1 million on December 31, 1995.  This
increase was due to net income for the year ended  December 31, 1996 of $403,000
Book value per share  increased  from $2.52 per share on  December  31,  1995 to
$2.84 per share on December 31, 1996.

     The Bank is required to meet certain capital requirements as established by
the Federal  Reserve  Board.  At December  31, 1996 and 1995,  the Banks met all
capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

     Net Income.  Net income for the year ended  December 31, 1996 was $403,000,
representing an increase of $220,000, or 120.9%, over the net income of $183,000
for the year ended  December  31, 1995.  On a per share  basis,  the Bank earned
$0.32 basic  earnings  per share  ($0.32 per share,  assuming  dilution) in 1996
compared  with  $0.15  basic  earnings  per share  ($0.15  per  share,  assuming
dilution) in 1995.

     Interest  Income.  The major  component  of the Bank's net  earnings is net
interest  income,  which is the excess of  interest  income on  interest-earning
assets over the interest expense on interest-bearing  liabilities.  Net interest
income is affected by changes in volume resulting from growth and alterations of
the balance sheet composition as well as fluctuations


                                       51

<PAGE>



in interest rates ("interest rate spread") and maturities of sources and uses of
funds.  The Bank's  management seeks to maximize net interest income by managing
the balance sheet and determining the optimal product mix with respect to yields
on assets and costs of funds in light of projected  economic  conditions,  while
maintaining an acceptable level of risk.

     The  Bank's  net  interest  margin  (net  interest  income  expressed  as a
percentage of total average  interest-earning assets) decreased to 4.54% for the
year ended  December 31, 1996 compared to 4.93% for the year ended  December 31,
1995.  The Bank's net yield  (the  average  rate  incurred  on  interest-bearing
liabilities)  was 3.69% and 3.96% for the years ended  December  31,  1996,  and
December 31, 1995, respectively.

     Interest  income  increased  $372,000 or 12.2% to $3.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996 over the year ended December 31, 1995.  This increase in
interest  income was primarily due to an increase in income from the  investment
portfolio.

     Interest  income on loans  decreased  $78,000 from $2.4 million at December
31, 1995 to $2.3 million at December 31, 1996. This decrease occurred  primarily
because of competitive  pressure on loan pricing.  Interest income on securities
increased by $504,000, or 157.8%, from $320,000 at December 31, 1995 to $823,000
at December 31, 1996. This increase was due primarily to the increased volume of
investment in securities.

     Interest  Expense.  Total Interest Expense increased  $246,000,  or 21. 1%,
from $1.2  million at December 3 1, 1995 to $1.4  million at December  31, 1996.
Interest expense on interest checking  deposits  increased from $417,000 for the
year ended  December 31, 1995 to $453,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1996.
The increase in total interest  expense is primarily due to a $210,000  increase
in  interest  paid on  certificates  of deposit  and a $36,000  increase  in the
interest paid on checking deposits. The balance of interest checking deposits on
the balance sheet increased $2.5 million,  or 18.3%,  from $13.7 million for the
year ended  December 31, 1995 to $16.2  million for the year ended  December 31,
1996.

     Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $126,000, or 6.7%, in
the year ended December 31, 1996 over the same period of 1995.  This increase in
net  interest  income  occurred  because of an  increase  in bond income and the
increased  volume of investment in  securities,  which  outpaced the increase in
deposit interest expense.

     Noninterest Income, Noninterest Income amounted to $98,000 and $119,000 for
the years  ended  December  31,  1995,  and  December  31,  1996,  respectively.
Noninterest  income  consists  primarily of service  charges and fees associated
with the Bank's loan and savings  accounts.  The $21,000  increase  from 1995 to
1996 was due primarily to an increase in service charges on deposit accounts.

     Noninterest  Expense.  Noninterest  expense consists primarily of operating
expenses for compensation and related  benefits,  occupancy,  federal  insurance
premiums and operating  assessments  and data  processing  charges.  Total other
expenses  decreased  $129,000 from $1.9 million for the year ended  December 31,
1995 to $1.7 million for the year ended  December 31,  1996.  This  decrease was
primarily the result of reduced overhead,  achieved through a reduction of legal
fees to  collect  loans,  FDIC  insurance  premiums  and  other  expenses.  FDIC
insurance  premiums  decreased  $58,000  from  December 31, 1995 to December 31,
1996.  Professional fees decreased $62,000,  or 32.7%, from $191,000 at December
31, 1995 to $129,000 at December 31, 1996.

     Income Taxes. The Bank had no tax expense at December 31, 1996, compared to
income tax expense of $31,000 at December  31, 1995.  At December 31, 1996,  the
Bank had  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $849,000  that were
available  to offset  future  taxable  income and which will expire over various
years from the year 2006 to the year 2010.

AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST AND AVERAGE YIELDS

     The following table sets forth  information  relating to the Bank's average
balance  sheet and  reflects  the average  yield on assets and  average  cost of
liabilities  for the periods  indicated and the average  yields earned and rates
paid for the  periods  indicated.  Such yields and costs are derived by dividing
income or expense  by the  average  daily  balances  of assets and  liabilities,
respectively, for the periods presented.


                                       52

<PAGE>

   AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSES AND AVERAGE YIELDS AND RATES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    MARCH 31,                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 
                                       -------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1998                         1997                            1996             
                                       -------------------------------- -----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                    INTEREST                      INTEREST                       INTEREST           
                                           AVERAGE  INCOME/   AVERAGE    AVERAGE  INCOME/    AVERAGE   AVERAGE   INCOME/    AVERAGE 
                                           BALANCE  EXPENSE  YIELD/RATE  BALANCE  EXPENSE  YIELD/RATE  BALANCE   EXPENSE  YIELD/RATE
                                           -------  -------  ----------  -------  -------  ----------  -------   -------  ----------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>       <C>          <C>   
EARNING ASSETS:
Loans receivable(1)....................   $ 23,580  $ 553       9.38%    $ 24,533 $ 2,286      9.32%   $ 24,458  $ 2,322      9.49% 
Investment securities, taxable.........     14,732    225       6.11       13,432     816      6.08      14,597      823      5.64  
Federal funds sold.....................      4,097     59       5.76        2,867     154      5.37       5,148      275      5.34  
                                          --------  -----       ----     -------- -------      ----    --------  -------      ----  
   Total earning assets................     42,409    837       7.89       40,832   3,256      7.97      44,203    3,420      7.74  
                                          --------  -----       ----     -------- -------      ----    --------  -------      ----  

NON-EARNING ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks................      1,760                          1,649                         1,891                     
Other Assets                                   493                            414                           444                     
                                          --------                       --------                      --------                     
   Total non-earning assets............      2,253                          2,063                         2,335                     
                                          --------                       --------                      --------                     
   Total Assets                           $ 44,662                       $ 42,895                      $ 46,538                     
                                          ========                       ========                      ========                     

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
   Interest-bearing demand (NOW) deposits $  5,406   $ 31       2.29%    $  5,073     113      2.23%   $  5,495      119      2.17% 
   Money market deposits...............      9,446     77       3.26       10,377     330      3.19      10,535      335      3.18  
   Savings deposits....................      3,312     24       2.90        3,369      99      2.94       3,259       97      2.98  
   Time deposits.......................     11,338    142       5.01       11,196     561      5.01      15,511      860      5.54  
   Federal funds purchased.............        354      3       3.39          159       7      4.40           -        -         -  
                                          --------  -----       ----     -------- -------      ----    --------  -------      ----  
     Total interest-bearing liabilities     29,856    277       3.71       30,174   1,111      3.68      34,800    1,411      4.05  
                                          --------  -----       ----     -------- -------      ----    --------  -------      ----  

NON-INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Demand deposits........................      9,868                          8,829                         8,222                     
Other liabilities......................        139                            145                           172                     
                                          --------                       --------                      --------                     
   Total non-interest-bearing liabilities   10,007                          8,974                         8,394                     
                                          --------                       --------                      --------                     
Stockholders' equity...................      4,799                          3,747                         3,344                     
                                          --------                       --------                      --------                     
   Total liabilities and stockholders'
      equity                              $ 44,662                       $ 42,895                      $ 46,538                     
                                          ========                       ========                      ========                     
Interest spread........................                         4.18%                          4.29%                          3.69% 
Net interest margin....................             $ 560       5.28%             $ 2,145      5.25%             $ 2,009      4.54% 
                                                                                  =======                        =======            
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,   
                                           ---------------------------------
                                                          1995              
                                           --------------------------------- 
                                                         INTEREST           
                                            AVERAGE     INCOME/    AVERAGE  
                                            BALANCE     EXPENSE  YIELD/RATE 
                                            -------     -------  ---------- 
<S>                                         <C>          <C>         <C>    
EARNING ASSETS:                                                             
Loans receivable(1)....................     $ 26,346     $ 2,399     9.11%  
Investment securities, taxable.........        6,082         320     5.26   
Federal funds sold.....................        5,782         329     5.69   
                --                          --------     -------     ----   
   Total earning assets................       38,210       3,048     7.98   
                --                          --------     -------     ----   
                                                                            
NON-EARNING ASSETS:                                                         
Cash and due from banks................        1,899                        
Other Assets                                      34                        
                                            --------                        
   Total non-earning assets............        1,933                        
                                            --------                        
   Total Assets                             $ 40,143                        
                                            ========                        
                                                                            
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:                                               
Deposits:                                                                   
   Interest-bearing demand (NOW) deposits   $  5,745         147     2.56%  
   Money market deposits...............        7,921         270     3.41   
   Savings deposits....................        3,619         115     3.18   
   Time deposits.......................       11,727         633     5.40   
   Federal funds purchased.............            -           -        -   
                --                          --------     -------     ----   
     Total interest-bearing liabilities       29,012       1,165     4.02   
                --                          --------     -------     ----   
                                                                            
NON-INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:                                           
Demand deposits........................        7,879                        
Other liabilities......................          144                        
                                            --------                        
   Total non-interest-bearing liabilities      8,023                        
                                            --------                        
Stockholders' equity...................        3,108                        
                                            --------                        
   Total liabilities and stockholders'                                      
      equity                                $ 40,143                        
                                            ========                        
Interest spread........................                              3.96%  
Net interest margin....................                  $ 1,883     4.93%  
                                                         =======            
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  Non-accrual  loan  balances  are  included  in the  calculation  of average
     balances.


                                      -53-

<PAGE>



                            RATE AND VOLUME ANALYSIS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED                     YEAR ENDED
                                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1997               DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED               COMPARED TO                     COMPARED TO
                                             MARCH 31, 1998              DECEMBER 31, 1996               DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                       COMPARED TO MARCH 31, 1997    INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO     INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       RATE     VOLUME     TOTAL     RATE     VOLUME     TOTAL     RATE     VOLUME    TOTAL
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
INTEREST EARNED ON:
Loans receivable, net ..............   $  23    $ (36)    $ (13)    $ (43)    $   7     $ (36)    $ 107     $(184)    $ (77)
Investment securities, taxable .....       9       17        26       304      (311)       (7)       25       478       503
Federal funds sold .................       2       29        31         2      (123)     (121)      (19)      (35)      (54)
                                       -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
     Total interest income .........      34       10        44       263      (427)     (164)      113       259       372
                                       -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
INTEREST PAID ON:
   Interest-bearing (NOW)
     deposits ......................       2        0         2         3        (9)       (6)      (22)       (6)      (28)
   Money market deposits ...........       4      (10)       (6)        1        (5)       (4)      (17)       82        65
   Savings deposits ................       0        0         0        (1)        3         2        (7)      (11)      (18)
   Time deposits ...................       0       (6)       (6)      (77)     (222)     (299)       17       210       227
   Federal funds purchased .........       3        0         3      --           7         7      --        --        --
                                       -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
     Total interest expense ........       9      (16)       (7)      (74)     (226)     (300)      (29)      275       246
                                       -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
     Net interest income ...........   $  25    $  26     $  51     $ 337     $(201)    $ 136     $ 142     $ (16)    $ 126
                                       =====    =====     =====     =====     =====     =====     =====     =====     =====
</TABLE>

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

     An  important  element  of  both  earnings  performance  and  liquidity  is
management of interest rate sensitivity.  Interest rate sensitivity reflects the
potential  effect on net interest  income of a movement in interest  rates.  The
difference between the Bank's  interest-sensitive  assets and interest-sensitive
liabilities  for a  specified  time frame is  referred  to as "gap." A financial
institution is considered to be asset-sensitive,  or having a positive gap, when
the amount of its  earning  assets  maturing  or  repricing  within a given time
period exceeds the amount of its  interest-bearing  liabilities also maturing or
repricing  within  that time  period.  Conversely,  a financial  institution  is
considered to be liability-sensitive, or have a negative gap, when the amount of
its  interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing or repricing  within a given period
exceeds the amount of earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time
period.  During a period of rising  interest rates, a positive gap would tend to
increase net interest income, while a negative gap would tend to have an adverse
effect on net interest  income.  During a period of falling  interest  rates,  a
positive gap would tend to have an adverse effect on net interest income,  while
a negative gap would tend to increase net interest income.

     The Bank evaluates interest sensitivity risk and then formulates guidelines
regarding  asset  generation  and  pricing,  funding  sources and  pricing,  and
off-balance  sheet  commitments  in order to decrease  sensitivity  risk.  These
guidelines are based upon  management's  outlook  regarding future interest rate
movements,  the state of the regional and national  economy and other  financial
and  business  risk  factors.  The Bank uses a static  gap model and a  computer
simulation to measure the effect on net interest income of various interest rate
scenarios over selected time periods. The gap can be managed by repricing assets
or  liabilities,  selling  investments  held  for  sale,  replacing  an asset or
liability prior to maturity or adjusting the interest rate during the life of an
asset or  liability.  Matching  the amount of assets and  liabilities  repricing
during the same time  interval  helps to reduce the risk and minimize the impact
on net interest income in periods of rising or falling interest rates.

     As of March 31, 1998,  the Bank's static  one-year  cumulative gap to total
interest-sensitive assets position was (20.9)% and the Bank was, therefore, in a
liability-sensitive  position.  It is the Bank's  policy to control  the mix and
rate  sensitivity of assets and liabilities such that the revolving gap (the gap
is less than one year) will never exceed 10% (positive or negative) of assets.


                                       54

<PAGE>

         The following table  illustrates the interest  sensitivity gap position
of the Bank as of March 31, 1998  (focusing  only on  repricing  schedules,  not
fixed versus variable rates).  This table presents a position as of a particular
day, which position changes continually and is not necessarily indicative of the
Bank's position at any other time.

                          INTEREST SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
                                 MARCH 31, 1998

                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   MATURING OR REPRICING IN:
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   MORE
                                                      3 MONTHS         4-12         1 TO 5         THAN 
                                                      OR LESS         MONTHS        YEARS        5 YEARS          TOTAL
                                                   --------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>     
INTEREST-SENSITIVE ASSETS:                                                                                 
Loans (1) ........................................   $  8,723        $  6,884        6,364       $  1,660      $ 23,631
Securities .......................................         --           2,442       10,713          1,135        14,290
Federal funds sold ...............................      4,250              --           --             --         4,250
                                                     --------        --------       ------       --------      --------
Total interest-sensitive assets ..................   $ 12,973        $  9,326       17,077       $  2,795      $ 42,171
                                                     ========        ========       ======       ========      ========
INTEREST-SENSITIVE LIABILITIES:                                                                            
Certificates of deposit greater than $100,000 ....   $  1,119        $  2,550          390             --      $  4,059
     Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 ..      1,270           3,778        2,269             --         7,317
     Super NOW accounts/Money Market deposit                                                               
     accounts(2) .................................     19,012              --           --             --        19,012
                                                     --------        --------       ------       --------      --------
Total interest-sensitive liabilities .............   $ 21,401        $  6,328        2,659       $     --      $ 30,388
                                                     ========        ========       ======       ========      ========
                                                                                                           
Period gap .......................................   $ (8,428)       $  2,998       14,418          2,795      $ 11,783
                                                                                                           
Cumulative gap ...................................   $ (8,428)       $ (5,430)       8,988       $ 11,783  
                                                                                                           
Ratio of cumulative interest-sensitive liabilities                                                         
to interest-sensitive assets .....................     164.97%         124.35%       77.17%         72.06%   
                                                     ========        ========       ======       ========  
</TABLE>

- ------------------
(1)  Excludes non-accrual loans.

(2)  Non-certificate  deposit accounts are shown as repricing within the 3 month
     or  less  timeframe,  although  the  Bank  believes,  based  on  historical
     experience, that such deposits are less interest sensitive.


                         ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

LOAN PORTFOLIO

     The loan portfolio is the largest category of the Bank's earning assets and
is comprised of commercial  real estate  loans,  commercial  loans,  home equity
loans,  construction  loans,  consumer loans and participation  loans with other
financial  institutions.  The  primary  markets  in which the Bank  makes  loans
include the town of McLean,  Virginia and Fairfax County,  Virginia.  The mix of
the  loan  portfolio  is  weighted  toward  loans  secured  by real  estate  and
commercial   loans.   In   management's   opinion,   there  are  no  significant
concentrations   of  credit  with  particular   borrowers   engaged  in  similar
activities.

     Net loans  consist of total  loans  minus the  allowance  for loan  losses,
unearned  discounts  and  deferred  loan  fees.  The Bank's net loans were $23.2
million at March 31, 1998,  representing a 2.0% increase over net loans of $22.8
million at December 31, 1997. Net loans  decreased 7.4% in 1997,  from a balance
of $24.6 million at December 31, 1996.  The average  balance of total loans as a
percentage of average  earning assets was 55.6% for the three months ended March
31,  1998,  down from 60.1% for 1997.  The  average  balance of total loans as a
percentage of average earnings assets was 55.3% for 1996.

     In the normal  course of business,  the Bank makes various  commitments  to
meet  the  financing  needs  of its  customers  and  incurs  certain  contingent
liabilities  which are disclosed  but not reflected in the financial  statements
contained in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus including standby letters of credit
and  commitments to extend credit.  At March 31, 1998,  commitments  for standby
letters of credit totaled $203,000 and commitments to extend credit totaled $6.2
million. Commitments for standby letters of credit totaled $191,000 and $274,000
at  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Commitments  to extend  credit
totaled   $5.2  million  and  $4.9  million  at  December  31,  1997  and  1996,
respectively.


                                       55

<PAGE>



     The following table summarizes the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio
at the periods indicated:

                                 LOAN PORTFOLIO
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     AT MARCH 31,                                             DECEMBER 31,
                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         1998              1997               1996               1995               1994                1993
                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    AMOUNT   PERCENT  AMOUNT   PERCENT    AMOUNT  PERCENT  AMOUNT    PERCENT   AMOUNT  PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT
                    ------   -------  ------   -------    ------  -------  ------    -------   ------  -------    ------    -------
<S>                 <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>  
Real estate:
Mortgage..........  $18,761   75.0%  $17,532    75.0    $19,524    77.5%    8,735      76.9%  $21,219     77.4%  $22,313     75.6%
Construction......      446    1.8       448     1.9        633     2.5       147       0.6       305      1.1       216      0.7
Commercial........    3,472   14.6     4,191    17.9      4,210    18.6     4,526      18.6     4,851     17.7     5,767     19.6
Consumer..........    1,163    4.9     1,219     5.2        835     3.3       938       3.9     1,051      3.8     1,221      4.1
                     ------  -----    ------   -----     ------   -----    ------     -----    ------    -----    ------    ----- 
Loans, gross......   23,842  100.0%   23,390   100.0%    25,202   100.0%   24,346     100.0%   27,426    100.0%   29,517    100.0%
                             -----             -----              -----               -----              -----              -----
Less:  allowance
  for loan losses.     (641)            (634)              (617)             (685)             (1,164)              (959)
                    -------          -------            -------           -------             -------            -------
Loans, net........  $23,201          $22,756            $24,585           $23,661             $26,262            $28,558
                    =======          =======            =======           =======             =======            =======
</TABLE>

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  with respect to the
Bank's  non-accrual,  restructured  and past due  loans,  as well as  foreclosed
assets, for the periods indicated.

                              NON-PERFORMING ASSETS
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                            AT MARCH 31,    ------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1998          1997        1996        1995         1994        1993
                                                              ----          ----        ----        ----         ----        ----
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>   
Non-accrual loans......................................       $211          $222        $465        $445         $  594     $  775
Real estate owned......................................        263           263         263         300            500        800
                                                              ----          ----        ----        ----         ------     ------
Total non-performing loans.............................       $474          $485        $728        $745         $1,094     $1,575
                                                              ----          ----        ----        ----         ------     ------
Loans past due 90 or more days accruing interest.......         55             7          --         268            260         35
Non-performing loans to total loans, at period end.....        0.9%          0.9%        1.8%        1.8%           2.2%       2.6%
Non-performing assets to period end assets.............        1.1%          1.1%        1.6%        1.6%           2.6%       3.5%
Non-performing assets: total loans and other real
estate owned...........................................        2.0%          2.1%        2.9%        3.0%           3.9%       5.2%
</TABLE>

     The amount of interest on non-accrual  loans which would have been recorded
as income  under the  original  terms of such loans was  approximately  $34,300,
$10,800,  and $6,200  for the years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,
respectively.  Loans  are  placed  on  non-accrual  when a loan is  specifically
determined  to be impaired or when  principal or interest is  delinquent  for 90
days or more.

     In addition to the nonaccrual  loans, past due loans, and other real estate
owned  listed  above,  loans  totaling  $3.4 million or 14.37% of total loans at
March 31, 1998 were either internally classified or specially mentioned, require
more than normal  attention,  and are potential  problem loans.  These potential
problem loans represent a decrease from $3.6 million of potential problem loans,
or 15.4% of total loans, at December 31, 1997.

     The real estate  owned of  $263,000 at March 31, 1998  consists of a single
piece of industrial property located in Loudoun County,  Virginia.  The property
is not currently under any contract for sale.

LOAN MATURITY

     The following table shows the  contractual  maturity at March 31, 1998. The
table reflects the entire unpaid  principal  balance in the maturity period that
includes the final loan payment date and,  accordingly,  does not give effect to
periodic principal repayments or possible prepayments.


                                       56

<PAGE>



                     MATURITY AND RATE SENSITIVITY OF LOANS
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AT MARCH 31, 1998
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  OVER ONE YEAR
                                               THROUGH FIVE YEARS                      OVER FIVE YEARS
                                ONE YEAR  -------------------------------       -----------------------------
                                OR LESS   FIXED RATE        FLOATING RATE       FIXED RATE      FLOATING RATE
                                -------   ----------        -------------       ----------      -------------

<S>                           <C>           <C>                 <C>                <C>               <C> 
Commercial                    $ 1,605       $ 495               $ 887              $ 173             $ 312

Real estate-construction      $   446       $  --               $  --              $  --             $  --
                              -------       -----               -----              -----             -----
                              $ 2,051       $ 495               $ 887              $ 173             $ 312
                              =======       =====               =====              =====             =====
                               
</TABLE>


ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     In  originating  loans,  the Bank  recognizes  that  credit  losses will be
experienced  and the risk of loss will vary with,  among other  things,  general
economic  conditions,  the type of loan being made, the  creditworthiness of the
borrower  over the term of the loan and, in the case of a  collateralized  loan,
the quality of the collateral for such loan. The Bank maintains an allowance for
loan losses  based  upon,  among other  things,  such  factors as changes in the
character  and size of the loan  portfolio and related loan loss  experience,  a
review and  examination of overall loan quality which includes the assessment of
problem  loans,  the  amount  of  non-performing  assets,  regulatory  policies,
generally accepted accounting principles, general economic conditions, and other
factors  related to the  collectability  of loans in the Bank's  portfolios.  In
addition  to  unallocated  allowances,  specific  allowances  are  provided  for
individual  loans  when  ultimate  collection  is  considered   questionable  by
management  after reviewing the current status of loans which are  contractually
past due and after  considering  the net realizable  value of any collateral for
the loan.

     Management  actively  monitors  the Bank's  asset  quality in a  continuing
effort to charge-off  loans against the allowance for loan losses and to provide
specific loss allowances when necessary.  Although  management  believes it uses
the best  information  available  to make  determinations  with  respect  to the
allowance  for loan  losses,  future  adjustments  may be  necessary if economic
conditions   differ   from  the   assumptions   used  in  making   the   initial
determinations.  The Bank's allowance for loan losses was $641,000,  or 2.69% of
total loans as of March 31, 1998 and was $634,000,  or 2.71%% of total loans, as
of December 31, 1997, $617,000, or 2.45% of total loans, as of December 31, 1996
and $685,000, or 2.81% of total loans, as of December 31, 1995.

     Management  believes the allowance is adequate to absorb losses inherent in
the loan  portfolio.  The Bank  expects  that its  allowance  for loan losses is
adequate and that with the expected increases in the Bank's loan portfolio,  the
allowance for loan losses  remains  adequate.  The Bank expects to grow its loan
portfolio and believes it has adequate reserves in the allowance for loan losses
to mirror the growth in the loan portfolio.

     In view of the  Bank's  plans  for  expansion  and  possible  loan  growth,
management will continue to closely monitor the performance of its portfolio and
make additional provisions as necessary.  The Bank does not presently anticipate
that such provisions  will have a material  adverse impact on the Bank's results
of operations in future periods.


                                       57

<PAGE>


         An analysis of the  allowance  for loan  losses,  including  charge-off
activity, is presented below:

                            ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,
                                            AT MARCH 31,    ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1998          1997         1996         1995         1994         1993
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>    
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES:
Balance at beginning of year ..............   $   634       $   617       $   685      $ 1,164       $   959      $ 1,124

CHARGE-OFFS:
Commercial ................................      --               8            70          360            85          364
Real estate ...............................      --              50            34          158           234          283
Consumer ..................................      --               3             5            2             5           37
                                              -------       -------       -------      -------       -------      -------
Total loans charged off ...................      --              61           109          520           324          684
                                              -------       -------       -------      -------       -------      -------

RECOVERIES:
Commercial ................................         5            60            15           32            35           46
Real estate ...............................      --              14            26           96          --              1
Consumer ..................................      --            --            --           --               6         --
                                              -------       -------       -------      -------       -------      -------
Total recoveries ..........................         5            74            41          128            41           47
                                              -------       -------       -------      -------       -------      -------

Net charge-offs (recoveries) ..............        (5)          (13)           68          392           283          637

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses ...         2             4          --            (87)          488          472
                                              -------       -------       -------      -------       -------      -------

Balance at end of year ....................   $   641       $   634       $   617      $   685       $ 1,164      $   959
                                              -------       -------       -------      -------       -------      -------

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to
average loans outstanding .................     (0.05)%       (0.02)%        0.28%        1.49%         0.95%        1.98%

Ratio of allowance for loan
losses to loans at year-end ...............      2.69%         2.71%         2.45%        2.81%         4.24%        3.25%
</TABLE>


                                       58

<PAGE>
     A breakdown of the  allowance  for loan losses is provided in the following
table.  However,  the Bank's  management does not believe that the allowance for
loan losses can be allocated by category  with a degree of precision  that would
be useful to investors.  Because all of these factors are subject to change, the
allocation of loan losses in the following table is not  necessarily  predictive
of future loan losses in the  indicated  categories.  See Note 1 of the notes to
the financial statements for further information regarding the classification of
loan losses.

                     ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AT DECEMBER 31,
                  AT MARCH 31,      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        1998              1997              1996               1995              1994              1993
                  ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------------ -----------------
                  AMOUNT PERCENT(1) AMOUNT PERCENT(1) AMOUNT PERCENT(1) AMOUNT PERCENT(1)  AMOUNT PERCENT(1) AMOUNT PERCENT(1)
                  ------ --------- ------ ----------  ------ ---------- ------ ---------- ------ ----------  ------ ----------
<S>                <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>  
Commercial........ $110     14.6%    $109    17.9%     $105   16.7%     $ 88     18.6%     $  456    17.7%   $337     19.6%
Real Estate                                                                                      
Mortgage and
Construction......  506     80.5      502     76.9      492   80.0       560     77.5         656    78.5     569     76.3
Consumer..........   25      4.9       23      5.2       20    3.3        37      3.9          52     3.8      52      4.1
                   ----              ----              ----             ----               ------              --
Total allowance   
for loan losses... $641              $634              $617             $685               $1,164            $959
                   ====              ====              ====             ====               ======            ====
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  Represents percentage of loans in each category to total loans.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     The Bank is required to maintain an amount of liquid assets  appropriate to
its level of net savings  withdrawals and current  borrowings.  It has generally
been the Bank's policy to maintain a liquidity portfolio in excess of regulatory
requirements.  At March 31, 1998, the Bank's  liquidity  ratio was 50.22%.  As a
result of the Bank's  secondary  stock  offering in May of 1998,  the Bank's pro
forma liquidity ratio was 59.7%.  Liquidity levels may be increased or decreased
depending upon the yields on investment  alternatives,  management's judgment as
to the  attractiveness  of the  yields  then  available  in  relation  to  other
opportunities,  management's  expectations  of the  level of yield  that will be
available in the future and management's projections as to the short-term demand
for funds to be used in the Bank's loan origination and other activities.

     Interest income from investments in various types of liquid assets provides
a significant  source of revenue for the Bank. The Bank invests in U.S. Treasury
and Federal Agency securities, bank certificates of deposits, equity securities,
corporate debt securities,  taxable  municipals and overnight federal funds. The
balance of investment  securities maintained by the Bank in excess of regulatory
requirements reflects management's historical objective of maintaining liquidity
at a level that assures the availability of adequate funds,  taking into account
anticipated cash flows and available sources of credit,  for meeting  withdrawal
requests and loan commitments and making other  investments.  See "Liquidity and
Capital Resources."

     The Bank purchases  securities through a primary dealer of U.S.  Government
obligations  or  such  other  securities  dealers  authorized  by the  Board  of
Directors and requires that the  securities be delivered to a safekeeping  agent
before the funds are  transferred  to the broker or dealer.  The Bank  purchases
investment  securities pursuant to an investment policy established by the Board
of Directors.

     Investment  securities  are recorded on the books of the Bank in accordance
with  GAAP.  The Bank  does not  purchase  investment  securities  for  trading.
Effective  January  1,  1994,  the Bank  implemented  SFAS No.  115.  Available-
for-sale  securities are reported at fair value with unrealized  gains or losses
reported  as a  separate  component  of net  worth,  net of tax  effects.  Held-
to-maturity  securities  are  carried  at  amortized  cost.   Substantially  all
purchases of  investment  securities  conform to the Bank's  interest  rate risk
policy.


                                       59

<PAGE>



         The following table summarizes the carrying value of securities for the
dates indicated:

                              SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                             MARCH 31,         ---------------------------------------
                                                               1998             1997             1996            1995
                                                               ----             ----             ----            ----
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>    
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
U.S. treasury and other government agencies ...........     $12,042          $ 9,828          $12,854          $ 2,518
State, county and municipal ...........................       1,857            1,854              340              100
Other .................................................         141              112               88               94
                                                                             -------          -------          -------
Total available for sale ..............................      14,040           11,794           13,282            2,712
                                                                             -------          -------          -------
HELD TO MATURITY:

U.S. treasury and other government agencies ...........         250              250              500            2,057
                                                            -------          -------          -------          -------
Total held to maturity ................................         250              250              500            2,057
                                                            -------          -------          -------          -------
Total securities ......................................     $14,290          $12,044          $13,782          $ 4,769
                                                            =======          =======          =======          =======
</TABLE>

     The  following  table sets forth the  maturity  distribution  and  weighted
average  yields of the  investment  portfolio  at March 31,  1998.  The weighted
average  yields are calculated on the basis of the book value of' the investment
portfolio and on the interest income of investments adjusted for amortization of
premium and accretion of discount.

                   INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO - MATURITY AND YIELDS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1 YEAR             1 YEAR           5 YEARS           AFTER
                                                     OR LESS          TO 5 YEARS       TO 10 YEARS       10 YEARS
                                                     -------          ----------       -----------       --------
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>                   <C>            <C>    
MATURITY DISTRIBUTION:
U.S. treasury issues ..........................       $   --            $    3,819            $--            $    --

U.S. agency issues ............................           --                 8,473             --                 --
Municipal issues ..............................           95                 1,762             --                 --
Federal Reserve Bank Stock ....................           --                    --             --                141
                                                      ------            ----------            ----           -------
     Total maturity distribution ..............       $   95            $   14,054            $--            $   141
                                                      ======            ==========            ====           =======
WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD:
U.S. treasury issues ..........................           --                  6.10%            --                 --
U.S. agency issues ............................           --                  6.22%            --                 --
Municipal issues ..............................         6.25%                 6.29%            --                 --
Federal Reserve Bank Stock ....................           --                    --             --               6.00%
                                                      ------            ----------            ----           -------
     Total ....................................         6.25%                 6.20%            --%              6.00%
                                                      ======            ==========            ====           =======

Total portfolio weighted average yield ........         6.20%
                                                      ======
</TABLE>



                                       60

<PAGE>



DEPOSITS

     The  Bank  primarily  uses  deposits  to  fund  its  loans  and  investment
portfolio.  The Bank  offers a variety of deposit  accounts to  individuals  and
small- to medium-sized businesses.  Deposit accounts include checking,  savings,
escrow accounts,  money market and certificates of deposit. Average certificates
of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $3.6 million at March 31, 1998
and $4.0 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996.  Many of these deposits are from
long-standing customers and, therefore, are believed by the Bank's management to
be as stable as, and for all practical  purposes,  no more rate sensitive  than,
core deposits.

     The  following  table  details the average  amount of, and the average rate
paid on, the following primary deposit categories for the periods indicated:

                     AVERAGE DEPOSITS AND AVERAGE RATES PAID
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED 
                                          MARCH 31,                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
                                   -------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1998                    1997                    1996                     1995
                                   ---------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
                                    AVERAGE     AVERAGE    AVERAGE    AVERAGE     AVERAGE     AVERAGE      AVERAGE       AVERAGE    
Interest-bearing deposits:          BALANCE       RATE     BALANCE      RATE      BALANCE       RATE       BALANCE         RATE     
                                  ---------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>               <C>        <C>          <C>  
          NOW accounts........... $   5, 406      2.29%   $    5,073      2.23  $      5,495      2.17%       5,745       2.56%
          Money market savings...      9,446      3.26        10,377      3.19        10,535      3.18        7,921       3.41
          Regular savings........      3,312      2.90         3,369      2.94         3,259      2.98        3,619       3.18
          Certificates of deposit     11,338      5.01        11,196      5.01        15,511      5.54       11,727       5.40
                                  ----------              ----------            ------------                 ------
Total interest-bearing deposits.. $   27,502      3.72        30,015      3.68  $     34,800      4.05       29,012       4.02
Non-interest-bearing deposits....      9,868                   8,829                   8,222                  7,879
                                  ----------              ----------            ------------                 ------
Total deposits................... $   39,370              $   38,843            $     43,022                 36,891
                                  ==========              ==========            ============                 ======
</TABLE>

     The following is a summary of the maturity  distribution of certificates of
deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more as of March 31, 1998:

            MATURITIES OF CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT OF $100,000 OR MORE
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

        MATURITY PERIOD                       AMOUNT                PERCENT
        ---------------                       ------                -------
3 months or less.........................    $1,119                  27.6%
Over 3 months to 6 months................     1,709                  42.1
Over 6 months to 12 months...............       841                  20.7

Over 12 months...........................       390                   9.6
                                             ------                 ----- 
Total....................................    $4,059                 100.0%

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

     The Bank occasionally  finds it necessary to purchase funds on a short-term
basis due to  fluctuations  in loan and  deposit  levels.  The Bank has  several
arrangements  under which it may  purchase  funds.  A  Repurchase  Agreement  is
maintained  with  First  Union  Bank  for up to the  market  value  of  bonds in
safekeeping,  which  as of  the  date  of  this  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  is
approximately  $9.31 million.  For the periods ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
1995,   respectively  ,  the  expense  for  federal  funds   purchased   totaled
approximately $7,000, $0 and $0, respectively.


                                       61

<PAGE>



CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     The  determination  of capital  adequacy  depends upon a number of factors,
such  as  asset  quality,  liquidity,   earnings,  growth  trends  and  economic
conditions.  The Bank seeks to  maintain a strong  capital  base to support  its
growth and expansion plans,  provide stability to current operations and promote
public confidence in the Bank.

     Management believes that the Bank's capital position, as of March 31, 1998,
exceeds all regulatory  minimums.  The federal  banking  regulators have defined
three tests for assessing the capital  strength and adequacy of banks,  based on
two  definitions  of capital.  "Tier 1 Capital" is defined as a  combination  of
common and qualifying  preferred  stockholders'  equity less  goodwill.  "Tier 2
Capital"  is  defined  as  qualifying  subordinated  debt and a  portion  of the
allowance  for loan  losses.  "Total  Capital" is defined as Tier 1 Capital plus
Tier 2 Capital.  Three  risk-based  capital  ratios are computed using the above
capital  definitions,  total  assets and  risk-weighted  assets and are measured
against regulatory  minimums to ascertain  adequacy.  All assets and off-balance
sheet risk items are grouped  into  categories  according  to degree of risk and
assigned a risk weighting and the resulting total is risk-weighted assets. "Tier
1 Risk-based Capital" is Tier 1 Capital divided by risk-weighted  assets. "Total
Risk-based  Capital"  is Total  Capital  divided by  risk-weighted  assets.  The
Leverage  Ratio  is  Tier  1  Capital  divided  by  total  average  assets.  See
"Supervision and Regulation--Capital Requirements."

     The following  table shows the Bank's capital ratios and the minimum ratios
currently required by the Federal Reserve to be well-capitalized:

                                 CAPITAL RATIOS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             MARCH 31,                     DECEMBER 31,
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------  REGULATORY
                                                1998            1997           1996          1995         MINIMUM
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>           <C> 
Tier 1 Risk-based Capital................       17.4%           17.4%          12.6%         11.7%         4.0%
Total Risk-based Capital.................       18.6            18.6           13.9          13.0          8.0
Leverage ratio...........................       10.8            10.8           7.8           7.2           4.0
</TABLE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Liquidity is a measure of the Bank's ability to generate sufficient cash to
meet present and future financial  obligations in a timely manner through either
the sale or maturity of existing assets or the  acquisition of additional  funds
through  liability  management.  These  obligations  include the credit needs of
customers,  funding deposit  withdrawals,  and the day-to-day  operations of the
Bank. Liquid assets include cash,  interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal
funds  sold,  and  certain  investment  securities.  As a result  of the  Bank's
management  of liquid  assets and the  ability  to  generate  liquidity  through
liability funding, management believes that the Bank maintains overall liquidity
sufficient  to satisfy  its  depositors'  requirements  and meet its  customers'
credit needs.

     As of March 31, 1998, cash, federal funds sold, held-to-maturity investment
securities   maturing   within  one  year  and   available-for-sale   securities
represented  50.22% of  deposits  and other  liabilities,  compared to 52.51% at
December 31, 1997. See "-- Interest  Sensitivity." At March 31, 1998, based upon
the Bank's investment policy, approximately 98.3% of total investment securities
were available for sale, and were primarily invested in U.S. Treasury and agency
securities,  with a market value of approximately $3,000 greater than their book
value.  See  "--Investment  Activities."  Asset  liquidity  is also  provided by
managing  loan  maturities.  At March  31,  1998,  approximately  66.0% or $15.6
million of loans would mature or reprice within a one-year period.


                                       62

<PAGE>



     The  following  table  summarizes  the Bank's liquid assets for the periods
indicated:

                            SUMMARY OF LIQUID ASSETS
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           MARCH 31,                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1998             1997           1996           1995
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>    
Cash and due from banks ..................................  $ 1,705        $ 1,987        $ 2,879        $ 1,909
Federal funds sold .......................................    4,250          7,600          3,800         15,550
Investment securities(1) .................................       --             --             --          1,558
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value .............   14,040         11,794         13,282          2,712
                                                            -------        -------        -------        -------
Total liquid assets ......................................  $19,995        $21,381        $19,961        $21,729
                                                            =======        =======        =======        =======
Deposits and other liabilities ...........................  $39,818        $40,719        $42,532        $43,725
Ratio of liquid assets to deposits and other liabilities .    50.22%         52.51%         46.93%         49.69%
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  Only  held-to-maturity  investment  securities  at  amortized  cost  with a
     maturity of one year or less are considered liquid assets for this table.


IMPACT OF INFLATION, CHANGING PRICES AND MONETARY POLICIES

     The financial  statements and related  financial  data  concerning the Bank
presented  herein  have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles,  which require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars without  considering changes in
the relative  purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  The primary
effect of  inflation  on the  operations  of the Bank is  reflected in increased
operating costs.  Unlike industrial  companies,  virtually all of the assets and
liabilities  of a financial  institution  are  monetary in nature.  As a result,
changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on the performance of a
financial  institution  than do the  effects of changes in the  general  rate of
inflation and changes in prices.  Interest rates do not necessarily  move in the
same  direction or in the same  magnitude  as the prices of goods and  services.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are beyond the control
of the Bank, including the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions
and the  monetary  and  fiscal  policies  of the  U.S.  government  and  federal
agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve.

     The Federal Reserve  implements  national monetary policies such as seeking
to curb  inflation  and combat  recession by its open market  operations in U.S.
government  securities,  control of the discount rate applicable to borrowing by
banks, and  establishment  of reserve  requirements  against bank deposits.  The
actions of the  Federal  Reserve  in these  areas  influence  the growth of bank
loans,  investments and deposits, and affect the interest rates charged on loans
and paid on  deposits.  The nature,  timing and impact of any future  changes in
federal  monetary and fiscal  policies on the Bank and its results of operations
are not predictable.

ACCOUNTING MATTERS

     During June of 1997,  the FASB issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards  No.  130,  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  ("SFAS  130").  SFAS 130
establishes  standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components  (revenue,  expenses,  gains  and  losses)  in a full set of  general
purpose financial statements. SFAS 130 is effective for financial statements for
periods beginning after December 15, 1997.


                                       63

<PAGE>



     During June of 1997,  the FASB issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards  No. 131,  Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related
Information ("SFAS 131"). SFAS 131 establishes standards for the way that public
business  enterprises  report  information  about  operating  segments in annual
financial  statements  and  requires  that  those  enterprises  report  selected
information  about  operating  segments in interim  financial  reports issued to
shareholders.  It also  establishes  standards  for  related  disclosures  about
products  and  services,  geographic  areas  and  major  customers.  SFAS 131 is
effective for financial  statements  for periods  beginning  after  December 15,
1997.

                              MANAGEMENT OF BANCORP

DIRECTORS

     The Board of Directors of Bancorp currently  consists of the nine directors
of  Heritage.  See  "Proposal 1 -- Election of  Directors  --  Information  with
Respect to Nominees."  The directors of Bancorp are divided into three  classes,
with one class to be elected each year at the annual meeting of  stockholders of
Bancorp. Directors elected at each annual meeting will serve for a term of three
years and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Approval of the
Plan of Reorganization by the holders of Bank Common Stock at the Annual Meeting
will be deemed to be  approval  of such  persons  as the  directors  of  Bancorp
without  further  action and without  changes in classes or terms.  There are no
arrangements or understandings  between Bancorp and any person pursuant to which
such person was elected as a director.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following  individuals  are executive  officers of the Company and hold
the offices set forth below opposite their names. The  biographical  information
for each  executive  officer  is set  forth  under  "Management  of  Heritage  -
Directors" and "Executive Officers who are not Directors."

NAME                    POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE COMPANY
- ----                    ---------------------------------
John T. Rohrback        President and Chief Executive Officer

   
William B. Sutphin      Senior Vice President,  Chief  Financial  Officer and
                        Treasurer
    


     The  executive  officers of Bancorp are  elected  annually  and hold office
until their  respective  successors  have been  elected and  qualified  or until
death, resignation,  retirement or removal by the board of directors.  Since the
formation  of  Bancorp,  none of the  executive  officers,  directors  or  other
personnel has received remuneration from Bancorp. It is currently expected that,
unless and until  Bancorp  becomes  actively  involved  in  business  activities
separate from those conducted by the Bank, no separate compensation will be paid
to the directors and employees of Bancorp. However,  directors of Bancorp or the
Bank who are not  employees of Bancorp or the Bank or any of their  subsidiaries
may be entitled to participate in the Bank's stock option plans. See "Management
of the Bank." Bancorp will also guarantee certain obligations of the Bank to the
Bank's  executive  officers,   employees  and  directors,  as  described  below.
Information concerning the principal occupations, employment and compensation of
the  directors  and the  officers  of Bancorp  during the last five years is set
forth under "Management of the Bank - Biographical Information."

COMPENSATION

     It is  expected  that  until such time as the  officers  and  directors  of
Heritage  devote  significant  time  to the  separate  management  of  Bancorp's
affairs,  which is not expected to occur until Bancorp becomes actively involved
in  additional  businesses,  no  separate  compensation  will be paid for  their
services to Bancorp.  However,  Bancorp may determine that such  compensation is
appropriate in the future and may at such time enter into  employment  contracts
with certain key executive officers. See "Management of Heritage -- Compensation
and Employee Benefit Plans."


                                       64

<PAGE>



EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     As the  directors,  officers and employees of Bancorp will not initially be
compensated  by  Bancorp  but will  continue  to  serve  and be  compensated  by
Heritage,  no separate  benefit plans for  directors,  officers and employees of
Bancorp are  anticipated  at this time.  Heritage  will continue to maintain its
other  benefit  programs.  See  "Proposal 1 -- Election of  Directors -- Certain
Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreement."

                             MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK

DIRECTORS

     Each director  serves a one-year term and is elected at each annual meeting
of stockholders. The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of
the Directors of the Bank:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                           AGE AT APRIL 1, 1998     POSITION                                DIRECTOR SINCE
- ----                           --------------------     --------                                --------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>                                          <C> 
   
Harold E. Lieding                       61              Chairman                                     1990
Philip F. Herrick, Jr.                  57              Vice Chairman and Assistant Secretary        1987
John T. Rohrback                        52              President, CEO and Director                  1996
George K. Degnon                        57              Secretary and Director                       1993
Kevin P. Tighe                          53              Assistant Secretary and Director             1994
Stanley I. Richards                     61              Director                                     1996
Henry E. Hudson                         50              Director                                     1998
Ronald W. Kosh                          52              Director                                     1998
George P. Shafran                       71              Assistant Secretary and Director             1997
</TABLE>
    

NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  names,  ages and  positions  of the
Non-Director Executive Officers of the Bank:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME                  AGE                  POSITION
                 ----                  ---                  --------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>
          William B. Sutphin            63           Senior Vice-President
</TABLE>

BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

     For certain information  regarding the directors of the Bank, see "Proposal
1-Election of Directors."

NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

   
     WILLIAM B.  SUTPHIN,  has been the  Senior  Vice  President  of the Bank in
charge of  operations  since 1987.  Mr.  Sutphin  also  serves as the  principal
accounting  officer.  Mr. Sutphin was Vice President in charge of operations and
accounting  of the  McLean  Bank  from  1981 to 1987  and has 41  years  banking
experience.
    

     For  information  regarding  the  meetings and  committees  of the Board of
Directors  of the Bank,  see  "Proposal  1-Election  of Directors - Meetings and
Committees of the Board of Directors."

COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     For a discussion of the compensation paid to certain executive  officers of
Heritage, employment agreements entered into with certain of Heritage's officers
and a  description  of the material  benefit  plans and programs with respect to
Heritage's  executive  officers,  see  "Proposal 1 -- Election of  Directors  --
Summary  Compensation  Table," "-- Certain Employee Benefit Plans and Employment
Agreement."


                                       65

<PAGE>



                                  OTHER MATTERS

     As of the date of this Proxy-Statement  Prospectus,  the Board of Directors
knows of no business  which will be presented  for  consideration  at the Annual
Meeting  other than as stated in the Notice of Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders.
If, however, other matters are properly brought before the Annual Meeting, it is
the  intention  of the  Board of  Directors  to  direct  the vote of the  shares
represented by proxy on such matters in accordance with their best judgment.

                        PROPOSALS FOR 1998 ANNUAL MEETING

   
     Any stockholder  wishing to have a proposal,  including  nominations to the
Board of Directors,  considered for inclusion in Bancorp's  proxy  statement and
form of proxy  relating  to the 1998 Annual  Meeting of  stockholders  must,  in
addition to other  applicable  requirements,  set forth such proposal in writing
and file it with the Secretary of Bancorp on or before March 31, 1999.
    

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The  validity of the shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Bank and the Company by Thacher  Proffitt & Wood,  Washington,  DC,
special counsel to the Bank and the Company.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     A copy of the Annual Report containing financial statements at December 31,
1997 and December 31,  1996,  prepared in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles,   accompanies  this  Proxy   Statement-Prospectus.   The
financial  statements  for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and December
31, 1996 have been audited by Yount,  Hyde & Barbour,  P.C..  The reports of the
independent auditor thereon appear in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus and in the
Annual Report. An additional copy of the Annual Report will be furnished without
charge to stockholders upon request.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Bank is subject to the informational  requirements of the Exchange Act,
and,  in  accordance  therewith,  files  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other
information with the Federal Reserve.  Such reports,  proxy statements and other
information  may be inspected  and copied  without  charge at the offices of the
Federal Reserve, 20th and C Streets, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20551. In addition,
copies  of such  documents  filed  by the Bank  under  the  Exchange  Act may be
obtained  by  sending a  written  request  to the  Federal  Reserve,  Regulatory
Reporting and Accounting Section, Mail Stop 154, at the preceding address, along
with  payment of the fees  prescribed  by the  Federal  Reserve.  Copies of such
documents  may also be  inspected  and copied at the  Federal  Reserve  Banks of
Richmond, New York, Chicago and San Francisco.

     The Bank furnished  annual reports to its stockholders  containing  audited
financial statements of the Bank and any subsidiaries on a yearly basis, as well
as quarterly reports containing unaudited financial  information.  Copies of the
Form 10-K and 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders  may be obtained without charge
by written request to: William B. Sutphin,  Senior Vice President,  The Heritage
Bank, 1313 Dolley Madison Blvd., McLean, Virginia 22101.

     Bancorp is not currently subject to the information reporting  requirements
of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, has not filed reports, proxy statements or
other  information  with the SEC.  All of the Bancorp  Common Stock is currently
owned by Heritage, and there is, therefore, no public trading market for Bancorp
Common Stock. If the Reorganization is consummated, Bancorp Common Stock will be
registered  under the Exchange Act, and Bancorp will file  periodic  reports and
other  information  with the SEC. In addition,  in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the SEC with respect to annual  meetings of the  stockholders  of
Bancorp,  proxy  statements  accompanied  or preceded by annual reports to stock
holders will be furnished to stockholders of Bancorp.  Such reports will contain
financial  information that has been examined and reported upon, with an opinion
expressed by, an independent public accounting firm.

     This Proxy Statement-Prospectus does not contain all of the information set
forth in the  Registration  Statement and the related exhibits which Bancorp has
filed with the SEC, and to which reference is hereby made. Reports, proxy and


                                       66

<PAGE>



information  statements  and  other  information,   including  the  Registration
Statement  and  exhibits  thereto,  can be  inspected  and  copied at the public
reference  facilities   maintained  by  the  SEC  at  450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549, 7 World Trade Center,  New York,  New York 10048,  and
Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500 West  Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
Illinois 60661.  Copies can be obtained at prescribed  rates from the SEC Public
Reference Branch, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549. The SEC also
maintains  a Web Site,  http://www.sec.gov,  that  contains  reports,  proxy and
information statements and other information submitted by registrants, including
Bancorp.

     If the  Plan of  Reorganization  is  adopted  and  approved  by the  Bank's
stockholders,  Bancorp and the Bank will file an application for approval of the
Plan of  Reorganization,  pursuant to Section  13.1-720 of the Virginia Code. In
addition,  Bancorp  will file with the  Federal  Reserve  Board  (the  "FRB") an
application to become a bank holding  company under the Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956, as amended.  Finally,  Bancorp will file an application with the Nasdaq
Stock  Market,  Inc. in order to list its shares on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market
under the symbol "HBVA," the same symbol currently used by the Bank.

     A copy of the Bank's  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the fiscal  year
ended  December  31,  1997  (the  "Annual   Report")   accompanies   this  Proxy
Statement-Prospectus.  The Annual Report contains financial statements, prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, for the years ended
December  31, 1997 and 1996 and  certain  other  information  and should be read
along with this Proxy Statement-Prospectus.

TO ASSURE THAT YOUR SHARES ARE REPRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL  MEETING,  PLEASE SIGN,
DATE  AND  PROMPTLY  RETURN  THE  ACCOMPANYING  PROXY  CARD IN THE  POSTAGE-PAID
ENVELOPE PROVIDED.


                                              By Order of the Board of Directors

                                              George K. Degnon
                                              Secretary

McLean, Virginia
July ___, 1998


                                       67

<PAGE>



                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              OF THE HERITAGE BANK

                                    CONTENTS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     Statements of condition............................................... FS-2
     Statements of operations.............................................. FS-3
     Statements of changes in stockholders' equity......................... FS-4
     Statement of cash flows............................................... FS-5
     Notes to financial statements......................................... FS-6

                                      FS-1


<PAGE>

                                THE HERITAGE BANK

                             STATEMENT OF CONDITION
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                 March 31, 1998
                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        ASSETS
<S>                                                                              <C> 
Cash and due from banks                                                          $         1,705
Federal funds sold                                                                         4,250
                                                                                 ---------------
               Total cash and cash equivalents                                   $         5,955

Securities available-for-sale, at approximate market
   value                                                                                  14,040
Securities to be held-to-maturity at amortized cost                                          250

Loans, net                                                                                23,201

Premises and equipment, net                                                                  368
Other real estate owned                                                                      263
Accrued interest and other assets                                                            557
                                                                                  --------------
               Total assets                                                       $       44,634
                                                                                  ==============


    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES
  Noninterest-bearing deposits                                                   $         8,995
  Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits                                            19,012
  Time deposits                                                                           11,376
                                                                                 ---------------
               Total deposits                                                    $        39,383
  Securities sold under agreement to repurchase                                              315
  Accrued interest and other liabilities                                                     120
  Commitments and contingent liabilities                                                      --
                                                                                 ---------------
               Total liabilities                                                 $        39,818
                                                                                 ---------------

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Common stock, $1 par value; authorized 10,000,000
   shares; issued and outstanding 1,489,636 shares                               $         1,490
  Capital surplus                                                                          3,327
  Accumulated deficit                                                                         (4)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income, net                                                  3
                                                                                 ---------------
               Total stockholders' equity                                        $         4,816
                                                                                 ---------------
               Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                        $        44,634
                                                                                 ===============
</TABLE>


See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                      FS-2

<PAGE>


                                THE HERITAGE BANK

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
               For the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1998               1997
                                                                              --------------      -------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>           
INTEREST INCOME
  Loans                                                                       $          553      $          566
  Securities                                                                             225                 199
  Federal funds sold                                                                      59                  28
                                                                              --------------      --------------
               Total interest income                                          $          837      $          793
                                                                              --------------      --------------

INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest checking deposits                                                  $           31      $           29
  Time deposits                                                                          142                 148
  Money market and savings deposits                                                      101                 107
  Federal funds purchased                                                                  3                  --
                                                                              --------------      --------------
               Total interest expense                                         $          277      $          284
                                                                              --------------      --------------

               Net interest income                                            $          560      $          509

Provision for loan losses                                                                  2                   4
                                                                              ---------------     --------------
               Net interest income after
                 provision for loan losses                                    $          558      $          505
                                                                              --------------      --------------

OTHER INCOME
  Service charges on deposit accounts                                         $           25      $           28
  Other operating income, net                                                              7                   5
                                                                              --------------      --------------
               Total other income                                             $           32      $           33
                                                                              --------------      --------------

OTHER EXPENSES
  Salaries and employee benefits                                              $          264      $          258
  Occupancy expense                                                                       55                  53
  Equipment expense                                                                       16                  23
  Other operating expenses                                                               154                 127
                                                                              --------------      --------------
               Total other expenses                                           $          489      $          461
                                                                              --------------      --------------

               Income before income taxes                                     $          101      $           77

  Income tax (benefit)                                                                    --                   5
                                                                              --------------      --------------

NET INCOME                                                                    $          101      $           72
                                                                              ==============      ==============
EARNINGS PER SHARE, basic                                                     $         0.07      $         0.06
                                                                              ==============      ==============
EARNINGS PER SHARE, assuming dilution                                         $         0.07      $         0.06
                                                                              ==============      ==============
</TABLE>



See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                      FS-3

<PAGE>



                                THE HERITAGE BANK

                  STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                   (UNAUDITED)
            For Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 and March 31, 1997
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   ACCUMULATED
                                                                                                     OTHER
                                       COMMON       CAPITAL       ACCUMULATED     COMPREHENSIVE     COMPREHENSIVE
                                       STOCK        SURPLUS         DEFICIT          INCOME         INCOME (LOSS)        TOTAL
                                   ------------   -----------    ------------    -------------     -------------    -------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>         
BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 1997          $      1,250   $      2,967   $      (676)                     $           2     $      3,543
 Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                --             --           72      $        72                 --               72
   Other comprehensive income:
     Unrealized (loss) on securities
      available-for-sale:
       Unrealized holding (loss)
        arising during the period            --             --           --              (52)               (52)             (52)
                                                                                 -----------      -------------     ------------
               Total comprehensive
                income                       --             --           --      $        20                 --               --
                                  -------------   ------------   -----------     ===========      -------------     ------------
BALANCES, MARCH 31, 1997          $       1,250   $      2,967   $      (604)                     $          (50)   $      3,563
                                  =============   ============   ===========                      ==============    ============



BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 1998         $       1,490   $      3,327   $      (105)                     $          18     $      4,730
 Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                --             --           101     $       101                 --              101
   Other comprehensive income:
    Unrealized (loss) on securities
     available for sale:
      Unrealized holding (loss)
       arising during the period             --             --            --             (15)               (15)             (15)
                                                                                 -----------      -------------     ------------
                Total comprehensive
                 income                      --             --            --     $        86                 --               --
                                   ------------   ------------   -----------     ===========      -------------     ------------
BALANCES, MARCH 31, 1998           $      1,490   $      3,327   $        (4)                     $           3     $      4,816
                                   ============   ============   ===========                      =============     ============
</TABLE>


See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                      FS-4

<PAGE>



                                THE HERITAGE BANK

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
               For the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1998                 1997
                                                                       -------------       -----------
<S>                                                                     <C>                 <C>     
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income                                                            $     101           $      72
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   (used in) operating activities:
    Provision for loan losses                                                   2                   4
    Depreciation and amortization                                              14                  20
    Amortization of investment security premiums,
     net of discounts                                                           8                   3
    (Increase) in accrued interest and other assets                          (136)               (133)
    Increase (decrease) in accrued interest and
     other liabilities                                                          5                 (59)
                                                                        ---------           ---------
        Net cash (used in) operating activities                         $      (6)          $     (93)
                                                                        ---------           ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Maturities and calls of securities available-for-sale                 $   2,230           $     231
  Purchase of securities available-for-sale                                (4,499)                 --
  Net (increase) decrease in loans                                           (447)                196
  Purchase of premises and equipment                                           (4)                 (4)
                                                                        ---------           ---------
          Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities           $  (2,720)          $     423
                                                                        ---------           ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  (Decrease) in demand deposits, NOW accounts and
    savings deposits                                                    $  (1,473)          $   (2,146)
  Increase (decrease) in certificates of deposit                              252               (2,577)
  Increase in repurchase agreements                                           315                   --
                                                                        ---------           ----------
          Net cash (used in) financing activities                       $    (906)          $   (4,723)
                                                                        ---------           ----------
          Net change in cash and cash equivalents                       $  (3,632)          $   (4,393)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period                              9,587                6,679
                                                                        ---------           ----------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period                                $   5,955           $    2,286
                                                                        =========           ==========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
  Cash payments for:
    Interest                                                            $     288           $      287
                                                                        =========           ==========

    Income taxes                                                        $      --           $        5
                                                                        =========           ==========

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES,
  unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale               $      15           $      (52)
                                                                        =========           ==========
</TABLE>



See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                      FS-5

<PAGE>



                                THE HERITAGE BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1.    ACCOUNTING POLICIES

           The  unaudited  financial  statements  as of and for the three months
           ended  March 31,  1998 and 1997  have not been  audited  but,  in the
           opinion of management,  contain all  adjustments  (consisting of only
           normal  recurring   adjustments)  necessary  to  present  fairly  the
           financial  position and results of  operations of the Bank as of such
           date and for such periods.  The unaudited financial statements should
           be read in conjunction  with the annual  financial  statements of the
           Bank and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein. The results of
           operation  for  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1998  are  not
           necessarily  indicative  of the  results  of  operations  that may be
           expected  for the year  ending  December  31,  1998 or for any future
           periods.

NOTE 2.    PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY

           The Board of Directors  has proposed the  formation of a bank holding
           company for the  Heritage  Bank by the  adoption  and  approval of an
           Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  dated as of June 10, 1998, by
           and between the Bank and Heritage Bancorp, Inc. ("Bancorp"), pursuant
           to which Heritage will become the wholly-owned  subsidiary of Bancorp
           and all of the outstanding  shares of common stock of Heritage (other
           than shares held by stockholders  exercising  dissenters'  rights, if
           any) will be  converted  into and  exchanged  for,  on a  one-for-one
           basis, shares of common stock of Bancorp. The proposed transaction is
           subject to the approval of regulatory authorities and shareholders of
           the Bank.

                                      FS-6


<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX A


                                THE HERITAGE BANK

                      EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

1.   PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.

     The purposes of this  Employee  Incentive  Stock Option Plan are to attract
and  retain  the  best   available   personnel  for  positions  of   substantial
responsibility  at The Heritage  Bank,  to provide  additional  incentive to all
employees of The Heritage Bank and to promote the success of The Heritage Bank.

2.   DEFINITIONS.

     As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

     (A)  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (B)  "Cause"  with  respect  to  an  Employee's   termination   shall  mean
          malfeasance,  misfeasance, nonfeasance, failure to properly perform an
          Employee's  duties as an Employee of the Company in a diligent  proper
          manner or involvement  in any activity which might,  in the reasonable
          opinion  of  the  Company,  bring  the  Company  into  disrepute,  the
          conviction of any felony or misdemeanor  involving  moral turpitude or
          violation of any statute or the rules and  regulations  established by
          state or  federal  regulatory  bodies for the  conduct of the  banking
          business.

     (C)  "Change in Control" shall mean any of the following events:

          (I)  the occurrence of any event upon which any "person" (as such term
               is used in sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the  Securities  Exchange
               Act of  1934,  as  amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  other  than (A) a
               trustee or other fiduciary  holding  securities under an employee
               benefit  plan  maintained  for the  benefit of  employees  of the
               Company; (B) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly,  by the
               stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions
               as their  ownership  of stock of the  Company;  or (C) any  group
               constituting  a person  in which  employees  of the  Company  are
               substantial  members,  becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined
               in Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the Exchange Act),  directly or
               indirectly,  of securities issued by the Company representing 20%
               or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company's then
               outstanding  securities,  for  any  securities  purchased  by the
               Company's employee stock ownership plan and trust; and



<PAGE>



          (II) the occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the
               date the Plan is adopted are members of the Board,  together with
               individuals  whose  election  by  the  Board  or  nomination  for
               election  by  the  Company's  stockholders  was  approved  by the
               affirmative vote of at least three-quarters of the members of the
               board then in office who were either  members of the board on the
               date this Plan is adopted or whose  nomination  or  election  was
               previously  so  approved,  cease for any reason to  constitute  a
               majority of the  members of the Board,  but  excluding,  for this
               purpose,  any such individual whose initial  assumption of office
               is in connection  with an actual or threatened  election  contest
               relating  to the  election of  directors  of the Company (as such
               terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under
               the Exchange Act); or

          (III) the shareholders of the Company approve either:

               (AA) a merger  or  consolidation  of the  Company  with any other
                    corporation,  other than a merger or consolidation following
                    which both of the following conditions are satisfied:

                    (1)  either  (i) the  members  of the  Board of the  Company
                         immediately  prior  to  such  merger  or  consolidation
                         constitute  at least a majority  of the  members of the
                         governing body of the  institution  resulting from such
                         merger or  consolidation;  or (ii) the  shareholders of
                         the Company own securities of the institution resulting
                         from such merger or  consolidation  representing 80% or
                         more  of  the   combined   voting  power  of  all  such
                         securities   of   the   resulting    institution   then
                         outstanding in  substantially  the same  proportions as
                         their  ownership  of voting  securities  of the Company
                         immediately before such merger or consolidation; and

                    (2)  the  entity   which   results   from  such   merger  or
                         consolidation expressly agrees in writing to assume and
                         perform the Company's obligations under the Plan; or

               (BB) a  plan  of  complete  liquidation  of  the  Company  or  an
                    agreement for the sale or  disposition by the company of all
                    or substantially all of its assets; and

          (IV) the  occurrence  of an event which  would  require the Company to
               report a response to Item 1(a) of the current report on Form 8-K,
               as


                                       A-2

<PAGE>



               in effect on the date hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
               the Exchange Act of 1934;

          (V)  the  occurrence  of an event  which  would  result in a Change in
               Control of the  Company  within the  meaning of the Home  Owners'
               Loan Act of 1933 and the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the
               Federal  Reserve Board  ("FRB"),  as in effect on the date hereof
               (provided that in applying the definition of change in control as
               set  forth in the  rules and  regulations  of the FRB,  the board
               shall substitute its judgment for that of the FRB).

     (D)  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     (E)  "Common Stock" shall mean common stock of the Company.

     (F)  "Committee" shall mean the stock option committee.

     (G)  "Company" shall mean:

          (I)  The Heritage  Bank,  so long as The Heritage Bank is not a wholly
               owned subsidiary of a parent holding company; and

          (II) the parent  holding  company  which wholly owns The Heritage Bank
               from and after the date upon which The  Heritage  Bank  becomes a
               wholly owned subsidiary.

     (H)  "Employee"  shall mean any person who is a  full-time  Employee of the
          Company.

     (I)  "Exercise" shall mean notice to the Company  accompanied by payment to
          the Company of the Option Price for an Option.

     (J)  "Grant"  shall mean the official  actions of the Board in awarding the
          Options.

     (K)  "Non-Qualified Stock Option" shall mean an option granted by the board
          which does not  qualify  as an  incentive  stock  option as defined in
          Section 422 of the Code.

     (L)  "Option" shall mean a stock option  granted  pursuant to the Plan. One
          Option shall  reflect the right to acquire one or more shares of stock
          of the Company.

     (M)  "Option  Agreement"  shall mean the terms of a specific Option granted
          to an Employee.


                                       A-3

<PAGE>



     (N)  "Option  Price"  shall mean the price at which the Option to  purchase
          Shares may be exercised.

     (O)  "Optioned  Shares"  shall mean shares upon which  exercisable  options
          have been granted.

     (P)  "Optionee" shall mean an Employee who receives an Option.

     (Q)  "Shares" shall mean the common stock of the Company.

     (R)  "Plan" shall mean this Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan.

3.   MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES.

     Subject to the  provisions of this Plan,  the maximum  aggregate  number of
shares  which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is  seventy-five  thousand
(75,000)  Shares.  Such shares may be authorized and unissued  shares,  treasury
shares, or shares  previously  issued and reacquired by the Company.  Any shares
subject to Grant under the Plan which are terminated,  expire,  are forfeited or
are canceled  without having been exercised in full shall again be available for
Grant under the Plan.

4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

     The Plan shall be administered by the Board as follows:

     (A)  PROCEDURAL RULES.

          The Board may  appoint a Committee  consisting  of not less than three
(3) members of the Board to  administer  the Plan on behalf of the Board subject
to such terms and conditions as the Board may  prescribe.  Once  appointed,  the
Committee  shall continue to serve until otherwise  directed by the Board.  From
time to time,  the Board may:  increase  the size of the  Committee  and appoint
additional  members thereof;  remove members (with or without cause) and appoint
new members in substitution therefor;  fill vacancies however caused; and remove
all members of the Committee and,  thereafter,  directly  administer the Plan. A
majority of the entire  Committee shall  constitute a quorum and the action of a
majority  of the  members  present  at any  meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be deemed the action of the Committee.

          In  addition,  any  decision or  determination  reduced to writing and
signed by all of the members of the Committee  shall be fully as effective as if
it has been made by the  majority  vote at a meeting  duly called and held.  The
Committee  may appoint a secretary  to keep minutes of its meetings and may make
such rules and  regulations  for the  conduct of its  business  as it shall deem
advisable.


                                       A-4

<PAGE>



          As hereinafter used in this Plan and in any Option granted  hereunder,
the term  "Committee"  shall  refer to either the  Committee  or the Board if no
Committee is then serving.

          No  Employee  receiving  Options  under the terms of the Plan shall be
eligible to serve on the Committee.

     (B)  POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE.

          Subject to the  provisions  of this  Plan,  the  Committee  shall have
authority:

          (I) to determine  the fair market value of the shares  covered by each
Option,  the  Employees to whom and the time or times at which  Options shall be
granted and the number of Shares to be represented by each Option.

          (II) to interpret the Plan;

          (III) to  prescribe,  amend and  rescind  any  rules  and  regulations
relating to the Plan but not the Plan itself;

          (IV) to determine the terms and provision of each Option granted under
the Plan  (which  need not be  identical)  and,  with the  consent of the holder
thereof to modify or amend any Option;

          (V) to accelerate the exercise date of any Option;

          (VI) to  authorize  any person to execute on behalf of the Company any
instrument  required to effectuate the grant of an Option previously  granted by
the Committee; and

          (VII) to make all other  determinations  deemed necessary or advisable
for the administration of the Plan.

     (C)  EFFECT OF COMMITTEE'S DECISION.

          All decisions,  determinations  and  interpretations  of the Committee
and/or  the Board  relating  to this  Plan  shall be final  and  binding  on all
Optionees and any other holders of any Options granted under this Plan.

     (D)  BOARD RATIFICATION.

          No Option shall be granted until the Board  ratifies the action of the
Committee.  The Board may modify or overrule any action  taken by the  Committee
with respect to any Option.


                                       A-5

<PAGE>



5.   ELIGIBILITY.

     Options may be granted to Employees who are Employees at the time of Grant.
No Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total
combined  voting  power of all  classes of stock of the  Company,  its parent or
subsidiary corporations shall be granted an Option except as provided in Section
9 hereof.  An  Employee  who has been  granted  an Option  may,  if he or she is
otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options.

6.   TERM OF PLAN.

     The Plan shall become  effective upon its approval by vote of a majority of
the   shareholders  of  the  Company,   at  an  annual  or  special  meeting  of
stockholders,  and shall  continue for a period of ten (10) years unless  sooner
terminated in accordance  with the provisions of Section 13(b) hereof,  provided
that any Options  issued  within such term may be  exercisable  under  Section 9
hereof after the Plan has terminated.

7.   TERM OF OPTION.

     Unless otherwise  provided herein,  or limited in the specific terms of the
Option granted, the term of each Option granted under the Plan shall be ten (10)
years (except as otherwise  provided in Section 9 hereof) from the date of Grant
thereof  unless the Optionee has been  discharged  from his or her employment by
the Company for Cause in which case the Option must be  exercised  no later than
six (6) months following the date of such discharge.

8.   OPTION PRICE.

     The  Option  Price for  Shares to be issued  upon  exercise  of any  Option
granted  under this Plan shall be  determined  by the Committee at or before the
time of  Grant,  but in no event  shall the  Option  Price be less than the fair
market value of the Company's shares at the time of the Grant.

9.   ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.

     In  addition  to the  limitations  of  Section  5, an Option  granted to an
Employee shall be subject to the following limitations:

     (A) If, for any calendar year, the sum of (i) plus (ii) exceeds $100,000.00
where (i) equals the fair market value  (determined as of the date of the grant)
of Shares subject to an Option which first becomes available for purchase during
such calendar year and (ii) equals the fair market value  (determined  as of the
date of Grant) of Shares subject to any other Options  previously granted to the
same Employee which first become  exercisable  in such calendar year,  then that
number  of  Shares  optioned  which  causes  the sum of (i) and  (ii) to  exceed
$100,000.00  shall be deemed to be Shares  optioned  pursuant to a Non-Qualified
Stock Option or  No-Qualified  Stock  Options with the same terms as the Option;
except as to such non-qualification;


                                       A-6

<PAGE>



     (B) The Option Price of an Option  granted to an Employee  who, at the time
the  Option  is  granted,  owns  Shares  comprising  more  than 10% of the total
combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the Company  shall not be less
than 110% of the fair market value of a Share, and if an Option shall be granted
at an Option Price that does not satisfy this requirement, the designated Option
Price shall be observed and the Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock
Option;

     (C)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of Section 7 hereof, the Option Period
of an Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns
Shares  comprising  more  than 10% of the  total  combined  voting  power of all
classes  of  stock  of the  Company,  shall  expire  no  later  than  the  fifth
anniversary of the date on which the Option was granted,  and if an Option shall
be granted  for an Option  Period that does not satisfy  this  requirement,  the
designated  Option Period shall be observed and the Option shall be treated as a
Non-Qualified Stock Option;

     (D) An Option that is exercised  during its  designated  option  period but
more than:

          (I)  six (6)  months  after the  termination  of  employment  with the
               Company,  a parent or a  subsidiary  (other  than on  account  of
               disability  within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or
               death) of the Employee to whom it was granted; and

          (II) one (1) year after such  individual's  termination  of employment
               with the  Company,  a parent or a  subsidiary  due to  disability
               (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

          may be  exercised  in  accordance  with the  terms  but at the time of
exercise shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option; and

     (E) Except with the prior written approval of the Committee,  no individual
shall  dispose of Shares  acquired  pursuant to the  exercise of an Option until
after the late of (i) the second anniversary of the date on which the Option was
granted,  or (ii) the first  anniversary  of the date on which the  Shares  were
acquired.

10.  PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE OF OPTION.

     Any Option granted  hereunder  shall be exercisable at such times and under
such conditions as shall be permissible  under the terms of this Plan and of the
Option Agreement granted to an Optionee.

     An Option may not be exercised for fractional Shares.

     An Option  shall be  deemed to be  exercised  when  written  notice of such
exercise  has been  given to the  Company  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Option by the Optionee and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the
Option is exercised has been received by the


                                       A-7

<PAGE>



Company.  Until shares are  registered in the name of the Optionee (as evidenced
by the  appropriate  entry on the books of the  Company or of a duly  authorized
transfer  agent of the  Company),  no right to vote or receive  dividends or any
other  rights as a  stockholder  shall  exist with  respect to  Optioned  Shares
notwithstanding  the exercise of the Option.  No  adjustment  will be made for a
dividend  or other  rights  for which the  record  date is prior to the date the
stock certificates are issued except as provided in Section 12 of this Plan. The
Committee,  in its sole discretion,  shall  determine,  at the time an Option is
granted  to an  Employee,  the date or dates  upon which all or a portion of the
Option shall vest and become exercisable and such date or dates shall constitute
the Option's  vesting  schedule'  provided,  however,  that each Option  granted
hereunder shall  automatically  become 100% vested and fully  exercisable in the
event of an Option holder's death, disability or retirement or in the event of a
Change in Control.

11.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

     An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated,  transferred or
disposed  of in any  manner  other  than by will or by the  laws of  descent  or
distribution  to any person and may be exercised only by the Optionee during the
lifetime of such Optionee.

12.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

     If all or any  portion of an Option is  exercised  subsequent  to any stock
dividend, split-up, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, merger,
consolidation,  acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization, or
other similar change or transaction of or by the Company  following the Grant of
the Option as a result of which  Shares of any class  shall be issued in respect
of outstanding Shares of the class covered by Options hereunder or Shares of the
class covered by Options hereunder shall be changed into the same or a different
number of Shares of the same or another  class or classes,  the  Optionee  shall
receive,  for the  aggregate  Option  Price  payable  upon such  exercise of the
Option,  the aggregate  number and class of shares equal to the number and class
of Shares he or she would have had on the date of  exercise  had the Shares been
purchased  for the same  aggregate  price on the date the Option was granted and
had not been disposed of,  taking into  consideration  any such stock  dividend,
split-up,   recapitalization,   combination  or  exchange  of  shares,   merger,
consolidation,  transaction; provided however, that no fractional Share shall be
issued  upon  any  such  exercise,   and  the  aggregate  price  paid  shall  be
appropriately reduced on account of any fractional Share not issued.

     In the event of any such change in the  Shares,  the  aggregate  number and
class of Shares remaining  available under the Plan shall be equal to the number
and class of Shares which a person to whom an Option for all remaining available
Shares had been granted on the date preceding such change,  would be entitled to
receive as provided in this Section 11.

13.  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR REORGANIZATION OF COMPANY.

     (A)  In  the  event  of  any  merger,  consolidation,   or  other  business
reorganization  in which the Company is not the  surviving  entity,  any Options
granted under the Plan which remain outstanding, whether or not exercisable, may
be canceled as of the effective date of such merger,


                                       A-8

<PAGE>



consolidation, business reorganization, liquidation or sale by the board upon 30
days' written notice to the Option holder; provided, however, that on or as soon
as  practicable  following  the date of  cancellation,  each Option holder shall
receive a monetary  payment in such amount,  or other  property of such kind and
value,  as the board  determines  in good faith to be equivalent in value to the
Options that have been canceled.

     (B) In the event that the Company  shall  declare and pay any dividend with
respect to Shares  (other than a dividend  payable in Shares) which results in a
nontaxable  return of capital to the  holders of Shares for  federal  income tax
purposes or otherwise  than by dividend  makes  distribution  of property to the
holders of its Shares,  the company shall, in the discretion of the Compensation
Committee, either:

          (I)  make an equivalent  payment to each person holding an outstanding
               Option as of the  record  date for such  dividend.  Such  payment
               shall be made at  substantially  the same time, in  substantially
               the same form and in  substantially  the same amount per optioned
               Share as the dividend or other  distribution paid with respect to
               outstanding Shares;  provided,  however, that if any dividends or
               distribution on outstanding Shares is paid in property other than
               cash, the Company,  in the Compensation  Committee's  discretion,
               may make such payment in a cash amount per  optioned  Share equal
               in fair  market  value to the fair  market  value of the  no-cash
               dividend or distribution; or

          (II) adjust the Option Price of each outstanding Option in such manner
               as the Compensation  Committee may determine to be appropriate to
               equitably reflect the payment of the dividend; or

          (III)take the action  described in  subsection  (c)(i) of this Section
               with  respect  to  certain  outstanding  Options  and the  action
               described in Sub-Section  (c)(ii) of this Section with respect to
               the remaining outstanding Options.

14.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS.

     The date of Grant of an Option under the Plan shall,  for all purposes,  be
the date on which the Board  approves  the  Committee's  decision  to grant such
Option.  Notice of the determination  shall be given to each Employee to whom an
Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.


                                       A-9

<PAGE>



15.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

     (A)  AMENDMENT.

          The  Board,  without  further  approval  of  the  stockholders  of the
Company,  may amend the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may
deem advisable;  provided,  however,  that no amendment  shall become  effective
(until approval of the stockholders) which:

          (I)  increases  (except in  accordance  with  Sections 3 and 11 of the
Plan),  the maximum  number of Shares for which Options may be granted under the
Plan; or

          (II) changes the standard of  eligibility  prescribed  by Section 5 of
the Plan.

          (III)  increases  the term of the Plan or the  term of the  Option  as
prescribed in Sections 6 and 7 of the Plan.

          (IV)  changes  the  provisions  as to Option  Price as  prescribed  in
Section 8 of the Plan.

          (V) changes the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan.

          (VI) would cause the Plan to be  disqualified  as an  Incentive  Stock
Option Plan as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

     (B)  TERMINATION.

          The Board,  without further approval of the  stockholders,  may at any
time terminate the Plan.

     (C)  EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

          Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options
already  granted and such  Options  shall  remain in full force and effect as if
this Plan had not been amended or terminated.

16.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

     Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option granted under the Plan
unless the  exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares
pursuant  thereto shall comply with all relevant  provisions of law,  including,
without  limitation,  the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  the  Securities
Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended,  the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may
then be listed,  and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the
Company with respect to such compliance.


                                      A-10

<PAGE>


17.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.

     The Company,  during the term of this Plan,  will at all times  reserve and
keep  available,  the number of Shares as shall be  sufficient  to  satisfy  the
requirements of the Plan.

     Inability  of the  Company  to  obtain  from  any  regulatory  body  having
jurisdictional  authority deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the
lawful  issuance and sale of any Shares  hereunder  shall relieve the Company of
any liability in respect of the  non-issuance or sale of such Shares as to which
such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

18.  TAX MATTERS.

     The  Company  intends  for  Options  granted  under  the terms of this Plan
(unless otherwise specifically provided herein) to qualify as an Incentive Stock
Option  within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code,  provided,  however,  the
Company  shall make no warranty to any  Employee as to the tax effect of a Grant
or Exercise of any Option hereunder.

19.  APPLICABLE LAW.

     This  Plan  shall  be  interpreted  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of the
Commonwealth of Virginia.


                                      A-11


<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX B

                                THE HERITAGE BANK

                       OUTSIDE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN

         1.       PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.

                  The purposes of this Outside  Directors  Stock Option Plan are
to attract and retain the best  available  personnel  as members of the Board of
Directors  of The  Heritage  Bank,  to provide  additional  incentive to Outside
Directors of The Heritage Bank, and to promote the success of The Heritage Bank.

         2.       DEFINITIONS.

                  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

                  (A)  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  (B)  "Change  in  Control"  shall  mean  any of the  following
events:

                       (I)  the  occurrence of any event upon which any "person"
                            (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
                            the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended
                            ("Exchange Act"),  other than (A) a trustee or other
                            fiduciary  holding   securities  under  an  employee
                            benefit plan maintained for the benefit of employees
                            of the Company; (B) a corporation owned, directly or
                            indirectly,  by the  stockholders  of the Company in
                            substantially   the   same   proportions   as  their
                            ownership of stock of the Company;  or (C) any group
                            constituting  a  person  in which  employees  of the
                            Company  are   substantial   members,   becomes  the
                            "beneficial   owner"  (as   defined  in  Rule  13d-3
                            promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act),  directly or
                            indirectly,  of  securities  issued  by the  Company
                            representing  20% or  more  of the  combined  voting
                            power  of  all  of the  Company's  then  outstanding
                            securities,  for  any  securities  purchased  by the
                            Company's  employee stock  ownership plan and trust;
                            and

                       (II) the   occurrence   of  any  event   upon  which  the
                            individuals  who on the date the Plan is adopted are
                            members  of the  Board,  together  with  individuals
                            whose  election  by  the  Board  or  nomination  for
                            election by the Company's  stockholders was approved
                            by the affirmative  vote of at least  three-quarters
                            of the  members of the Board then in office who were
                            either members of the Board on the date this Plan is
                            adopted  or  whose   nomination   or  election   was
                            previously  so  approved,  cease  for any  reason to
                            constitute  a majority  of the members of the Board,
                            but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual
                            whose initial

<PAGE>


                             assumption  of  office  is in  connection  with  an
                             actual or threatened  election  contest relating to
                             the  election of  directors of the Company (as such
                             terms  are used in Rule  14a-11 of  Regulation  14A
                             promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

                       (III) the shareholders of the Company approve either:

                              (AA)a merger or  consolidation of the Company with
                                  any other corporation,  other than a merger or
                                  consolidation  following  which  both  of  the
                                  following conditions are satisfied:

                                  (1) either (i) the members of the Board of the
                                      Company  immediately  prior to such merger
                                      or  consolidation  constitute  at  least a
                                      majority of the  members of the  governing
                                      body  of the  institution  resulting  from
                                      such merger or consolidation;  or (ii) the
                                      shareholders of the Company own securities
                                      of the  institution  resulting  from  such
                                      merger or  consolidation  representing 80%
                                      or more of the  combined  voting  power of
                                      all  such   securities  of  the  resulting
                                      institution     then     outstanding    in
                                      substantially   the  same  proportions  as
                                      their  ownership of voting  securities  of
                                      the Company immediately before such merger
                                      or consolidation; and

                                  (2) the entity which  results from such merger
                                      or   consolidation   expressly  agrees  in
                                      writing   to  assume   and   perform   the
                                      Company's obligations under the Plan; or

                              (BB)a plan of complete  liquidation of the Company
                                  or an agreement for the sale or disposition by
                                  the company of all or substantially all of its
                                  assets; and

                       (IV)  the  occurrence of an event which would require the
                             Company  to report a  response  to Item 1(a) of the
                             current  report  on Form  8-K,  as in effect on the
                             date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                             Exchange Act of 1934;

                       (V)   the  occurrence of an event which would result in a
                             Change in Control of the Company within the meaning
                             of the Home  Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and the Rules
                             and Regulations  promulgated by the Federal Reserve
                             Board  ("FRB"),  as in  effect  on the date  hereof
                             (provided that in applying the definition of change
                             in control as set forth in the rules

                                       B-2
<PAGE>
                         and regulations of the FRB, the Board shall  substitute
                         its judgment for that of the FRB).

               (C)  "Code"  shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
                    amended.

               (D)  "Common Stock" shall mean common stock of the Company.

               (E)  "Committee"  shall mean the Outside  Directors  Stock Option
                    Committee.

               (F)  "Company" shall mean:

                    (I)  The Heritage  Bank, so long as The Heritage Bank is not
                         a wholly owned  subsidiary of a parent holding company;
                         and

                    (II) the  parent  holding  company  which  wholly  owns  The
                         Heritage  Bank from and  after the date upon  which The
                         Heritage Bank becomes a wholly owned subsidiary.

               (G)  "Employee" shall mean any person who is a full-time Employee
                    of the Company.

               (H)  "Exercise"  shall mean notice to the Company  accompanied by
                    payment to the Company of the Option Price for an Option.

               (I)  "Grant"  shall  mean the  official  actions  of the Board in
                    awarding the Options.

               (J)  "Option" shall mean a stock option  granted  pursuant to the
                    Plan.  One Option shall  reflect the right to acquire one or
                    more shares of stock of the Company.

               (K)  "Option Agreement" shall mean the terms of a specific Option
                    granted to an Outside Director.

               (L)  "Option  Price"  shall mean the price at which the Option to
                    purchase Shares may be exercised.

               (M)  "Optioned  Shares" shall mean shares upon which  exercisable
                    options have been granted.

               (N)  "Optionee"  shall mean an Outside  Director  who receives an
                    Option.

               (O)  "Outside  Director"  shall mean a member of the Board who is
                    not an Employee.

                                       B-3

<PAGE>


               (P)  "Shares" shall mean the common stock of the Company.

               (Q)  "Plan" shall mean this Outside Directors Stock Option Plan.

          3.   MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES.

               Subject to the  provisions  of this Plan,  the maximum  aggregate
number of shares which may be optioned  and sold under the Plan is  seventy-five
thousand  (75,000)  Shares.  Such shares may be authorized and unissued  shares,
treasury shares, or shares previously issued and reacquired by the Company.  Any
shares  subject  to Grant  under the Plan  which  are  terminated,  expire,  are
forfeited or are canceled  without having been exercised in full, shall again be
available for Grant under the Plan.

          4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

               The Plan shall be administered by the Board as follows:

               (A)  PROCEDURAL RULES.

               The Board may appoint a Committee consisting of three (3) members
to  administer  the Plan on  behalf  of the  Board  subject  to such  terms  and
conditions as the Board may prescribe.  One member of the Committee  shall be an
Employee who is not an Outside Director, one member shall be an Outside Director
and one member shall be a  stockholder  who is neither an Employee or an Outside
Director. Once appointed,  the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise
directed by the Board.  From time to time, the Board may remove members (with or
without  cause) and  appoint  new  members  in  substitution  therefor  and fill
vacancies  however caused. A majority of the entire Committee shall constitute a
quorum and the action of a majority  of the  members  present at any  meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be deemed the action of the Committee.

               In addition, any decision or determination reduced to writing and
signed by all of the members of the Committee  shall be fully as effective as if
it has been made by the  majority  vote at a meeting  duly called and held.  The
Committee  may appoint a secretary  to keep minutes of its meetings and may make
such rules and  regulations  for the  conduct of its  business  as it shall deem
advisable.

               As  hereinafter  used  in this  Plan  and in any  Option  granted
hereunder,  the term  "Committee"  shall refer to either the  Committee,  or the
Board if no Committee is then serving.

                                       B-4

<PAGE>







               (B) POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE.


                    Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee  shall
have authority:

                    (I) to determine the fair market value of the shares covered
                    by each Option,  the Outside  Directors to whom and the time
                    or times at which Options  shall be granted,  and the number
                    of Shares to be represented by each Option.

                    (II) to interpret the Plan;

                    (III)  to  prescribe,   amend  and  rescind  any  rules  and
                    regulations relating to the Plan, but not the Plan itself;

                    (IV) to  determine  the terms and  provision  of each Option
                    granted  under the Plan (which need not be  identical)  and,
                    with the consent of the holder  thereof,  to modify or amend
                    any Option;

                    (V) to accelerate the exercise date of any Option;

                    (VI) to  authorize  any  person to  execute on behalf of the
                    Company any  instrument  required to effectuate the grant of
                    an Option previously granted by the Committee; and

                    (VII) to make all other  determinations  deemed necessary or
                    advisable for the administration of the Plan.

               (C)  EFFECT OF COMMITTEE'S DECISION.

                    All decisions,  determinations  and  interpretations  of the
Committee  and/or the Board  relating to this Plan shall be final and binding on
all Optionees and any other holders of any Options granted under this Plan.

               (D)  BOARD RATIFICATION.

                    No Option  shall be  granted  until the Board  ratifies  the
action of the  Committee.  The Board may modify or overrule  any action taken by
the Committee with respect to any Option.

          5.   ELIGIBILITY.

               Options  may be granted  to members of the Board who are  Outside
Directors.  An Outside Director who has been granted an Option may, if he or she
is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options.

                                       B-5

<PAGE>

          6.   TERM OF PLAN.

               The Plan shall  become  effective  upon its approval by vote of a
majority of the  shareholders of the Company,  at a regularly held  stockholders
meeting,  and  shall  continue  for a period  of ten (10)  years  unless  sooner
terminated in accordance  with the provisions of Section 13(b) hereof,  provided
that any Options  issued  within such term may be  exercisable  under  Section 9
hereof after the Plan has terminated.

          7.   TERM OF OPTION.

               Unless otherwise provided or limited in the specific terms of the
Option granted, the term of each Option granted under the Plan shall be ten (10)
years from the date of Grant thereof, provided that, if a Director resigns or is
removed from the Board,  all of the  Director's  Stock Options must be exercised
within sixty (60) days of his or her departure from the Board.

          8.   OPTION PRICE.

               The Option  Price for Shares to be issued  upon  exercise  of any
Option granted under this Plan shall be determined by the Committee at or before
the time of Grant,  but in no event shall the Option Price be less than the fair
market value of the Company's Stock at the time of the Grant.

          9.   PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE OF OPTION.

               Any Option granted  hereunder  shall be exercisable at such times
and under such  conditions as shall be permissible  under the terms of this Plan
and of the Option Agreement granted to an Optionee.

               An Option may not be exercised for fractional Shares.

               An Option shall be deemed to be exercised  when written notice of
such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance  with the terms of the
Option by the Optionee and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the
Option is exercised has been received by the Company.  Until the issuance of the
stock  certificates  (as evidenced by the appropriate  entry on the books of the
Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote
or receive  dividends  or any other  rights as a  stockholder  shall  exist with
respect to Optioned  Shares  notwithstanding  the  exercise  of the  Option.  No
adjustment will be made for a dividend or other rights for which the record date
is prior to the date the stock  certificates  are issued  except as  provided in
Section 11 of this Plan. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine,
at the time an Option is  granted to an  Employee,  the date or dates upon which
all or a portion of the Option shall vest and become  exercisable  and such date
or dates shall constitute the Option's vesting schedule provided,  however, that
each Option granted hereunder shall  automatically  become 100% vested and fully
exercisable in the event of an Option holder's death, disability,  retirement or
in the event of a Change in Control.

                                       B-6


<PAGE>



          10.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

               An  Option  may not be  sold,  pledged,  assigned,  hypothecated,
transferred  or disposed  of in any manner  other than by will or by the laws of
descent or  distribution to any person and may be exercised only by the Optionee
during the lifetime of such Optionee.

          11.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

               If all or any portion of an Option is exercised subsequent to any
stock dividend, split-up,  recapitalization,  combination or exchange of shares,
merger,   consolidation,   acquisition   of  property   or  stock,   separation,
reorganization,  or other  similar  change or  transaction  of or by the Company
following the Grant of the Option as a result of which Shares of any class shall
be issued in  respect  of  outstanding  Shares of the class  covered  by Options
hereunder,  or Shares of the class covered by Options hereunder shall be changed
into the same or a  different  number of Shares of the same or another  class or
classes, the Optionee shall receive, for the aggregate Option Price payable upon
such exercise of the Option,  the aggregate  number and class of shares equal to
the number and class of Shares he or she would have had on the date of  exercise
had the  Shares  been  purchased  for the same  aggregate  price on the date the
Option was granted and had not been disposed of, taking into  consideration  any
such stock  dividend,  split-up,  recapitalization,  combination  or exchange of
shares, merger, consolidation, transaction; provided however, that no fractional
Share shall be issued upon any such exercise, and the aggregate price paid shall
be appropriately reduced on account of any fractional Share not issued.

               In the event of any such  change  in the  Shares,  the  aggregate
number and class of Shares remaining  available under the Plan shall be equal to
the  number  and  class of  Shares  which a  person  to whom an  Option  for all
remaining  available  Shares had been granted on the date preceding such change,
would be entitled to receive as provided in this Section 11.

          12.  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR REORGANIZATION OF COMPANY.

               (A) In the event of any merger, consolidation,  or other business
reorganization  in which the Company is not the  surviving  entity,  any Options
granted under the Plan which remain outstanding, whether or not exercisable, may
be canceled as of the  effective  date of such merger,  consolidation,  business
reorganization, liquidation or sale by the Board upon 30 days' written notice to
the  Option  holder;  provided,  however,  that  on or as  soon  as  practicable
following the date of cancellation,  each Option holder shall receive a monetary
payment in such amount,  or other property of such kind and value,  as the Board
determines in good faith to be equivalent in value to the Options that have been
canceled.

               (B) In the  event  that the  Company  shall  declare  and pay any
dividend with respect to Shares (other than a dividend  payable in Shares) which
results in a  nontaxable  return of capital to the holders of Shares for federal
income tax purposes or otherwise than by dividend makes distribution of property
to the  holders of its Shares,  the  company  shall,  in the  discretion  of the
Compensation Committee, either:

                    (I)  make an  equivalent  payment to each person  holding an
                         outstanding


                                       B-7

<PAGE>


                         Option as of the record  date for such  dividend.  Such
                         payment shall be made at  substantially  the same time,
                         in substantially the same form and in substantially the
                         same amount per optioned Share as the dividend or other
                         distribution  paid with respect to outstanding  Shares;
                         provided,   however,   that   if   any   dividends   or
                         distribution on outstanding  Shares is paid in property
                         other  than  cash,  the  Company,  in the  Compensation
                         Committee's discretion, may make such payment in a cash
                         amount per optioned Share equal in fair market value to
                         the  fair  market  value  of the  no-cash  dividend  or
                         distribution; or

                    (II) adjust the Option Price of each  outstanding  Option in
                         such manner as the Compensation Committee may determine
                         to be appropriate  to equitably  reflect the payment of
                         the dividend; or

                    (III)take the action described in subsection  (c)(i) of this
                         Section with respect to certain outstanding Options and
                         the action  described  in  Sub-Section  (c)(ii) of this
                         Section  with  respect  to  the  remaining  outstanding
                         Options.

          13.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS.

               The date of Grant of an  Option  under  the Plan  shall,  for all
purposes,  be the date on which the Board approves the  Committee's  decision to
grant such Option.  Notice of the  determination  shall be given to each Outside
Director to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date
of such grant.

          14.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

               (A)  AMENDMENT.

                    The Board,  without further  approval of the stockholders of
the Company,  may amend the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board
may deem advisable;  provided, however, that no amendment shall become effective
(until approval of the stockholders) which:

                    (I) increases  (except in accordance  with Sections 3 and 11
                    of the Plan), the maximum number of Shares for which Options
                    may be granted under the Plan; or

                    (II)  changes the  standard  of  eligibility  prescribed  by
                    Section 5 of the Plan.

                    (III)  increases  the  term of the  Plan or the  term of the
                    Option as prescribed in Sections 6 and 7 of the Plan.

                    (IV) changes the provisions as to Option Price as prescribed
                    in Section 8 of the Plan.

                                       B-8

<PAGE>




                    (V) changes the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan.

               (B)  TERMINATION.

                    The Board, without further approval of the stockholders, may
at any time terminate the Plan.

               (C)  EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

                    Any such  amendment  or  termination  of the Plan  shall not
affect Options  already  granted and such Options shall remain in full force and
effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated.

          14.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

               Shares  shall not be issued  with  respect  to an Option  granted
under the Plan unless the  exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery
of such Shares  pursuant  thereto  shall comply with all relevant  provisions of
law, including,  without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  the  rules  and  regulations
promulgated  thereunder,  and the  requirements of any stock exchange upon which
the Shares may then be listed,  and shall be further  subject to the approval of
counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

          15.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.

               The  Company,  during  the term of this  Plan,  will at all times
reserve  and keep  available,  the  number of Shares as shall be  sufficient  to
satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

               Inability  of the  Company  to obtain  from any  regulatory  body
having jurisdictional  authority deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary
to the  lawful  issuance  and sale of any Shares  hereunder  shall  relieve  the
Company of any liability in respect of the  non-issuance  or sale of such Shares
as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

          16.  TAX MATTERS.

               The Company has determined  that Options  granted under the terms
of this Plan will not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code.

          17.  APPLICABLE LAW.

               This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia.

                                       B-9

<PAGE>


                                                                      APPENDIX C


================================================================================

                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                                THE HERITAGE BANK

                                       AND

                             HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.

                            DATED AS OF JULY 1, 1998

================================================================================




<PAGE>



                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                          Pursuant to Section 13.1-717
                             of the Code of Virginia

   
     This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the "Plan"), dated as of July 1,
1998,  is made by and  between  THE  HERITAGE  BANK,  a  stock  commercial  bank
organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia and having
an office at 1313 Dolly Madison Blvd., McLean, Virginia 22101 ("Heritage" or the
"Bank") and HERITAGE BANCORP,  INC., a corporation  organized and existing under
the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  and  having an office at 1313 Dolly
Madison Blvd., McLean, Virginia 22101 (the "Bancorp"). This Plan constitutes the
plan of  acquisition  between  the Bank and  Bancorp  for  purposes  of  Section
13.1-717 of the Code of Virginia.
    


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

   
     WHEREAS, as of the date of this Agreement,  the authorized capital stock of
Heritage  consists of  10,000,000  shares are common stock of par value of $1.00
per share (the "Bank Common Stock"),  of which  2,294,617  shares are issued and
outstanding.

     WHEREAS,  Bancorp is a business  corporation,  having been  incorporated on
July 1, 1998 pursuant to Articles of  Incorporation  filed with the Secretary of
the  Commonwealth of the  Commonwealth of Virginia.  The name and address of the
registered agent is Edmond L. Walton,  Jr., 6862 Elm Street,  Suite 400 P.O. Box
EE, McLean,  Fairfax  County,  Virginia 22101. As of the date of this Agreement,
the authorized capital stock of Bancorp consists of 10,000,000 shares are common
stock, no par value per share ("Bancorp Common Stock"),  of which 100 shares are
issued and outstanding to Heritage.
    

     WHEREAS,  the parties are entering into this Plan in order to set forth the
terms and  conditions  pursuant to which  Bancorp will acquire all of the issued
and  outstanding  shares of Bank Common  Stock in exchange for shares of Bancorp
Common  Stock  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  13.1-717 of the Code of
Virginia and of this Plan.  This Plan has been adopted and approved by a vote of
at least a majority  of all the members of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank,
and by a vote of at  least  a  majority  of all  the  members  of the  Board  of
Directors of Bancorp.  The officers of the Bank and of Bancorp whose  respective
signatures  appear below have been duly  authorized  to execute and deliver this
Plan.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants, agreements, representations and warranties herein contained, the Bank
and Bancorp hereto do hereby agree as follows:



<PAGE>




                                    SECTION 1

                           APPROVAL AND FILING OF PLAN
                           ---------------------------

     1.1 This Plan shall be submitted for approval by the holders of Bank Common
Stock at a meeting to be duly called and held in  accordance  with the Bylaws of
the Bank and all applicable laws and  regulations.  Notice of such meeting shall
be mailed directly to all  stockholders  in accordance with Section  13.1-658 of
the Code of Virginia.

     1.2  Subject to the  approval of this Plan by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock as
required  by law,  the Bank and  Bancorp  shall  submit  this  Plan to the State
Corporation  Commission of the Commonwealth of Virginia (the  "Commission")  for
its approval and filing in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1-604 of
the Code of Virginia. This Plan shall be accompanied by such certificates of the
respective  officers  of the Bank and  Bancorp as may be  required  by law and a
written  request  from the Bank that  this  Plan not be filed by the  Commission
until such future time as the  Commission  shall have received from the Bank and
Bancorp the written notice described in Section 2 hereof.

     1.3 If the  requisite  approval  of this Plan is obtained at the meeting of
holders of Bank Common Stock  referred to in Subsection  1.1 hereof,  thereafter
and until the  Effective  Time,  as  hereinafter  defined,  the Bank shall issue
certificates for Bank Common Stock, whether upon transfer or otherwise,  only if
such  certificates bear a legend indicating that this Plan has been approved and
that shares of Bank Common Stock evidenced by such  certificates  are subject to
the acquisition by Bancorp pursuant to this Plan.


                                    SECTION 2

                          DEFINITION OF EFFECTIVE TIME
                          ----------------------------

     The transactions  contemplated by this Plan shall become effective at 12:01
A.M. on the first  business  day  following  the date on which this Plan is duly
filed with the Commission in accordance with the provisions of Section  13.1-606
the Code of Virginia,  which  filing shall be preceded by written  notice to the
Commission  from the Bank and Bancorp  advising the Commission  that (i) all the
conditions  precedent  to this Plan  becoming  effective  specified in Section 5
hereof,  other  than the  condition  described  in  Subsection  5.2,  have  been
satisfied  and (ii) the Plan has not been  terminated  by the Bank or Bancorp in
accordance  with the  provisions of Section 6 hereof.  Such time is  hereinafter
referred to as the "Effective Time."


                                       C-2


<PAGE>




                                    SECTION 3

                          ACTIONS AT THE EFFECTIVE TIME
                          -----------------------------

     3.1 At the Effective Time, Bancorp shall, without any further action on its
part or on the part of the holders of Bank Common  Stock,  automatically  and by
operation  of law acquire and become the owner for all purposes of all shares of
Bank Common  Stock issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the  Effective
Time,  and  Bancorp  shall  be  entitled  to  have  issued  to it by the  Bank a
certificate or certificates representing such shares. Thereafter,  Bancorp shall
have full and  exclusive  power to vote such  shares of Bank  Common  Stock,  to
receive dividends thereon and to exercise all rights of an owner thereof.

     3.2 At the  Effective  Time,  any shares of Bancorp  Common Stock which may
have  been  previously  issued  and are  outstanding  immediately  prior  to the
Effective  Time shall be redeemed  and retired and shall  thereafter  constitute
authorized and unissued shares of Bancorp Common Stock.

     3.3 At the Effective  Time,  the holders of the shares of Bank Common Stock
issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time shall,  without
any further action on their part or on the part of Bancorp, automatically and by
operation of law cease to own such shares and shall instead become owners of one
share of Bancorp  Common  Stock for each share of Bank Common Stock held by them
immediately  prior to the Effective  Time.  Thereafter,  such persons shall have
full and exclusive power to vote such shares of Bancorp Common Stock, to receive
dividends  thereon,  except as otherwise  provided  herein,  and to exercise all
rights of an owner thereof.

     3.4  At  the  Effective   Time,  all  previously   issued  and  outstanding
certificates representing shares of Bank Common Stock shall automatically and by
operation of law cease to represent  shares of Bank Common Stock or any interest
therein and each certificate shall instead represent the ownership by the holder
thereof of an equal  number of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock.  No holder of a
certificate  shall be entitled to vote the shares of Bank Common Stock  formerly
represented by such certificate, or to receive dividends thereon, or to exercise
any other rights of ownership in respect thereof.

     3.5 Notwithstanding any of the foregoing,  any Dissenting  Stockholder,  as
such term is defined in  Subsection  7.1  hereof,  shall have such rights as are
provided  by  Subsection  7.2  hereof  and by the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Virginia.


                                       C-3


<PAGE>



                                    SECTION 4

                        ACTIONS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME
                        --------------------------------

     In  connection  with the exchange of the issued and  outstanding  shares of
Bank Common Stock for shares of Bancorp Common Stock,  it shall not be necessary
for  non-Dissenting  Stockholders,  as such term is  defined in  Subsection  7.1
hereof,  to  exchange  their  existing  certificates  of Bank  Common  Stock for
certificates  of Bancorp  Common Stock.  At the Effective  Time,  non-Dissenting
Stockholders  shall  automatically  become holders of Bancorp Common Stock,  and
their stock certificates shall automatically  represent the same number and type
of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock.  After the Effective  Time, as  outstanding
certificates  of Bank  Common  Stock are  presented  for  transfer  or, upon the
request of any holder of certificates of Bancorp Common Stock,  new certificates
of Bancorp shall be issued by the  registrar and transfer  agent for Bank Common
Stock. Any certificate presented for transfer to a name other than that in which
the  surrendered  certificate  is  registered  must  be  properly  endorsed  and
otherwise in proper form for transfer and  accompanied by evidence of payment of
any applicable stock transfer or other taxes.


                                    SECTION 5

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                              --------------------

     This  Plan and the  transactions  provided  for  herein  shall  not  become
effective unless all of the following shall have occurred:

     5.1 This Plan and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall  have been
approved by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  two-thirds of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock at a meeting of such  stockholders duly
called and held for such purpose in  accordance  with the Bylaws of the Bank and
all applicable laws and regulations.

     5.2 Bancorp shall have filed Articles of Share Exchange with the Commission
and the  Commission  shall have issued a Certificate of Share  Exchange,  all as
provided in Section 13.1-720 of the Code of Virginia.

     5.3  Bancorp  shall have filed an  Application  for  Permission  to Acquire
Voting Shares of a Virginia  Financial  Institution  in accordance  with Section
6.1-383.1 of the Code of Virginia with the Bureau of Financial  Institutions  of
the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  (the  "Bureau")  and the Bureau  shall not have
objected to the parties  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
within sixty days after the date of the Bureau's receipt of such application or,
within  such  shorter  period if the Bureau  issues  notice of its intent not to
disapprove the application.

     5.4 Bancorp shall have provided  notice of this Plan to the Federal Reserve
Bank of Richmond  (the  "Reserve  Bank") in  accordance  with 12 C.F.R.  Section
225.15 and the Reserve Bank shall not have objected to the parties' consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby within thirty days after the date of the
Reserve Bank's receipt of such notice or, alternatively, the


                                       C-4


<PAGE>



Reserve  Bank or the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System,  acting
pursuant to Section 3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended,
shall have approved an application  of Bancorp to become a bank holding  company
upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Plan and a period
of thirty days shall have elapsed after the date of such approval.

     5.5 The Bank shall have  received a  favorable  opinion  from its  counsel,
satisfactory  in form and  substance  to the Bank,  with  respect to the federal
income tax consequences of this Plan and the transactions  contemplated  hereby,
to the effect that:

     (a) No gain or loss will be recognized by stockholders of Heritage upon the
transfer of their shares of Bank Common Stock to Bancorp  solely in exchange for
shares of Bancorp Common Stock;

     (b) No gain or loss will be  recognized  by  Bancorp  upon its  receipt  of
shares of Bank Common Stock in exchange for shares of Bancorp Common Stock;

     (c) The  aggregate  basis  of the  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock to be
received by each stockholder of Heritage will be the same as the aggregate basis
of the shares of Bank Common Stock exchanged therefor; and

     (d) The holding period of the shares of Bancorp Common Stock to be received
by each  stockholder  of Heritage in the  transaction  will  include the holding
period of the shares of Bank Common Stock  exchanged  therefor;  provided,  that
such stockholder held such shares of Bank Common Stock as a capital asset at the
Effective Time.

     5.6 To the extent legally  required,  the shares of Bancorp Common Stock to
be issued to the holders of Bank Common  Stock  pursuant to this Plan shall have
been registered or qualified for such issuance under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and all applicable state securities laws.

     5.7  The  Bank  and  Bancorp  shall  have  obtained  all  other   consents,
permissions  and approvals and taken all actions  required by law and agreement,
or otherwise  deemed  necessary or appropriate by the Bank or Bancorp,  prior to
the  consummation  of the  transactions  provided for by this Plan and Bancorp's
having  and  exercising  all  rights of  ownership  with  respect  to all of the
outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock to be acquired by it hereunder.


                                    SECTION 6

                               TERMINATION OF PLAN
                               -------------------

     6.1 This Plan may be  terminated  by either the Bank or Bancorp at any time
before the Effective Time in the event that:


                                       C-5


<PAGE>



     (a) The  number  of  shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock  owned  by  Dissenting
Stockholders,  as defined in Subsection 7.1 hereof,  shall make  consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  by this Plan  inadvisable in the opinion of the
Bank or Bancorp;

     (b) Any action,  suit,  proceeding  or claim has been  instituted,  made or
threatened   relating  to  this  Plan  which  shall  make  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated by this Plan inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or
Bancorp; or

     (c) For any other reason  consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
this Plan is inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or Bancorp.

     Such termination  shall be effected by written notice by either the Bank or
Bancorp to the other of them,  and shall be  authorized or approved by the Board
of Directors  of the party  giving such notice.  Upon the giving of such notice,
this Plan shall be  terminated  and shall be of no  further  force or effect and
there shall be no liability  hereunder or on account of such  termination on the
part of the Bank or Bancorp or the  Directors,  officers,  employees,  agents or
stockholders  of either of them. In the event of such  termination of this Plan,
the Bank  shall pay the fees and  expenses  incurred  by itself  and  Bancorp in
connection with this Plan and the proposed transactions  contemplated hereby. If
either party  hereto  gives  written  notice of  termination  to the other party
pursuant  to this  Section  6,  the  party  giving  such  written  notice  shall
simultaneously furnish a copy thereof to the Commission.


                                    SECTION 7

                        RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS
                        ---------------------------------

     7.1 The term  "Dissenting  Stockholders"  shall mean those  holders of Bank
Common  Stock who file with the Bank  before the taking of the vote on this Plan
written  objection  to this Plan,  pursuant  to Section  13.1-731 of the Code of
Virginia,  stating  that they intend to demand  payment for their shares of Bank
Common Stock if this Plan is consummated and whose shares are not voted in favor
of this Plan.

     7.2 Dissenting  Stockholders  who comply with the provisions of Sections 29
through  32,  inclusive,  of  Chapter 13 of the Code of  Virginia  and all other
applicable  provisions of law shall be entitled to receive from the Bank payment
of the fair value of their  shares of Bank Common  Stock upon  surrender by such
holders of the  certificates  which  previously  represented such shares of Bank
Common  Stock.  Certificates  so obtained by the Bank,  upon payment of the fair
value of such shares as provided by law,  shall be  canceled.  Shares of Bancorp
Common Stock, to which Dissenting Stockholders would have been entitled had they
not dissented,  shall be deemed to constitute  authorized and unissued shares of
Bancorp  Common Stock and may  thereafter be issued or otherwise  disposed of by
Bancorp at the discretion of, and on such terms as may be fixed by, its Board of
Directors.


                                       C-6


<PAGE>



                                    SECTION 8

                          STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLAN
                          -----------------------------

     At the Effective  Time,  Bancorp shall adopt and assume  sponsorship of The
Heritage Bank Stock Option Plan in effect at the Effective  Time,  including all
of the Bank's  obligations  with respect to any  outstanding  options,  stock or
restricted  stock granted  pursuant to such plans.  All  outstanding  options to
purchase  Heritage common stock granted pursuant to any stock option plan of the
Bank prior to the Reorganization will become options to purchase the same number
of shares of Bancorp  common stock with the same terms,  conditions and exercise
price as the original  options granted,  and all grants of restricted  shares of
Heritage common stock granted  pursuant to any restricted stock plan of the Bank
prior to the  Reorganization  will become grants of restricted shares of Bancorp
common stock.


                                    SECTION 9

                                AMENDMENT OF PLAN
                                -----------------

     This Plan may be amended or modified at any time by mutual agreement of the
Boards of  Directors  of Bancorp  and the Bank (i) prior to its  approval by the
stockholders of the Bank, in any respect,  and (ii) subsequent to such approval,
in any respect,  provided that the Commission shall approve of such amendment or
modification.


                                   SECTION 10

                                  GOVERNING LAW
                                  -------------

     This  Plan  shall  be  construed  under  and  governed  by the  laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia  without giving effect to the principles of conflict of
laws thereof.


                                   SECTION 11

                          NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES
                          ----------------------------

     Nothing  herein  expressed  or implied is intended or shall be construed to
confer  upon or give any  person,  firm or  corporation,  other than the parties
hereto and their respective stockholders,  or any of them, any rights, remedies,
obligations or licenses under or by reason of this Plan.


                                   SECTION 12

                                    HEADINGS
                                    --------

     The  headings  of  sections   contained  herein  are  included  solely  for
convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the
text of the Plan, the text shall control.


                                       C-7


<PAGE>




                                   SECTION 13

                                  COUNTERPARTS
                                  ------------

     This Plan may be executed in one or more  counterparts,  each of which when
duly executed shall be deemed an original,  and such counterparts shall together
constitute one and the same instrument.


                                   SECTION 14

                                  SEVERABILITY
                                  ------------

     If any provision of this Plan or the  application  thereof to any person or
circumstance  shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent,  the remainder of
this  Plan  and  the   application  of  such  provisions  to  other  persons  or
circumstances  shall  not be  affected  thereby  and  shall be  enforced  to the
greatest extent permitted by law.


                                   SECTION 15

                         GENERAL INTERPRETIVE PRINCIPLES
                         -------------------------------

     For purposes of this Plan, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless
the  context  otherwise  requires:  (a) the terms  defined in this Plan have the
meanings  assigned  to them in this Plan and  include  the plural as well as the
singular,  and the words of any gender  shall  include  each other  gender where
appropriate; (b) accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles;
(c) references herein to a "Section" or other subdivision without reference to a
document are to the  designated  Section or other  subdivision of this Plan; (d)
the words "herein,"  "hereof,"  "hereto" and other words of similar import refer
to this Plan as a whole and not to any  particular  provision;  and (f) the term
"include" or "including" shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration.


                                   SECTION 16

                    ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND PARTIES IN INTEREST
                    ----------------------------------------

     This Plan, including the documents and other writings referred to herein or
delivered  pursuant hereto,  contains the entire agreement and  understanding of
the parties with respect to their subject  matter.  This Plan shall inure to the
benefit  of  and be  binding  upon  the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective
successors and assigns.


                                       C-8


<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 17

                                     NOTICES
                                     -------

     Any  notice,  direction,  request,  demand,  waiver or other  communication
required or  permitted to be given under this Plan shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or by telecopy,  telex
or similar mode of transmission or, if mailed, by certified mail, return receipt
requested  with first class  postage  prepaid,  to the parties at the  addresses
listed  below,  or to such other  address as any party may,  by written  notice,
specify to the other parties:

             If to Heritage:
             ---------------

             The Heritage Bank
             1313 Dolley Madison Boulevard
             McLean, Virginia 22101

             Attention: John T. Rohrback, President and Chief Executive Officer

             If to Bancorp:
             --------------

             Heritage Bancorp, Inc.
             c/o The Heritage Bank
             1313 Dolley Madison Boulevard
             McLean, Virginia 22101

             Attention: John T. Rohrback, President and Chief Executive Officer

             With a copy to:
             ---------------

             Richard A. Schaberg, Esq.
             Thacher Proffitt & Wood
             1700 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 800
             Washington, D.C. 20005


                                       C-9


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Heritage and Bancorp have each caused this  Agreement
and Plan of Reorganization to be executed on their behalf.

                                       THE HERITAGE BANK

                                       By: /s/ John T. Rohrback
                                          --------------------------------------
                                           John T. Rohrback
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:


By: /s/ George K. Degnon
   -------------------------
      Secretary

                                       HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.

                                       By: /s/ John T. Rohrback
                                          --------------------------------------
                                           John T. Rohrback
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:


By: /s/ George K. Degnon
   -------------------------
      Secretary


                                      C-10
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX D

                             

CODE OF VIRGINIA
TITLE 13.1. CORPORATIONS.
CHAPTER 9. VIRGINIA STOCK CORPORATION ACT.
ARTICLE 15. DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.

s 13.1-729  Definitions.

In this article:

         "Corporation" means the issuer of the shares held by a dissenter before
the corporate  action,  except that (i) with respect to a merger,  "corporation"
means the surviving domestic or foreign corporation or limited liability company
by  merger  of  that  issuer,  and  (ii)  with  respect  to  a  share  exchange,
"corporation" means the acquiring corporation by share exchange, rather than the
issuer, if the plan of share exchange places the  responsibility for dissenters'
rights on the acquiring corporation.

         "Dissenter"  means  a  shareholder  who is  entitled  to  dissent  from
corporate  action under s 13.1-730 and who exercises  that right when and in the
manner required by ss 13.1-732 through 13.1-739.

         "Fair value," with respect to a dissenter's shares,  means the value of
the shares  immediately before the effectuation of the corporate action to which
the  dissenter   objects,   excluding  any   appreciation   or  depreciation  in
anticipation of the corporate action unless exclusion would be inequitable.

         "Interest"  means  interest  from the  effective  date of the corporate
action  until the date of payment,  at the average  rate  currently  paid by the
corporation  on its principal bank loans or, if none, at a rate that is fair and
equitable under all the circumstances.

         "Record  shareholder"  means  the  person  in  whose  name  shares  are
registered in the records of a corporation or the beneficial  owner of shares to
the  extent  of the  rights  granted  by a  nominee  certificate  on file with a
corporation.

         "Beneficial  shareholder" means the person who is a beneficial owner of
shares held by a nominee as the record shareholder.

         "Shareholder"   means  the  record   shareholder   or  the   beneficial
shareholder.

<PAGE>


s 13.1-729  Definitions.

In this article:

         "Corporation" means the issuer of the shares held by a dissenter before
the corporate  action,  except that (i) with respect to a merger,  "corporation"
means the surviving domestic or foreign corporation or limited liability company
by  merger  of  that  issuer,  and  (ii)  with  respect  to  a  share  exchange,
"corporation" means the acquiring corporation by share exchange, rather than the
issuer, if the plan of share exchange places the  responsibility for dissenters'
rights on the acquiring corporation.

         "Dissenter"  means  a  shareholder  who is  entitled  to  dissent  from
corporate  action under s 13.1-730 and who exercises  that right when and in the
manner required by ss 13.1-732 through 13.1-739.

         "Fair value," with respect to a dissenter's shares,  means the value of
the shares  immediately before the effectuation of the corporate action to which
the  dissenter   objects,   excluding  any   appreciation   or  depreciation  in
anticipation of the corporate action unless exclusion would be inequitable.

         "Interest"  means  interest  from the  effective  date of the corporate
action  until the date of payment,  at the average  rate  currently  paid by the
corporation  on its principal bank loans or, if none, at a rate that is fair and
equitable under all the circumstances.

         "Record  shareholder"  means  the  person  in  whose  name  shares  are
registered in the records of a corporation or the beneficial  owner of shares to
the  extent  of the  rights  granted  by a  nominee  certificate  on file with a
corporation.

         "Beneficial  shareholder" means the person who is a beneficial owner of
shares held by a nominee as the record shareholder.

         "Shareholder"   means  the  record   shareholder   or  the   beneficial
shareholder.

s 13.1-730  Right to dissent.

         A. A shareholder is entitled to dissent from, and obtain payment of the
fair  value of his  shares  in the  event  of,  any of the  following  corporate
actions:

         1. Consummation of a plan of merger to which the corporation is a party
(i) if  shareholder  approval  is  required  for the merger by s 13.1-718 or the
articles of incorporation  and the shareholder is entitled to vote on the merger
or (ii) if the  corporation is a subsidiary that is merged with its parent under
s 13.1-719;

                                       D-2

<PAGE>


         2. Consummation of a plan of share exchange to which the corporation is
a party as the corporation whose shares will be acquired,  if the shareholder is
entitled to vote on the plan;

         3. Consummation of a sale or exchange of all, or substantially  all, of
the property of the  corporation if the  shareholder was entitled to vote on the
sale or exchange or if the sale or exchange was in  furtherance of a dissolution
on which the  shareholder was entitled to vote,  provided that such  dissenter's
rights  shall not apply in the case of (i) a sale or exchange  pursuant to court
order, or (ii) a sale for cash pursuant to a plan by which all or  substantially
all of the net  proceeds  of the sale will be  distributed  to the  shareholders
within one year after the date of sale;

         4. Any corporate  action taken  pursuant to a  shareholder  vote to the
extent the articles of  incorporation,  bylaws,  or a resolution of the board of
directors provides that voting or nonvoting shareholders are entitled to dissent
and obtain payment for their shares.

         B. A shareholder  entitled to dissent and obtain payment for his shares
under  this  article  may  not  challenge  the  corporate  action  creating  his
entitlement  unless the action is unlawful  or  fraudulent  with  respect to the
shareholder or the corporation.

         C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article, with respect to
a plan of merger or share exchange or a sale or exchange of property there shall
be no right of  dissent  in favor of  holders  of  shares of any class or series
which,  at the record  date fixed to  determine  the  shareholders  entitled  to
receive  notice  of and to vote at the  meeting  at which  the plan of merger or
share  exchange  or the sale or exchange of property is to be acted on, were (i)
listed on a national  securities  exchange  or on the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation System (NASDAQ) or (ii) held by at least
2,000 record shareholders, unless in either case:

         1. The articles of incorporation of the corporation issuing such shares
provide otherwise;

         2. In the case of a plan of merger or share  exchange,  the  holders of
the class or series are required  under the plan of merger or share  exchange to
accept for such shares anything except:

         a. Cash;

         b. Shares or membership  interests,  or shares or membership  interests
and  cash  in  lieu of  fractional  shares  (i) of the  surviving  or  acquiring
corporation  or limited  liability  company or (ii) of any other  corporation or
limited  liability  company  which,  at the record date fixed to  determine  the
shareholders  entitled to receive  notice of and to vote at the meeting at which
the plan of  merger or share  exchange  is to be acted on,  were  either  listed
subject to notice of  issuance  on a  national  securities  exchange  or held of
record by at least 2,000 record shareholders or members; or

         c. A  combination  of cash and shares or  membership  interests  as set
forth in subdivisions 2 a and 2 b of this subsection; or

                                       D-3

<PAGE>


        3. The transaction to be voted on is an "affiliated transaction" and is
not  approved  by a  majority  of  "disinterested  directors"  as such terms are
defined in s 13.1-725.

         D. The right of a dissenting  shareholder to obtain payment of the fair
value  of his  shares  shall  terminate  upon the  occurrence  of any one of the
following events:

         1. The proposed corporate action is abandoned or rescinded;

         2. A court having  jurisdiction  permanently  enjoins or sets aside the
corporate action; or

         3. His demand for payment is withdrawn with the written  consent of the
corporation.

s 13.1-731  Dissent by nominees and beneficial owners.

         A. A record  shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as to fewer than
all the shares  registered  in his name only if he dissents  with respect to all
shares  beneficially  owned by any one person and  notifies the  corporation  in
writing  of the name and  address  of each  person on whose  behalf  he  asserts
dissenters'  rights. The rights of a partial dissenter under this subsection are
determined  as if the shares as to which he dissents  and his other  shares were
registered in the names of different shareholders.

         B. A beneficial  shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as to shares
held on his behalf only if:

         1. He  submits to the  corporation  the  record  shareholder's  written
consent  to the  dissent  not  later  than the time the  beneficial  shareholder
asserts dissenters' rights; and

         2. He does so with respect to all shares of which he is the  beneficial
shareholder or over which he has power to direct the vote.

s 13.1-732  Notice of dissenters' rights.

         A. If proposed  corporate  action creating  dissenters'  rights under s
13.1- 730 is submitted to a vote at a shareholders'  meeting, the meeting notice
shall  state that  shareholders  are or may be  entitled  to assert  dissenters'
rights under this article and be accompanied by a copy of this article.

         B. If corporate action creating  dissenters' rights under s 13.1-730 is
taken without a vote of shareholders, the corporation, during the ten-day period
after the  effectuation  of such corporate  action,  shall notify in writing all
record  shareholders  entitled to assert  dissenters' rights that the action was
taken and send them the dissenters' notice described in s 13.1-734.

                                       D-4

<PAGE>


s 13.1-733  Notice of intent to demand payment.

         A. If proposed  corporate  action creating  dissenters'  rights under s
13.1- 730 is submitted to a vote at a shareholders'  meeting,  a shareholder who
wishes to assert  dissenters' rights (i) shall deliver to the corporation before
the vote is taken written  notice of his intent to demand payment for his shares
if the  proposed  action is  effectuated  and (ii) shall not vote such shares in
favor of the proposed action.

         B. A shareholder who does not satisfy the  requirements of subsection A
of this section is not entitled to payment for his shares under this article.

s 13.1-734  Dissenters' notice.

         A. If proposed  corporate  action creating  dissenters'  rights under s
13.1- 730 is authorized at a shareholders' meeting, the corporation,  during the
ten- day period after the effectuation of such corporate action, shall deliver a
dissenters' notice in writing to all shareholders who satisfied the requirements
of s 13.1-733.

         B. The dissenters' notice shall:

         1.  State  where the  payment  demand  shall be sent and where and when
certificates for certificated shares shall be deposited;

         2. Inform holders of  uncertificated  shares to what extent transfer of
the shares will be restricted after the payment demand is received;

         3. Supply a form for  demanding  payment that  includes the date of the
first announcement to news media or to shareholders of the terms of the proposed
corporate  action and  requires  that the person  asserting  dissenters'  rights
certify whether or not he acquired beneficial  ownership of the shares before or
after that date;

         4. Set a date by which the corporation must receive the payment demand,
which date may not be fewer than  thirty nor more than sixty days after the date
of delivery of the dissenters' notice; and

         5. Be accompanied by a copy of this article.

s 13.1-735  Duty to demand payment.

         A. A  shareholder  sent a  dissenters'  notice  described in s 13.1-734
shall  demand  payment,  certify  that he acquired  beneficial  ownership of the
shares  before or after  the date  required  to be set forth in the  dissenters'
notice pursuant to subdivision 3 of subsection B of s 13.1-734, and, in the case
of certificated shares, deposit his certificates in accordance with the terms of
the notice.

                                       D-5
<PAGE>


         B. The  shareholder who deposits his shares pursuant to subsection A of
this section retains all other rights of a shareholder except to the extent that
these rights are  canceled or modified by the taking of the  proposed  corporate
action.

         C. A  shareholder  who does not demand  payment and  deposits his share
certificates where required,  each by the date set in the dissenters' notice, is
not entitled to payment for his shares under this article.

s 13.1-736  Share restrictions.

         A. The corporation may restrict the transfer of  uncertificated  shares
from the date the demand for their payment is received.

         B.  The  person  for  whom  dissenters'   rights  are  asserted  as  to
uncertificated  shares  retains all other rights of a shareholder  except to the
extent that these  rights are canceled or modified by the taking of the proposed
corporate action.

s 13.1-737  Payment.

         A. Except as provided in s 13.1-738,  within  thirty days after receipt
of a payment demand made pursuant to s 13.1-735,  the corporation  shall pay the
dissenter  the  amount  the  corporation  estimates  to be the fair value of his
shares,  plus accrued  interest.  The obligation of the  corporation  under this
paragraph  may be enforced (i) by the circuit  court in the city or county where
the corporation's principal office is located, or, if none in this Commonwealth,
where its registered  office is located or (ii) at the election of any dissenter
residing  or having its  principal  office in the  Commonwealth,  by the circuit
court in the city or county  where the  dissenter  resides or has its  principal
office. The court shall dispose of the complaint on an expedited basis.

         B. The payment shall be accompanied by:

         1. The  corporation's  balance  sheet  as of the end of a  fiscal  year
ending not more than sixteen  months before the effective  date of the corporate
action  creating  dissenters'  rights,  an income  statement  for that  year,  a
statement  of changes  in  shareholders'  equity  for that year,  and the latest
available interim financial statements, if any;

         2. An  explanation of how the  corporation  estimated the fair value of
the shares and of how the interest was calculated;

         3. A statement of the dissenters' right to demand payment under s 13.1-
739; and

         4. A copy of this article.

                                       D-6

<PAGE>


s 13.1-738  After-acquired shares.

         A. A corporation may elect to withhold  payment  required by s 13.1-737
from a dissenter unless he was the beneficial owner of the shares on the date of
the first  publication by news media or the first  announcement  to shareholders
generally,  whichever is earlier, of the terms of the proposed corporate action,
as set forth in the dissenters' notice.

         B. To the extent  the  corporation  elects to  withhold  payment  under
subsection A of this section,  after taking the proposed  corporate  action,  it
shall estimate the fair value of the shares,  plus accrued  interest,  and shall
offer to pay this  amount  to each  dissenter  who  agrees  to accept it in full
satisfaction  of his  demand.  The  corporation  shall  send  with its  offer an
explanation  of how it  estimated  the fair  value of the  shares and of how the
interest  was  calculated,  and a statement of the  dissenter's  right to demand
payment under s 13.1-739.

s 13.1-739 Procedure if shareholder dissatisfied with payment or offer.

         A. A  dissenter  may  notify  the  corporation  in  writing  of his own
estimate of the fair value of his shares and amount of interest  due, and demand
payment of his  estimate  (less any  payment  under s  13.1-737),  or reject the
corporation's offer under s 13.1-738 and demand payment of the fair value of his
shares and interest due, if the dissenter  believes that the amount paid under s
13.1-737  or offered  under s 13.1-738 is less than the fair value of his shares
or that the interest due is incorrectly calculated.

         B. A dissenter  waives his right to demand  payment  under this section
unless he notifies the  corporation of his demand in writing under  subsection A
of this section within thirty days after the corporation made or offered payment
for his shares.

s 13.1-740  Court action.

         A. If a demand for  payment  under s 13.1-739  remains  unsettled,  the
corporation  shall commence a proceeding  within sixty days after  receiving the
payment demand and petition the circuit court in the city or county described in
subsection  B of this  section  to  determine  the fair  value of the shares and
accrued interest. If the corporation does not commence the proceeding within the
sixty-day period, it shall pay each dissenter whose demand remains unsettled the
amount demanded.

         B. The corporation  shall commence the proceeding in the city or county
where its principal office is located,  or, if none in this Commonwealth,  where
its registered  office is located.  If the corporation is a foreign  corporation
without  a  registered  office  in this  Commonwealth,  it  shall  commence  the
proceeding  in the city or county  in this  Commonwealth  where  the  registered
office of the domestic  corporation merged with or whose shares were acquired by
the foreign corporation was located.

                                       D-7

<PAGE>


         C. The corporation shall make all dissenters,  whether or not residents
of this  Commonwealth,  whose demands remain unsettled parties to the proceeding
as in an action against their shares and all parties shall be served with a copy
of the petition.  Nonresidents  may be served by registered or certified mail or
by publication as provided by law.

         D.  The  corporation  may  join  as  a  party  to  the  proceeding  any
shareholder  who claims to be a dissenter but who has not, in the opinion of the
corporation,  complied  with  the  provisions  of  this  article.  If the  court
determines  that such  shareholder  has not complied with the provisions of this
article, he shall be dismissed as a party.

         E. The  jurisdiction  of the court in which the proceeding is commenced
under  subsection  B of this  section is plenary  and  exclusive.  The court may
appoint one or more persons as  appraisers  to receive  evidence and recommend a
decision on the question of fair value. The appraisers have the powers described
in the order  appointing  them,  or in any amendment to it. The  dissenters  are
entitled to the same discovery rights as parties in other civil proceedings.

         F.  Each  dissenter  made a party  to the  proceeding  is  entitled  to
judgment (i) for the amount,  if any, by which the court finds the fair value of
his shares,  plus interest,  exceeds the amount paid by the  corporation or (ii)
for the fair value,  plus accrued  interest,  of his  after-acquired  shares for
which the corporation elected to withhold payment under s 13.1-738.

s 13.1-741  Court costs and counsel fees.

         A. The court in an  appraisal  proceeding  commenced  under s  13.1-740
shall  determine  all  costs  of  the   proceeding,   including  the  reasonable
compensation and expenses of appraisers  appointed by the court. The court shall
assess the costs against the corporation, except that the court may assess costs
against all or some of the dissenters,  in amounts the court finds equitable, to
the extent the court finds the dissenters did not act in good faith in demanding
payment under s 13.1-739.

         B. The  court may also  assess  the  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of
experts,  excluding those of counsel, for the respective parties, in amounts the
court finds equitable:

         1. Against the corporation and in favor of any or all dissenters if the
court finds the corporation did not  substantially  comply with the requirements
of ss 13.1-732 through 13.1-739; or

         2. Against either the corporation or a dissenter, in favor of any other
party,  if the court finds that the party against whom the fees and expenses are
assessed did not act in good faith with  respect to the rights  provided by this
article.

         C. If the court finds that the  services  of counsel for any  dissenter
were of substantial benefit to other dissenters  similarly  situated,  the court
may award to these counsel reasonable fees to be paid out of the amounts awarded
the dissenters who were benefitted.

                                       D-8

<PAGE>

         D. In a proceeding commenced under subsection A of s 13.1-737 the court
shall assess the costs against the corporation, except that the court may assess
costs against all or some of the dissenters  who are parties to the  proceeding,
in amounts  the court finds  equitable,  to the extent the court finds that such
parties did not act in good faith in instituting the proceeding.
















                                      D-9


<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX E

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.

         The undersigned does hereby act to establish a corporation under and by
virtue of  Chapter  9,  Section  13.1 of the Code of  Virginia,  1950,  and Acts
amendatory thereof,  for the purposes and under the corporation name hereinafter
mentioned, and to that end, I do, by these Articles of Incorporation,  set forth
as follows:

               1. The name of the corporation shall be:
                  HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.

               2. The  aggregate  number of shares which the  corporation  shall
have authority to issue shall be ten million shares.

               3. The  purposes  for which  this  Corporation  is formed  are as
follows:

                  (a) To act  as a  financial  institution  holding  company  in
accordance  with the  provisions of Virginia Code  ss.6.1-381 et seq (1950),  as
amended;

                  (b) To buy, sell, own, lease, mortgage, rent or otherwise deal
in any real or personal property, wheresoever situate;

                  (c) To undertake,  guarantee,  assume and pay the indebtedness
and  liabilities  of  others,  whether  related in  ownership  and  interest  or
otherwise;

                  (d) To purchase,  acquire or otherwise deal in stocks,  bonds,
securities of any nature,  of any  corporation,  domestic or foreign,  including
itself,  and whether its powers and purposes are similar or  dissimilar to those
contained herein;

                  (e) Where  permitted by law, to maintain an agency or agencies
for the writing and


<PAGE>
selling of  contracts of insurance  issued by regularly  incorporated  insurance
companies,  domestic and  foreign,  for the  insurance  of human beings  against
death,  sickness or personal  injury,  or property  against  loss of damage from
fire, water, wind, burglaries and other causes, liability insurance and fidelity
and surety bonds;

                  (f) To do every act or thing not inconsistent  with law, which
may seem to the Corporation's  Board of Directors or Stockholders  calculated at
any time and from  time to time,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  effectuate  the
aforesaid  business and objects,  or any of them, or to enhance the value of the
Corporation's property and rights;

                  (g) To carry on any other lawful business  permitted under the
laws of the  Commonwealth  of Virginia or by any  Federal  regulatory  agency or
authority.

               4. The stockholders of the corporation  shall have no pre-emptive
rights to purchase the unissued shares of the corporation.

               5. (a)  In  this   section  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation,
"Officer" or  "Director"  means any person  serving as an officer or director of
the Corporation.

                  "Liability"   means  the   obligation   to  pay  a   judgment,
settlement,  penalty, fine (including any excise tax assessed with respect to an
employee  benefit  plan),  or  reasonable  expenses  incurred  with respect to a
proceeding.

                  "Party" includes,  without limitation,  an individual who was,
is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

                  "Proceeding"  means  any  threatened,  pending,  or  completed
action,  suit,  or  proceeding  whether  civil,  criminal,   administrative,  or
investigative and whether formal or informal.

                  (b) To the full extent  that the  Virginia  Stock  Corporation
Act,  as it  exists on the date  hereof or as  hereafter  amended,  permits  the
indemnification, limitation or elimination of the


                                      E-2

<PAGE>



liability of directors and officers,  no director or officer of the  Corporation
made a party to any  proceeding  who meets the  standard  of  conduct  that is a
prerequisite  to  indemnification  or  limitation  or  elimination  of liability
provided  under  the  Virginia  Stock  Corporation  Act,  shall be liable to the
Corporation  or  its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  arising  out  of any
transaction,  occurrence  or  course  of  conduct,  whether  occurring  prior or
subsequent to the effective date of these Articles of Incorporation.

                  (c) The  termination  of any  proceeding  by judgment,  order,
settlement,  conviction,  or upon a plea of nolo  contendere or its  equivalent,
shall not of itself  create a  presumption  that the director or officer did not
meet any  standard  of conduct  that is a  prerequisite  to  indemnification  or
limitation  or  elimination  of  liability  provided  under the  Virginia  Stock
Corporation Act.

                  (d) Every reference herein to directors,  officers,  employees
or agents shall include  former  directors,  officers,  employees and agents and
their respective heirs, executors and administrators.

               6. Shareholders  shall be entitled to cumulate their votes in the
election of Directors of the  Corporation  provided that the  shareholder  gives
notice of his intent to cumulate votes to the Secretary of the Corporation sixty
(60) days before the date established in the bylaws for the annual meeting or no
later  than ten (10)  days  following  the  mailing  of the  notice of a special
meeting.

               7.  The  address  of  the  initial   registered   office  of  the
corporation shall be 6862 Elm Street,  Suite 400, P. O. Box EE, McLean,  Fairfax
County,  Virginia 22101,  and Edmund L. Walton,  Jr., a resident of the State of
Virginia  and a member of the  Virginia  State  Bar,  whose  address is 6862 Elm
Street, Suite 400, P. O. Box EE, McLean,  Fairfax County,  Virginia 22101, shall
be the initial registered agent of the corporation.

               8. The number of directors  shall be fixed by the Bylaws,  or, in
the absence of a Bylaw


                                      E-3

<PAGE>



fixing the number, the number shall be nine. The directors shall be divided into
three  classes (A, B and C) as nearly equal in number as  possible.  The initial
term of office for members of Class A shall expire at the first  annual  meeting
of stockholders after their election;  the initial term of office for members of
Class B shall expire at the second annual  meeting of  stockholders  after their
election;  and the initial term of office for members of Class C shall expire at
the third annual meeting of stockholders  after their  election.  At each annual
meeting of  stockholders  following  such initial  classification  and election,
directors  elected  succeed those  directors  whose terms  expire,  and shall be
elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of
stockholders after their election, and shall continue to hold office until their
respective  successors are elected and qualify. At least three directors must be
elected at each annual meeting.

         The initial Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of nine
persons,  and the names and  addresses  of the  persons  who are to serve as the
Directors of the  Corporation  and the class to which each  director is assigned
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>               <C>                     <C>                       <C>
                  CLASS A DIRECTORS         CLASS B DIRECTORS        CLASS C DIRECTORS
                  -----------------         -----------------        -----------------
                  John T. Rohrback          George K. Degnon         Harold E. Leiding
                  Ronald W. Kosh            Kevin B. Tighe           Phillip F. Herrick, Jr.
                  George P. Shafran         Henry E. Hudson          Stanley I. Richards
</TABLE>

         In the event of any  increase or  decrease  in the number of  directors
fixed by the Bylaws, all classes of directors shall be increased or decreased as
equally as may be  practicable.  Newly-created  directorships  resulting from an
increase  by not more  than two in the  authorized  number of  directors  or any
vacancies  in  the  Board  of  Directors  resulting  from  death,   resignation,
retirement,  disqualification,  removal  from office,  or other cause,  shall be
filled by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the directors  then in office,
whether or not a quorum. Each director so chosen shall hold


                                      E-4

<PAGE>



office until the  expiration  of the term of the  director,  if any, whom he has
been  chosen to succeed  or, if none,  until the  expiration  of the term of the
class assigned to the additional  directorship to which he has been elected,  or
until his earlier death,  resignation,  or removal. No decrease in the number of
directors  constituting  the Board of  Directors  shall  shorten the term of any
incumbent director.

               9. (a)  Amendment to Articles of  Incorporation:  An amendment to
the Articles of Incorporation shall be approved if two-thirds of the shareholder
votes entitled to be cast by each voting class of stockholders  entitled to vote
on an amendment to the Articles of  Incorporation of the Corporation are cast in
favor of such action;  provided,  that, the Board, at its sole  discretion,  may
decrease the required  vote to not less than a majority of all the votes cast by
each voting class of stockholders entitled to vote on the transaction.

                  (b) Merger,  Exchange or Sale: Any merger or share exchange to
which the Corporation is a party or any direct or indirect sale, lease, exchange
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's  property,
otherwise than in the usual and regular course of business, shall be approved if
two-thirds  of the  shareholder  votes  entitled  to be cast by  each  class  of
shareholders  entitled to vote on such  transaction  are cast in favor  thereof;
provided,  that, the Board,  at its sole  discretion,  may decrease the required
vote to not  less  than a  majority  of all the  votes  cast  by each  class  of
shareholders entitled to vote on the transaction.

                  (c) Conditions  Upon  Approval:  This Article shall not affect
the power of the Board of Directors to condition  its  submission of any plan of
merger,  share exchange,  or direct or indirect sale,  lease,  exchange or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property, otherwise
than in the usual and regular  course of business,  on any basis,  including the
requirement of a lesser vote.


                                      E-5

<PAGE>


         10. Duly elected  Directors of the  Corporation may be removed only for
good cause shown.

         11. In accordance with the provisions of Virginia Code ss.13.1-728.7 of
the Code of Virginia,  1950,  as amended,  the  Corporation  shall possess stock
redemption rights to the fullest extent permitted by law.

   
     WITNESS the following signature and seal, this 26th day of June, 1998.

                                      /s/ EDMUND L. WALTON, JR.
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      EDMUND L. WALTON, JR., Incorporator
    


                                       E-6


<PAGE>


                                                                      APPENDIX F

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.

   
         As adopted and duly amended by the Directors of Heritage Bancorp,  Inc.
(the "Corporation") on July 1, 1998.
    

                                    ARTICLE I

                                      Stock
                                      -----

         Section  l.  Certificates  of stock  and  warrants  shall be  issued in
numerical  order;  they shall be signed by the  President  and  attested  by the
Secretary. A record of each certificate shall be kept on the stub thereof.

         Section  2. Transfers of stock and warrants shall be made only upon the
books of the  corporation,  and  before a new  certificate  is  issued,  the old
certificate must be surrendered for cancellation and marked "cancelled" with the
date of cancellation by the Secretary.

         Section  3.  In case of loss  or  destruction  of a  certificate  of or
warrant,  no new  certificate  shall  be  issued  in lieu  thereof  except  upon
satisfactory  proof to the Board of Directors of such loss or  destruction,  and
upon the giving of a satisfactory  security, by bond or otherwise,  against loss
to the Corporation. Any such new certificate shall be plainly marked "duplicate"
upon its face.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  Stockholders
                                  ------------

         Section l. The annual meeting of the  stockholders  of the  Corporation
shall be held in the principal  office of the  Corporation in Virginia,  or such
place as may be designated in the notice of the meeting, on the second Wednesday
in June of each year, if not a legal holiday, but if a legal holiday, on the day
following, or upon such other date as the Board of Directors may determine.

         Section 2. Special  meetings of the  stockholders  may be called by the
Chairman  of the Board of  Directors,  President,  or a majority of the Board of
Directors.

         Section 3.  Written  notice  stating  the place,  day,  and hour of the
meeting and the purpose or  purposes  for which the meeting is called,  shall be
given not less than ten nor more than fifty days  before the date of the meeting
(except if a different time is specified by statute), either personally or



<PAGE>



by mail, by or at the  direction of the Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the
President,  the Secretary, or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed,  such notice
shall be deemed to be given when  deposited in the United States Mail  addressed
to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock or warrant transfer
books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

         Any notice required herein may be waived in writing before or after the
meeting.

         Section  4. The  transfer  books  for  shares of  capital  stock of the
Corporation  may be closed by order of the Board of Directors  for not exceeding
fifty (50) days immediately prior to the meeting of stockholders for the purpose
of  determining  stockholder  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholder  or any  adjournment  thereof or entitled to receive  payment of any
dividend  or in order to make a  determination  of  stockholders  for any  other
purpose. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may
fix in  advance  a date  as the  record  date  for  any  such  determination  of
stockholders,  such date to be not more than fifty (50) days  preceding the date
on which the particular action requiring such  determination of the stockholders
is to be taken.

         Section  5. For  purposes  of any  control  share  acquisition  vote as
defined in Virginia Code Section 13.1-728.1, et seq, Code of Virginia (1950), as
amended,  the  record  date for shares  eligible  to vote shall be the date upon
which the potentially  controlling shareholder files a control share acquisition
statement with the Corporation.

         Section  6. A quorum at any meeting of the stockholders  shall  consist
of a  majority  of the  stock of the  Corporation,  represented  in person or by
proxy. A majority of such quorum shall decide any questions that may come before
the meeting, except as otherwise provided by statute.

         Section 7. The Chairman of the Board shall preside over all meetings of
the stockholders. If he is not present, or there is a vacancy in the office, the
Vice  Chairman  presides.  If  neither  the  Chairman  of the Board nor the Vice
Chairman is present,  the President  shall preside,  or, if none of the above is
present,  a Chairman  shall be  elected by the  meeting.  The  Secretary  of the
Corporation shall act as Secretary of all the meetings,  if he is present. If he
is not present,  the  Chairman  shall  appoint a Secretary  of the meeting.  The
Chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more  inspectors  of the  election to
determine the  qualification of voters,  the validity of proxies and the results
of ballots.

         Section 8. Each share of common stock  outstanding shall be entitled to
one vote on the matter submitted to a vote at the meeting of the stockholders.

         Section 9. Any action by the stockholders may be taken by the unanimous
written consent of all of the stockholders, without the necessity of a meeting.

                                     F-2


<PAGE>



         Section 10. Notice of Shareholder  Business:  (a) At the annual meeting
of the shareholders of the Corporation, only such business shall be conducted as
shall have been properly  brought  before the meeting.  To be brought  before an
annual meeting,  business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any
supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors,  (b)
otherwise  brought  before the  meeting by or at the  direction  of the Board of
Directors,   or  (c)  otherwise   properly  brought  before  the  meeting  by  a
shareholder.  For business to be properly  brought before an annual meeting by a
shareholder, the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to
the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a shareholder's  notice must be
delivered to or mailed and received at the  principal  executive  offices of the
Corporation,  not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior
to the date of the scheduled  annual meeting,  regardless of any  postponements,
deferrals or  adjournments of that meeting to a later date;  provided,  however,
that in the event  that less than  seventy  (70)  days'  notice or prior  public
disclosure of the date of the scheduled annual meeting is given or made,  notice
by a shareholder,  to be timely, must be so received not later than the close of
business on the tenth (10th) day following:  (a) the earlier of the day on which
such notice of the date of the scheduled  annual meeting was mailed;  or (b) the
day on which such public  disclosure  was made.  A  shareholder's  notice to the
Secretary of the  Corporation  shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder
proposes  to bring  before the annual  meeting  (a) a brief  description  of the
business  desired to be brought  before the annual  meeting  and the reasons for
conducting  such business at the annual  meeting,  (b) the name and address,  as
they  appear  on the  Corporation's  books  of the  shareholder  proposing  such
business and of any other person or entity who is the record or beneficial owner
of any shares of the Corporation and who, to

                                     F-3


<PAGE>



the  knowledge  of  the  shareholder  proposing  such  business,  supports  such
proposal,  (c) the class and number of the shares of the  Corporation  which are
owned of  record  and  beneficially  owned  by the  shareholder  proposing  such
business on the date of his notice to the  Corporation  and the number of shares
so owned by any  person or  entity  who,  to the  knowledge  of the  shareholder
proposing such business,  supports such proposal,  and (d) any material interest
(financial  or  other) of such  shareholder  in such  proposal.  Notwithstanding
anything in these Bylaws to the contrary,  no business shall be conducted at any
annual  meeting  except  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in this
Section. The Chairman of the annual meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine
and declare to the meeting that any business not complying  with this  provision
is not properly brought before the meeting.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    Directors
                                    ---------

         Section l. There shall be a board of a minimum of five and a maximum of
nine directors (the exact number of which shall be determined by a majority vote
of the Board of  Directors)  who shall be  elected  by ballot by the  holders of
voting  stock for a term of three years and shall serve until the  election  and
acceptance of their duly qualified  successors.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
the  terms  for the  initial  Board of  Directors  shall be as set  forth in the
Articles of Incorporation.

         Section 2.  NOMINATIONS:  Only persons who are  nominated in accordance
with the  procedures set forth in this Section shall be eligible for election as
Directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation may be made by, or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or by
any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election

                                       F-4


<PAGE>



of Directors who complies with the notice procedures set forth in subsection (a)
of this Section. Such nominations, other than those made by, or at the direction
of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to
the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a shareholder's notice shall be
delivered to or mailed and received at the  principal  executive  offices of the
Corporation,  not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior
to the date of the scheduled  annual meeting,  regardless of any  postponements,
deferrals or  adjournments of that meeting to a later date;  provided,  however,
that in the event  that less than  seventy  (70)  days'  notice or prior  public
disclosure  of the  date  of  the  meeting  is  given  or  made,  notice  by the
shareholder  to be  timely,  must be so  received  not  later  than the close of
business on the tenth (10th) day  following the earlier of the day on which such
notice of the date of the  scheduled  annual  meeting  was  mailed or the day on
which such public disclosure was made. Such shareholder's notice shall set forth
(a) as to each person whom the shareholder  proposes to nominate for election as
a Director,  (i) the name, age,  business address and residence  address of such
person,  (ii) the principal  occupation or employment of such person,  (iii) the
class and  number of shares  of the  Corporation  which are owned of record  and
beneficially  by such person,  and (iv) any other  information  relating to such
person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election
of Directors,  or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A
under the  Securities  Exchange  Action of 1934,  as amended;  and (b) as to the
shareholder  giving the notice, (i) the name and address of such shareholder and
of any other person or entity who is the record or beneficial owner of shares of
the  Corporation  and who, to the knowledge of the  shareholder  giving  notice,
supports  such  nominee(s)  and (ii) the  class  and  number  of  shares  of the
Corporation which are beneficially owned and owned

                                       F-5


<PAGE>



of  record by such  shareholder  and by any  other  person or entity  who is the
record  or  beneficial  owner of  shares  of the  Corporation  and  who,  to the
knowledge of the shareholder giving the notice, supports such nominee(s). At the
request  of the  Board  of  Directors,  any  person  nominated  by the  Board of
Directors  for  election as a Director  shall  furnish to the  Secretary  of the
Corporation the information  required to be set forth in a shareholder's  notice
of  nomination  which  pertains to the nominee.  No person shall be eligible for
election  as a  Director  of the  Corporation  unless  in  accordance  with  the
procedures set forth in this Section.  The Chairman of the meeting shall, if the
facts  warrant,  determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination  was not
made in  accordance  with the  procedures  prescribed  by the Bylaws,  and if he
should so  determine,  he shall so  declare  to the  meeting  and the  defective
nomination shall be disregarded.

         Section 3. The annual  meeting of the Board of Directors  shall be held
on the second  Wednesday of June of each year, if not a legal holiday,  but if a
legal  holiday,  on the day  following  or upon  such  date as may be set by the
stockholders.  Said  meeting may be held within or without the State of Virginia
at such place as may be designated in the notice of the meeting.

         Section 4. Regular and special meetings of the Board of Directors shall
be held at times fixed by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  or upon three
days' written  notice at such time and place as may be fixed in the Notice,  and
may be called at any time by the  President or majority of the  directors of the
Corporation.  At the sole  discretion of the Board of  Directors,  Directors may
participate in meetings by proxy or by telephone.

         Section 5. The Board of Directors  shall elect from its  membership,  a
Chairman who shall serve as presiding  officer of the Board of Directors  and at
meetings of the stockholders and a Vice

                                       F-6


<PAGE>



Chairman who shall serve in such  position in the absence of the  Chairman.  The
Chairman  and Vice  Chairman  shall  perform  such other  duties as are properly
required of him by the Board of  Directors.  The  Secretary  of the  Corporation
shall act as  Secretary  to the Board of  Directors  but need not be a member of
such Board.  Those serving as Chairman of the Board and the Vice Chairman of the
Board of  Directors  are not  officers  of the  Corporation  by  virtue  of such
positions.

         Section 6. Notices of special meetings shall be mailed by the Secretary
to each member of the Board not less than three days before any such meeting and
notices of special meetings shall state the purposes  thereof.  No notices shall
be required for any regular  meeting,  the time,  date and location of which has
been fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.  Any notice  required herein
may be waived in writing by the party entitled to such notice.

         Section 7. A quorum  of  any  Board  meeting  shall  consist  of such a
majority of the entire  membership of the Board. A majority of such quorum shall
decide any question that may come before the meeting.

         Section 8.  Directors  may be removed  only for good cause  shown.  All
vacancies among the Directors,  however occurring, shall be filled by a majority
vote of the remaining  Directors,  although the remaining  Directors may be less
than a quorum.

         Section 9. The Board of Directors  may, be  resolution of a majority of
all of the  Directors,  designate  three  or more  directors  to  constitute  an
Executive Committee. The Executive Committee, when the Board of Directors is not
in session may, to the extent permitted by law, exercise all powers of the Board
of  Directors.  The Board of Directors  shall elect a Chairman of the  Executive
Committee.  Those serving as members of the Executive Committee are not officers
of the

                                       F-7


<PAGE>



Corporation by virtue of such positions.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers
                                    --------

         Section l. Officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of
Directors  at their  regular  meeting.  Officers  may be removed with or without
cause at any time whenever the Board of Directors,  in its absolute  discretion,
shall  consider the best interest of the  Corporation  would be served  thereby.
Vacancies,  however  created,  shall be filled by the Board of Directors for the
unexpired term at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.  The
Board  of  Directors  shall  fix  the   compensation  of  the  officers  of  the
Corporation.

         Section 2. The officers of the  Corporation  shall  include  President,
such Vice  Presidents,  Assistant  Vice  Presidents  as the Board may  determine
necessary,  a Secretary, a Cashier, and such Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Cashiers as it may determine  necessary who shall be elected and qualified.  The
Board of Directors  authorizes  and directs the  President to appoint such other
officers  and  assistant  officers as he or she may  determine  necessary.  Such
appointments  by the  President  shall be ratified by the Board of Directors and
such  officers  and  assistant  officers  shall  perform  such  duties as may be
properly  required by the President and the Board of Directors.  The same person
may simultaneously hold more than one office. The President must be a director.

         Section  3. The  President  shall  preside at all  meetings,  except as
provided  in  Article  II,  Section  7  of  these  bylaws,  shall  have  general
administrative  supervision  of the affairs of the  Corporation,  shall sign all
certificates  of stock and shall  have the  power to sign  contracts,  notes and
other  instruments of the  Corporation  and shall execute all deeds and deeds of
trust affecting the real

                                       F-8


<PAGE>



estate owned by the  corporation;  shall make reports to the  directors  and the
stockholders, and perform such other duties as are incident to his office or her
office or are properly required of him or her by the Board of Directors.

         Section  4. The Vice  Presidents  shall  perform  the  duties as may be
properly required of him or her by the President or Board of Directors.

         Section  5. The Secretary shall issue  notices for all meetings,  shall
keep their  minutes,  shall have charge of the seal and the  corporation  minute
book,  and shall sign with the President all  certificates  of stock,  deeds and
deeds of trust and such other  instruments  as require his or her  signature  by
these bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Directors.

         The Secretary  shall keep his or her records at the principal  place of
business of the  Corporation,  and shall make  available for inspection all such
books and  records to the  persons and in such manner as is provided in Sections
13.1-770 through 13.1-772 of the Code of Virginia, as amended.

         Section 6. The Cashier shall be responsible  for the maintenance of the
general  oversight of the accounting  books and records of the  Corporation  and
shall  perform  such other  duties as are  incident  to her or her office or are
properly required of him or her by the President or the Board of Directors.

                                    ARTICLE V

                             Finances and Dividends
                             ----------------------

         Section 1.  Dividends  may be declared by the Board of  Directors  from
time to time in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation  and in accordance
with Section 13.1-653 of the Code

                                       F-9


<PAGE>



of Virginia, as amended.

         Section 2.  The funds of the  Corporation  shall be  deposited  in such
banks or trust companies as the Directors shall designate and shall be withdrawn
only upon check as ordered by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                      Seal
                                      ----

         Section 1. The corporate seal of the Corporation shall show the name of
the  Corporation,  the  state  in  which  it is  incorporated,  and the  year of
incorporation; i.e., "Heritage Bancorp, Inc.," Commonwealth of Virginia, 1998."

                                   ARTICLE VII

                              Voting of Stock Held
                              --------------------

         Section 1.  Unless  otherwise  provided  by  a  vote  of the  Board  of
Directors,  the  President  or his duly  designated  representative  may appoint
attorneys to vote any stock in any corporation  owned by this Corporation or may
attend any  meeting of the  holders of stock of such  Corporation  and vote such
shares in person.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 Indemnification
                                 ---------------

         Section 1. In this article:  "Liability"  means the obligation to pay a
judgment,  settlement,  penalty,  or fine, or reasonable  expenses incurred with
respect to a  proceeding.  "Party"  includes an  individual  who was,  is, or is
threatened  to  be  made  a  named  defendant  or  respondent  in a  proceeding.
"Proceeding"  means  any  threatened,  pending,  or  completed  action,  suit or
proceeding, whether civil,

                                      F-10


<PAGE>



criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

         Section 2. In  accordance  with Section  13.1-69 et seq. of the Code of
Virginia,  as amended,  the Corporation shall indemnify and reimburse any person
who was or is a party to any  proceeding,  including a  proceeding  by or in the
right of the  Corporation  to procure a judgment in its favor,  by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director  or officer of the  Corporation,  or is or was
serving at the request of the  Corporation  as a director,  trustee,  partner or
officer of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust,  employee
benefit  plan or other  enterprise,  against  any  liability  incurred by him in
connection with such proceeding if (a) he conducted  himself in good faith,  and
(b) he  believed,  in the case of  conduct  in his  official  capacity  with the
corporation,  that his  conduct  was in its best  interests,  and,  in all other
cases,  that his conduct was at least not opposed to its best interests,  and in
the case of any criminal  proceeding,  he had no reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful,  and (c) he was not guilty of gross  negligence or willful
misconduct. Such determination that a person has met the standard of conduct set
forth herein  shall be made by the Board of  Directors  by a majority  vote of a
disinterested quorum, or by the majority vote of disinterested shareholders,  or
by special legal counsel appointed by the Board of Directors.

         Section 3. The  Corporation  may pay for or  reimburse  the  reasonable
expenses,  including counsel fees, incurred by any applicant who is a party to a
proceeding in advance of final  disposition  of the proceeding (1) if the person
furnishes the corporation (a) a written  statement of his good faith belief that
he has met the  standards  of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this Article and
(b) a written  unlimited  general  obligation,  secured or  unsecured,  executed
personally or on his behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined
that he did not meet the standard of conduct and (2) a

                                      F-11


<PAGE>



determination   is  made  that  the  facts  then  known  to  those   making  the
determination   would  not   preclude   indemnification   under  this   Article.
Determinations  and  authorizations of payments under this section shall be made
in the manner specified in Section 2.

         Section 4. The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, by majority vote
of a quorum,  to cause the  Corporation to indemnify or advance  expenses to any
person who was or is a party to a  proceeding,  by reason of the fact that he is
or was an  employee  or agent of the  corporation,  or is or was  serving at the
request of the  corporation  as an  employee  or agent of  another  corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, to
the same extent and in the same manner as provided  above as if such person were
an officer or director.

                                   ARTICLE IX

           Loans to Directors, Executive Officers and Immediate Family
           -----------------------------------------------------------

         The total loans to any one director and related interest(s) shall be in
compliance with all state and federal regulations.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                   Amendments
                                   ----------

         Section l. These bylaws may be amended,  repealed or altered,  in whole
or in part, by a majority vote of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting
of the Board,  or at any special meeting where such action has been announced in
the call and notice of such  meeting,  but bylaws made by the Board of Directors
may be  repealed or changed  and new bylaws  made by the  stockholders,  and the
stockholders  may prescribe that any bylaws made by them shall not be altered or
repealed by the Directors.

                                    F-12


<PAGE>


   
         The  undersigned  hereby  certify  that the  foregoing  are the  bylaws
adopted by unanimous consent of Directors as of July 1, 1998.
    

ATTEST:


   
/s/ George Degnon                                    /s/ John T. Rohrback
- --------------------                                 --------------------------
Secretary                                            President

     July 1, 1998                                        July 1, 1998
- --------------------                                 ---------------------------
Date                                                 Date
    



                                      F-13



<PAGE>


                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Section 13.1-696 of the Code of Virginia authorizes a Virginia  corporation
to  indemnify  any  person who was or is a party or is  threatened  to be made a
party to any threatened,  pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other
than an action by or in the right of the  corporation  in which the director was
adjudged liable and action charging improper personal benefit to the director in
which he was adjudged liable) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director,  officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise
at the  corporation's  request,  against expenses  (including  attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by him in  connection  with such action,  suit or proceeding if he acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interest  of the  corporation,  and,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to  believe  his  conduct  was  unlawful.
Furthermore,  under Section  13.1-698,  a corporation shall indemnify a director
who entirely  prevails in the defense of any  proceeding to which he was a party
because he is or was a director of the corporation  against reasonable  expenses
incurred by him in connection with the proceeding unless limited by its articles
of   incorporation.   Section   13.1-702  states  that  unless,   limited  by  a
corporation's  articles  of  incorporation,  an  officer of the  corporation  is
entitled to mandatory indemnification under Section 13.1-698. Furthermore, under
this article,  the corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to an officer,
employee, or agent of the corporation to the same extent as to a director.

     Section 13.1-703 further  authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation,  or who, while a director,  officer, employee or agent
of the  corporation,  is or was serving at the request of the  corporation  as a
director,  officer,  employee  or agent of another  corporation  or  enterprise,
against  liability  asserted or incurred by him in any such  capacity or arising
from his status as such,  whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify him against the same liability under Sections 13.1-697 or 13.1-698.

     Article  5  of  the  Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation  provides  that
directors  and  officers  shall not be  personally  liable to the Company or its
stockholders  for  monetary  damages  to the  extent  that  the  Virginia  Stock
Corporation Act permits such  limitation or elimination of liability.  Article 5
of the Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  states that the Company may, among
other  things,  indemnify  any person who is or was a director or officer of the
Company,  who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to,
or has become a witness in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding,  by reason of such agreement or service or the fact that such person
is,  was or has agreed to serve as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of
another corporation or organization at the request of the Company.

     Article 5 also  empowers the Company to purchase and maintain  insurance to
protect  itself and its directors  and  officers,  and those who were serving as
directors or officers of another corporation or enterprise at the request of the
Corporation,  against  any  liability  asserted  against  him arising out of his
status as such.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>



ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

         The exhibits and financial  statement schedules filed as a part of this
Registration Statement are as follows:

(A)  LIST OF EXHIBITS. (Filed herewith unless otherwise noted.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                        DESCRIPTION                                   PAGE NO.
- -----------                        -----------                                   --------
<S>  <C>                                                                          <C>
2.1  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  by and among The Heritage  Bank and
     Heritage   Bancorp,   Inc.   (included   as   Appendix   C  to  the   Proxy
     Statement-Prospectus)

3.1  Articles of Incorporation of Heritage Bancorp, Inc. (included as Appendix E
     to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus)

3.2  Bylaws of  Heritage  Bancorp,  Inc.  (included  as  Appendix F to the Proxy
     Statement-Prospectus)

   
3.3  Articles of Incorporation of The Heritage Bank*

3.4  Bylaws of The Heritage Bank*

4.1  Draft Stock Certificate of Heritage Bancorp, Inc.*

5.1  Opinion  of  Thacher  Proffitt  & Wood re:  legality  of  securities  to be
     registered*
    

8.1  Opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood re: federal tax matters*

8.2  Opinion of Walton & Adams, P.C. re: state and local tax matters

10.1 The Heritage Bank 1998 Employee  Incentive  Stock Option Plan  (included as
     Appendix A to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus)*

   
10.2 The Heritage  Bank 1998  Outside  Director  Stock Option Plan  (included as
     Appendix B to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus)*

10.3 The Heritage Bank 1992 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan*

13.1 The Heritage Bank 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders*

23.1 Consent of Thacher  Proffitt & Wood  (included  in Exhibits  5.1 and 8.1 to
     this Registration Statement)*
    

23.2 Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.

27.1 Financial Data Schedule (only filed in EDGAR format)
</TABLE>

   
- ----------
*    Incorporated  by  reference  to the  initial  filing  of  the  Registration
     Statement  in Form S-4 as  filed  with the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission on July 6, 1998.
    

                                      II-2

<PAGE>



(b)  Financial Statement Schedules.

     Financial  statements  of The  Heritage  Bank as of and for the year  ended
     December 31, 1997  (included  in pp.17-33 of The Heritage  Bank 1997 Annual
     Report to Shareholders attached as Exhibit 10.4 hereto).

     Financial  statements  of The Heritage  Bank as of and for the three months
     ended  March  31,  1998   (included   in  pp.  F-1  --  F-6  of  the  Proxy
     Statement-Prospectus).

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

     (1) To  respond  to  requests  for  information  that  is  incorporated  by
     reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this
     Form,  within one business day of receipt of such request,  and to send the
     incorporated  documents by first class mail or other equally  prompt means.
     This includes  information  contained in documents filed  subsequent to the
     effective date of the Registration Statement through the date of responding
     to the request.

     (2) To  supply  by  means of a  post-effective  amendment  all  information
     concerning a transaction,  and the company being acquired involved therein,
     that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when
     it became effective.

                                      II-3

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration  Statement No. 33-58515 registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in the city of McLean, Commonwealth of Virginia, on July 23, 1998.
    

                                           HERITAGE BANCORP, INC.

                                           By:   /s/ John T. Rohrback
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           John T. Rohrback
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENT,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below  constitutes  and appoints John T. Rohrback and Richard A. Schaberg as the
true and lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution,  for him or her and in his or her name,  place and stead, in any
and all capacities to sign the Form S-4  Registration  Statement and any and all
amendments thereto,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,  and other
documents  in  connection  therewith,  with the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  granting unto each said  attorney-in-fact  and agent full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he or she might or could do
in person,  hereby ratifying and confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact  and
agent, or his substitute or substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
any rules and regulations promulgated  thereunder,  this Registration Statement,
or amendment thereto, has been signed by the following persons in the capacities
and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Name                                    Title                            Date
                   ----                                    -----                            ----
<S>                                         <C>                                         <C>  
   
/s/ John T. Rohrback                        Director, President and Chief               July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------                 Executive Officer
John T. Rohrback                            (Principal executive officer)

/s/ Harold E. Lieding                       Chairman                                    July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------
Harold E. Lieding

/s/ Philip F. Herrick, Jr.                  Vice Chairman                               July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------
Philip F. Herrick, Jr.

/s/ George K. Degnon                        Secretary and Director                      July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------
George K. Degnon

/s/ Kevin P. Tighe                          Assistant Secretary and Director            July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------
Kevin P. Tighe

/s/ Stanley I. Richards                     Director                                    July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------
Stanley I. Richards

/s/ Henry E. Hudson                         Director                                    July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------
Henry E. Hudson

/s/ Ronald W. Kosh                          Director                                    July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------
Ronald W. Kosh

/s/ George P. Shafran                       Director                                    July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------
George P. Shafran

/s/ William B. Sutphin                      Senior Vice President (Principal            July 23, 1998
- ---------------------------                 Accounting Officer)
William B. Sutphin         
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-4







Writer's Direct Dial



                          [FORM OF LOCAL TAX OPINION]



Heritage Bancorp, Inc.
The Heritage Bank
1313 Dolly Madison Boulevard
McLean, Virginia 22101


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     You have requested our opinion  regarding  certain Virginia state corporate
and individual  income tax  consequences of the proposed  transfer of issued and
outstanding  shares of The Heritage Bank (the "Bank")  common stock of par value
of $1.00 per share to Heritage Bancorp,  Inc.  ("Bancorp") in exchange for, on a
one-for-one  basis, an equal number of issued and outstanding  shares of Bancorp
common  stock of no par value per share  pursuant to the  Agreement  and Plan of
Reorganization  by and between  the Bank and  Bancorp  dated as of June 30, 1998
(the "Plan").  These and related  transactions  are described in the Plan and in
the Proxy Statement- Prospectus included in Bancorp's  Registration Statement on
Form S-4 filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission in connection  with
the Plan (the  "Registration  Statement").  All  capitalized  terms used but not
defined in this letter  shall have the  meanings set forth in the Plan or in the
Registration Statement.

     In connection with the opinions expressed below we have examined and relied
upon originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction,
of the Plan and the Registration  Statement and of such corporate records of the
Bank and Bancorp as we have deemed appropriate. We have assumed that the parties
will act, and that the Reorganization  will be effected,  in accordance with the
Plan,  and that the  representations  made by the Bank  and  Bancorp  are  true,
correct and  complete,  and will be true,  correct and complete at the Effective
Time, and as to statements  qualified by the best of knowledge of the Management
of the Bank and Bancorp,



<PAGE>


Heritage Bancorp, Inc.
The Heritage Bank


will be consistent with the underlying facts at the Effective Time. In addition,
we have made such  investigations of law as we have deemed appropriate to form a
basis for the opinions expressed below.

     Based on and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that, for Virginia
state and corporate income tax purposes, under current law:

     1.   No gain or loss will be  recognized  by the  stockholders  of the Bank
          upon the  transfer  of their  shares of Bank  Common  Stock to Bancorp
          solely in exchange for shares of Bancorp  Common Stock pursuant to the
          Plan.

     2.   No gain or loss will be  recognized  by  Bancorp  upon its  receipt of
          shares of Bank Common Stock in exchange  for shares of Bancorp  Common
          Stock pursuant to the Plan.

     3.   The  aggregate  basis of the  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock to be
          received by each  stockholder of the Bank pursuant to the Plan will be
          the same as the  aggregate  basis of the shares of Bank  Common  Stock
          exchanged therefor.

     4.   The  holding  period  of the  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock to be
          received  by each  stockholder  of the Bank  pursuant to the Plan will
          include  the  holding  period  of the  shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock
          exchanged therefor, provided that such stockholder held such shares of
          Bank Common Stock as a capital asset on the Effective Date.

     Except as set forth above, we express no opinion to any party as to the tax
consequences,  whether federal,  state, local or foreign, of the above-described
transfer or of any other transaction related to such transfer or contemplated by
the Plan. This opinion is given solely for the benefit of the Bank,  Bancorp and
the stockholders of the Bank other than  stockholders  who exercise  dissenters'
rights with  respect to the Plan,  and may not be relied upon by any other party
or entity or otherwise  referred to in any document  without our express written
consent.  We  consent  to the  filing  of  this  opinion  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  reference  to us  under  the  heading  "Tax
Consequences  of the  Reorganization"  under "Proposal 5 -- Formation of Holding
Company."

                                                               Very truly yours,


                                                               WALTON & ADAMS



The Board of Directors
The Heritage Bank

   
     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration  statement
on Form S-4  Amendment  No. 1 of  Heritage  Bancorp,  Inc.  of our report  dated
January  21,  1998,  except  for Note 18 as to which the date is March 20,  1998
relating to the consolidated balance sheets for The Heritage Bank as of December
31,  1997  and  1996,  and the  related  consolidated  statements  of  earnings,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period
ended December 31, 1997.
    

                                                     Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.

   
Winchester, Virginia
July 24, 1998
    



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                            9
<MULTIPLIER>                                     1,000
<CURRENCY>                                  US DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                  1.000
<CASH>                                           5,955
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                          19,012
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                 4,250
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                     14,040
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                             250
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                         23,842
<ALLOWANCE>                                        641
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  44,634
<DEPOSITS>                                      39,383
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                435
<LONG-TERM>                                          0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         1,490
<OTHER-SE>                                       3,326
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                  44,634
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                    553
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                  225
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                    59
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                   837
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                 274
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 277
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                              558
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                        2
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                    489
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    101
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                         101
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       101
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .07
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .07
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    3.97
<LOANS-NON>                                        474
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                     0
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                        0
<RECOVERIES>                                         5
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                  641
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                               641
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission